Corporate Law After Hobby Lobby

We evaluate the U.S. Supreme Court’s controversial decision in the Hobby Lobby case from the perspective of state corporate law. We argue that the Court is correct in holding that corporate law does not mandate that business corporations limit themselves to pursuit of profit. Rather, state law allows incorporation for any lawful purpose. We elaborate on this important point and also explain what it means for a corporation to “exercise religion.” In addition, we address the larger implications of the Court’s analysis for an accurate understanding both of state law’s essentially agnostic stance on the question of corporate purpose and also of the broad scope of managerial discretion.

I. INTRODUCTION

In a landmark June 30, 2014 ruling on religious liberty,1 the United States Supreme Court spoke in unprecedented fashion to a foundational issue in corporate law, the question of corporate purpose.2 To resolve a clash between two important federal statutes—the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (“ACA”)3 and the Religious Freedom Restoration Act (“RFRA”)4—the Court entered the very heart of state corporate law and addressed a debate that has raged for decades.5 Rejecting the federal government’s position that “for-profit” business corporations cannot “exercise religion” because their sole purpose is to make money,6 the Court in Burwell v. Hobby Lobby Stores, Inc. construed state corporate law as permitting a broad array of non-monetary objectives.7 Thus, the Court reasoned, business corporations are “persons” under RFRA that can “exercise religion” under that Act,8 and it held that the ACA’s contraceptive mandate substantially burdened sincerely held religious beliefs.9

The Hobby Lobby decision has generated enormous controversy in both legal and political circles,10 and Justice Ginsburg authored a fierce and lengthy dissent.11 Undoubtedly, in the months ahead, much scholarly attention will be devoted to the intricacies of the Court’s RFRA analysis and what it reveals as to the Justices’ current thinking about religious liberty inside as well as outside the business setting.12 This is an important subject, as is the policy issue of ensuring women’s access to contraceptive care under the ACA and to healthcare generally.13

In this article we assess the implications of the Hobby Lobby decision from a corporate law perspective. The Supreme Court very rarely takes up corporate law issues of any kind and it has never spoken to the subject of corporate purpose. Without the Court’s threshold holding that, as a matter of state corporate law, business corporations can exercise religion because they need not solely pursue profits,14 the RFRA claim in Hobby Lobby would have failed, and the ACA’s contraceptive mandate would not have been struck down. With that expansive holding in Hobby Lobby, however, the consequences now radiate far beyond the context of religious liberty, healthcare, and women’s rights. Quite simply, by tackling for the first time the contentious issue of corporate purpose, the Supreme Court relaunched a stalled conversation and the Hobby Lobby decision will reverberate across corporate America. It will reshape fundamentally how business people, lawyers, legal and business scholars (particularly, corporate law professors),15 as well as ordinary citizens, think about the permitted objectives of business corporations in a free society, objectives that extend far beyond those that are religiously motivated and into the larger realm of corporate social responsibility of all kinds. This article explains why.

Part II identifies the two key corporate law issues at stake in Hobby Lobby: is a business corporation a “person” under RFRA and can it “exercise religion”? This Part describes the parties and the salient features of the three companies involved in the litigation, and it explains how religious convictions in the corporate setting created a conflict between the ACA and RFRA. Part III traces the heated, decades-long debates over corporate personhood and corporate purpose, debates the Supreme Court, at last, had to weigh in on to resolve the contraceptive mandate issue. Part IV critically analyzes the scope and rationales of the Court’s views on these corporate law subjects. Part V discusses the larger significance of Hobby Lobby for corporate law and corporate theory, and identifies where lingering uncertainty remains on the personhood and purpose issues. Part VI is a brief conclusion.

II. THE CORPORATE LAW ISSUES IN HOBBY LOBBY

The consolidated Hobby Lobby cases presented two corporate law issues. First, is a business corporation a “person” under RFRA? Second, can such a corporation “exercise religion” under RFRA? In this Part, we describe how these questions emerged and why they were so important. We note before doing so, however, that both questions are federal law questions because RFRA, like the ACA, is a federal statute. But resolution of the second issue—i.e., whether a corporation can exercise religion—depends entirely on the permissible purposes of corporate endeavor under state corporate law. The Court acknowledged this.16 And it is the Court’s views on corporate law that make its ruling so momentous.

A. RFRA

RFRA was enacted in 1993,17 in response to the 1990 Supreme Court decision in Employment Division, Department of Human Resources of Oregon v. Smith.18 The Smith Court held that, under the First Amendment, “neutral, generally applicable laws may be applied to religious practices even when not supported by a compelling governmental interest.”19 Smith thereby dramatically altered how the Court analyzed the Free Exercise Clause of the First Amendment.20

RFRA sought, statutorily, to counter Smith by providing that “[g]overnment shall not substantially burden a person’s exercise of religion even if the burden results from a rule of general applicability.”21 If the government does substantially burden a person’s exercise of religion, under RFRA, that person is entitled to an exemption unless the government “demonstrates that application of the burden to the person—(1) is in furtherance of a compelling governmental interest and (2) is the least restrictive means of furthering that compelling governmental interest.”22

In 2000, Congress passed the Religious Land Use and Institutionalized Persons Act of 2000,23 which, among other things, broadened the definition of the phrase “exercise of religion” in RFRA to include “any exercise of religion, whether or not compelled by, or central to, a system of religious belief.”24 Given the text of RFRA and the 2000 amendment, it is plain to see the importance of the terms “person” and “exercise of religion” in determining the reach of that Act’s protection against governmental encroachments on religious liberty.

B. ACA AND THE HHS CONTRACEPTIVE MANDATE

Congress enacted the ACA—sometimes referred to as “Obamacare”—in 2010.25 It requires employers with fifty or more full-time employees to offer “a group health plan or group health insurance coverage” that provides “minimum essential coverage.”26 As noted by the Court, the ACA authorized the Health Resources and Services Administration (“HRSA”), a component of the United States Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”), to establish exemptions from the ACA for “religious employers” such as churches.27 HHS, again acting under ACA auspices, also provided a somewhat similar (but not identical) “accommodation” to religious nonprofit organizations, such as religiously affiliated schools and hospitals.28

For all employers covered by the ACA, HRSA, pursuant to ACA authorization, promulgated mandatory rules pertaining to the provision of contraception coverage as an employee benefit.29 Under these rules, all nonexempt employers were required to offer specified contraception coverage to their female employees.30 Four of the mandated methods of contraception may, the Court in Hobby Lobby noted, “have the effect of preventing an already fertilized egg from developing any further by inhibiting its attachment to the uterus.”31 Requiring access to these four methods of contraception triggered the Hobby Lobby litigation.

C. THE THREE CORPORATIONS OBJECT

The Hobby Lobby decision was the culmination of litigation initiated by three business corporations and their shareholders against HHS.32 In brief, they all objected to the four contraceptive methods noted, although they had no objection to offering employee coverage for the sixteen other mandated methods of birth control.33 The basis for the objection in all cases was a deeply held religious conviction that these four methods were life-ending abortifacients.34 The sincerity of these beliefs was never questioned by the government or any court.35

Due to the objection, the corporations sought an exemption from the HHS mandate with respect to the four government-mandated contraceptive methods. The legal ground for seeking an exemption was RFRA. In each of the cases below,36 the corporations themselves and their shareholders asserted that they were “persons” under RFRA and that the HHS contraception mandate substantially and impermissibly burdened their “exercise of religion.”

1. Hobby Lobby Stores, Inc.

This company was organized in the late 1960s as an Oklahoma business corporation by David and Barbara Green, husband and wife, devout evangelical Christians. All of the voting stock is held by various family trusts, not directly by the Greens themselves.37 The Greens and their adult children serve as trustees of the trusts and all were required to sign a statement of faith—called a Trust Commitment—before becoming trustees.38 The express language of the trust instrument itself also affirms the Christian faith.39 Thus, the controlling shareholders (the trusts), as well as the trustees who control the shareholder-trusts, each memorialized a commitment to the Christian faith. David Green and three of the Greens’ children serve as the four directors of Hobby Lobby. They also serve as the company’s senior executive officers.40

Hobby Lobby has more than 13,000 employees and operates over 500 arts and crafts stores.41 Thus, although it is a family-controlled, closely held corporation, it is, financially and otherwise, a substantial company. Forbes magazine, for example, reports that it had 2013 revenues exceeding $3 billion.42 An affiliate, Mardel, Inc., also an Oklahoma business corporation, was started by one of the Green’s sons. It operates thirty-five Christian bookstores and employs approximately 400 people.43 Like Hobby Lobby, it objected to the contraception mandate.

Hobby Lobby has a written statement of corporate purpose.44 This statement evinces a clear Christian emphasis along with a notable multi-stakeholder thrust. It expresses a commitment to “[h]onoring the Lord in all we do by operating the company in a manner consistent with Biblical principles,” while offering customers exceptional value and service, serving employees and their families while sharing blessings with them, investing in the community, and providing a return on the owners’ investment.45 This corporate statement is separate from that of the trusts that own the stock in Hobby Lobby.

Conspicuously, in the statement of corporate purpose, a return for shareholders appears last and only is one of several purposes identified by Hobby Lobby, and nothing whatsoever is said in that statement about “maximizing” the return to investors. Moreover, if the company is sold, only 10 percent of the sales proceeds are to go to the stockholder-trusts, while 90 percent will be paid to charity.46 About one-third of the corporation’s annual profits already are contributed to charity, and the company pays its employees no less than $14 per hour, almost twice the minimum wage.47 Both Hobby Lobby and Mardel, moreover, are closed on Sundays due to religious beliefs, an action Mr. Green calculated costs several million dollars a year in lost profits for the business.48 The companies neither seek to maximize profits nor do they actually do so.

2. Conestoga Wood Specialties Corporation

The third corporate litigant was Conestoga Wood Specialties Corporation. Norman and Elizabeth Hahn organized this company as a Pennsylvania for-profit business corporation in the early 1960s.49 The Hahns, members of a Mennonite denomination of Christians, own all of the company’s voting stock, and they serve as members of its board of directors.50 One of their sons serves as the President and CEO.51

Conestoga’s board of directors adopted a Statement on the Sanctity of Life expressing the view that “human life begins at conception.”52 The company’s mission, moreover, is articulated in a Vision and Values Statement affirming that the corporation will act to ensure a “reasonable profit” as gained in a “manner that reflects [a] Christian heritage.”53 As with the Hobby Lobby and Mardel corporations, the founders and directors of Conestoga Wood operate the company in accordance with sincerely held “religious beliefs and moral principles.”54 The pursuit of profits, moreover, is stated not to be the sole purpose of Conestoga, and the company does not seek to maximize profits.

Given the three companies’ rejection of profit maximization as a corporate objective,55 in their resistance to the contraception mandate a central question was whether a business corporation could even invoke the protection of RFRA by claiming to be a “person” that seeks to “exercise religion.” The federal government argued that so-called “for-profit” corporations neither are “persons” under RFRA, nor, given that they exist for the purpose of making money, could such companies “exercise religion.”56 The issue was thus squarely joined on these questions, and, as Part III explains by way of background, this brought to the Supreme Court a longstanding and unendingly controversial issue of signal importance for corporate law: must business corporations act solely to maximize profits, or may they pursue other non-pecuniary objectives?

III. STATE LAW ON CORPORATE PERSONHOOD AND PURPOSE

Corporate personhood and corporate purpose are related concepts. The idea of a corporation as a “person” expresses that the corporation possesses a separate legal identity, distinct from the persons associated with it. Corporate purpose reflects the particular objective(s) sought to be achieved by cooperative human endeavor through the corporate form. Central to the Hobby Lobby case was whether business corporations are “persons” under RFRA, a federal statute, and if so, whether they have the power to “exercise” religion. As described in this Part, corporate personhood is well established, as is the broad power of corporations to pursue a range of corporate purposes besides profit maximization.

A. CORPORATE PERSONHOOD

It is beyond dispute that corporations—business corporations as well as non-profit corporations—are persons in the eyes of the law. This means that they enjoy a legal status separate and distinct from the human beings who are associated with them. So, for example, corporations own property, enter into contracts, and commit torts. They can sue and be sued in their own right. They are subject to penalties if they violate applicable criminal laws. They must comply with a vast array of federal and state regulations. Unless tax-exempt status has been conferred upon them, they are subject to income tax liability on the net income generated by their commercial activities. Corporations also possess rights conferred upon them by state and federal statutes and enjoy certain state and federal constitutional protections. In other words, the rights and obligations of corporations are not simply those of their shareholders, officers, directors, employees, or other humans who participate in or are affected by the corporation’s activities.

Much ink has been spilled over the metaphysical question of the nature of corporate personality.57 Are corporations entities in their own right or merely aggregations of human beings who are associated with each other in a joint endeavor? If they are entities, are they “natural” rather than merely “artificial”? We need not concern ourselves with these theoretical debates, noting only that corporate law unambiguously treats corporations as possessing distinct legal identities separate from the human beings who have chosen to act jointly through the device of incorporation.

As creatures of positive law, corporate persons exist to pursue the purposes chosen by their human founders. State law specifies the purposes for which corporations may be organized. Importantly, it does little to limit the organizers’ choices. Delaware’s business corporation statute is typical in providing that “[a] corporation may be incorporated or organized under this chapter to conduct or promote any lawful business or purposes, except as may otherwise be provided by the Constitution or other law of this State.”58 As probed in greater depth in Part IV, the Pennsylvania and Oklahoma statutes governing the corporations involved in the Hobby Lobby case are to the same effect, despite differences in language.59

Having conferred extremely broad freedom of choice on the corporation’s organizers, state corporate law then specifies the powers that corporate persons may lawfully exercise in furtherance of their purposes. Some statutes define corporate powers in general terms. For example, the Pennsylvania statute involved in Hobby Lobby as well as the Model Business Corporation Act provide that corporate persons possess the same powers or capacity as natural persons.60 These are default provisions that could be subject to carve-outs or qualifications where state legislatures think it appropriate to do so. Other corporate statutes take a different approach, providing a list of the corporation’s powers. Delaware’s statute takes this form.61

As persons that exist only by virtue of law, corporations obviously lack the ability to pursue their purposes and exercise their lawfully delegated powers without the assistance of human beings. The corporate person can do nothing unless human beings act on its behalf. In this sense, corporate persons are artificial (or “fictitious”) in comparison with human (“natural”) persons. Corporate law therefore provides a governance framework that specifies who can act lawfully on behalf of the corporation. The board of directors is the primary locus of governance authority. The board acts for the corporation, sometimes in its own capacity and more often through delegation of authority to other humans, namely the corporation’s senior officers and those to whom they in turn have delegated authority.

As a practical matter, statutory specifications of corporate power define the scope of the powers of those natural persons who possess the lawful authority to act on the corporation’s behalf. To say, for example, that a corporation has the power to file a lawsuit in its own right or to acquire property is to say in effect that the board of directors possesses the authority to exercise these rights on the corporation’s behalf. Similarly, if those with the requisite authority deem philanthropy to be among a corporation’s purposes, it is up to the board of directors to exercise the corporation’s statutory power62 to make charitable donations.

In addition to the specification of the corporation’s powers, positive law also confers rights and legal protections on corporate persons. Thus, for example, the Supreme Court has held that corporations enjoy many—but not all—of the constitutional rights enjoyed by human beings. State and federal statutes also provide privileges for corporate persons such as, for example, eligibility for government contract work and entitlement to income tax credits and deductions. These constitutional and statutory provisions often confer rights to act, such as the right to spend corporate funds on political campaigns.63 As is the case with corporate powers, those human actors whom the law authorizes to act on the corporation’s behalf exercise corporate rights.

B. CORPORATE PURPOSE

The question in the Hobby Lobby cases of whether RFRA applies to business corporations depends primarily on whether they are able to “exercise religion.” The fact that a fictitious legal entity cannot pray or attend a synagogue is irrelevant to this question. If the corporation is empowered by state law to exercise religion, then it does so through its legally authorized representatives, just as it does when it exercises any other lawful power.

The issue therefore is whether state corporate law authorizes business corporations to exercise religion. As noted above, this is important because in Hobby Lobby the government argued that business corporations lack the lawful authority to do anything other than pursue financial gain. The argument resonates with the claims of conservative corporate law academics who assert that corporate law mandates profit maximization. According to this view, the financial interests of shareholders take precedence over all competing considerations. However, if state corporate law does not authorize the exercise of religion, religious observance or activities would be proscribed even if they do not compromise shareholder financial interests or actually promote them. Thus, as background to the Hobby Lobby Court’s treatment of this issue, here we briefly describe state corporate law bearing on corporate purpose.

State corporate law does not require corporations to prioritize profits over competing considerations. This fact has ramifications that extend far beyond the particular activities—religious observance—at issue in the Hobby Lobby cases. All business corporations (and non-profits too, for that matter) must generate profit in order to survive. That is simply a fact of life. But corporate law confers on them broad discretion to determine the extent to which they choose to temper the pursuit of profit by regard for other values.

Delaware corporate law, the most influential body of law for United States publicly held corporations, does not mandate shareholder wealth maximization. The statute says no such thing. There is virtually no judge-made precedent to that effect. One recent trial court opinion does speak of shareholder wealth maximization as a statutory mandate, but the analysis is not persuasive and is not likely to be influential.64 In deciding eBay’s suit against craigslist, Chancellor Chandler states that, “[h]aving chosen a for-profit corporate form, the craigslist directors are bound by the fiduciary duties and standards that accompany that form. Those standards include acting to promote the value of the corporation for the benefit of its stockholders.”65 Chancellor Chandler then goes on to make a far stronger statement. Corporate policies that seek “not to maximize the economic value of a for-profit Delaware corporation for the benefit of its stockholders” are invalid.66 In other words, not only is corporate management legally required to pursue profit, it must also seek to maximize the shareholders’ financial interests. The Court cites no statutory provision or case law in support of these sweeping assertions. The Delaware corporation statute includes no such mandate and does not even refer to corporations organized under it as “for-profit” entities, the phrase used by Chancellor Chandler. To the contrary, as noted in Subpart A above, the statute states expressly that “[a] corporation may be incorporated or organized under this chapter to conduct or promote any lawful business or purposes.”67 No other Delaware Chancery or Supreme Court decision has squarely endorsed shareholder wealth maximization in the stark terms used by the court in this case.68

Further, the court’s endorsement of shareholder wealth maximization in the craigslist case may have very limited relevance. The facts of the case were eccentric given the defensive measures adopted by the board of directors in that case; read narrowly, the opinion insists on the shareholder wealth maximization idea in a highly unusual case involving a closely held corporation whose founders had explicitly chosen to eschew profit in order to pursue a social mission. Thus the opinion might be read simply to condemn corporate policies that are entirely and expressly contrary to shareholder financial interests, although even then the decision lacks legal support. Such circumstances are rare to say the least; business corporations pursuing social missions at the expense of shareholder value are far more likely to sacrifice some amount of profit without rejecting that objective entirely and are likely also to justify such policies with reference to long-run shareholder financial interests, even if the claim is vague and not susceptible to proof. Under the business judgment rule, policies of this kind would not be condemned even if shareholder wealth maximization were the law.69

It should be noted further that even a narrow reading of the court’s endorsement of shareholder wealth maximization is quite problematic. eBay, the plaintiff minority shareholder, invested in craigslist with full knowledge that profit maximization was not that corporation’s objective. This was not, in other words, a case in which those in control of a profit-seeking corporation chose to change direction to the prejudice of existing minority shareholders. One might argue that eBay implicitly assented to craigslist’s disavowal of shareholder wealth maximization when it invested with knowledge of the founders’ social mission.

The typical citation for the shareholder wealth maximization claim is not a Delaware case. It is Dodge v. Ford Motor Co., decided by the Michigan Supreme Court nearly 100 years ago.70 That decision, without citing precedent, states that “[a] business corporation is organized and carried on primarily for the benefit of the stockholders. The powers of directors are to be employed for that end. The discretion of directors is to be exercised in the choice of means to attain that end, and does not extend to a change in the end itself . . . .”71 Despite the frequency with which the case is cited by commentators, by its terms, it does not mandate wealth maximization and no Delaware court has cited it as authority for a legal duty to maximize shareholder wealth.72 The general statement quoted here also is not necessary to the decision of the case, which appears to be a case involving oppression of minority shareholders in a closely held corporation. The controlling shareholder—Henry Ford—adopted a policy for Ford Motor Company to forgo a large amount of profits and their distribution in favor of retaining employees and advancing conflicting social objectives, to the detriment of the Dodge brothers’ arguably legitimate expectations. The shareholder wealth maximization idea did not need to be invoked to protect minority shareholders in that case or in similar cases.

Further, even viewed as a minority shareholder oppression case, the Dodge v. Ford decision may simply be wrong. There is no plausible claim that Henry Ford was using his control of the corporation to treat the Dodge brothers unfairly. Even after adoption of Ford’s new policies, the Dodge brothers were to continue to receive annual dividends of $120,000 on an initial investment of $200,000, an astonishingly rich annual return of 60 percent. And, although the corporation was earning profits far in excess of the planned distributions and might have earned even more in the short term, the corporation’s management had chosen to reinvest a large share of those profits in new capital assets. This sounds on the face of it like just the kind of decision that the business judgment rule ought to have protected.

Delaware’s lack of commitment to shareholder wealth maximization is also evident in various doctrines that insulate management from accountability to the corporation’s shareholders. As a practical matter, the demand requirement in derivative litigation, the business judgment rule, and the statutory provision for exculpation from monetary liability for breach of the duty of care73 insulate management from liability to shareholders except in cases involving severe conflict of interest or bad faith. Directors’ fiduciary duties are owed not to the shareholders alone but rather to “the corporation and its shareholders.”74 Vague as this formulation might be, it does express the notion that management acts not only on behalf of the shareholders but also on behalf of the corporate entity as a whole; part of its job is to make choices in cases where corporate and shareholder interests diverge. As currently structured, except for atypical cases of coordinated institutional shareholder activism, the voting rights regime does not seriously threaten incumbent management of public companies because of collective action costs and rational apathy that discourage shareholder insurgency. Nor does the prospect of a hostile takeover create a strong incentive to maximize share value; Delaware common law accords target company boards of directors broad discretion to adopt potent defensive measures.75 The Revlon duty76 to maximize current share value arises only in a narrow range of circumstances—certain sales of the company—that corporate boards are free to avoid if they so wish, and in contemporary practice the case is of limited significance for directors.77

In our view, then, Delaware law is agnostic on the question of corporate purpose. Although dictum in Revlon mentions “benefits accruing to stockholders” neither that case nor any other Supreme Court authority mandates shareholder wealth maximization outside the Revlon setting. Nor does it endorse a stakeholder-focused alternative, for example, by requiring that management somehow balance the competing interests of all the corporation’s various constituencies. To the contrary, we see Delaware as providing expressly for broad freedom of choice as to corporate purpose. Those who form a corporation are free to specify particular purposes in the organizational documents, subject only to the requirement that those purposes be “lawful,”78 or they can leave the matter open-ended, stating simply that “the purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity.”79 In the latter case, it will be up to the board of directors, exercising its statutory responsibility to direct the corporation’s “business and affairs,”80 to determine questions of corporate purpose.81

Beyond Delaware, the open-ended nature of corporate purpose is even more clear. A majority of states have enacted various versions of a “constituency statute.”82 These statutes empower—but do not require—corporate management to consider nonshareholder as well as shareholder interests in directing the corporation’s business. Either expressly or by clear implication, they reject the shareholder wealth maximization conception of management responsibility, conferring broad discretion to sacrifice profits for alternative objectives.

Despite the absence of persuasive legal authority, corporate law scholars frequently claim not only that the law requires shareholder wealth maximization but also that corporate law designates management as the agents of the corporation’s shareholders. According to this view, the inevitable costs that arise whenever a principal must rely on an agent—the likelihood of shirking and the need to monitor the agent’s performance—are termed “agency costs” and are a potentially significant drag on shareholder wealth. Like the maximization claim, the agency characterization also lacks legal foundation. In legal discourse, it is traceable to the work of Daniel Fischel and Frank Easterbrook working at the University of Chicago during the later part of the 1970s.83 Drawing on an article by financial economists Michael Jensen and William Meckling,84 first Professor Fischel and then Professor Fischel writing with Professor (later Judge) Easterbrook argued that the job of corporate management, as agent of the shareholders, is to maximize the value of their investments in the corporation.85 Although Jensen and Meckling used the agency idea in a non-legal sense and offered no legal basis for the agency characterization, Fischel and Easterbrook seized upon the agency cost idea and proceeded to analyze virtually all of corporate law from that perspective.86 Since then, the shareholder wealth maximization assumption and the fixation on agency costs have taken root and flourished within the corporate law academy—despite some notable dissenters87—and has been described as “the dominant framework of analysis for corporate law and corporate governance today.”88 Similarly, business leaders, business school academics, and the business press typically take for granted the legitimacy of shareholder wealth maximization and the idea of management as the shareholders’ agent, despite the absence of legal authority. In the face of these widely held though incorrect assumptions, the Supreme Court in Hobby Lobby was called upon to address the question of corporate purpose under state law. We turn now to its analysis.

IV. THE HOBBY LOBBY OPINION

To resolve the RFRA claims, the Court necessarily had to address both the corporate personhood and corporate purpose issues. The federal government, through HHS, the Court observed, saw these questions in quite simple terms: “the companies cannot sue because they seek to make a profit for their owners, and the owners cannot be heard because the regulations . . . apply only to the companies and not to the owners as individuals.”89 In effect, HHS argued, to preserve religious liberty a business individual must forgo operating through the corporate form. Such a person would thus face a Hobson’s choice: he or she might conduct business as a sole proprietor (or general partnership) and retain religious liberty, or elect to conduct business through the corporate form and relinquish that liberty.90 Preservation of religious liberty in the business setting therefore requires, under the HHS view, that merchants exercise what the Court called a “difficult choice.”91 The Court swiftly concluded that Congress did nothing of the kind in RFRA, an act designed to provide “broad protection for religious liberty.”92

A. THE CORPORATION AS PERSON

In light of the established legal framework recognizing corporations as “persons” under state law,93 in Hobby Lobby the initial issue as to whether corporations fell within the protective mantle of RFRA was a straightforward question of statutory construction. The Court was called upon to decide whether that statute’s reference to “persons” embraces corporate persons as well as human ones, just as state corporate law routinely does.

The Court began by stating that while Congress in RFRA employed a familiar legal fiction in defining corporations as “persons,” the purpose of doing so was to provide protection for human beings.94 This is so, the Court said, because a corporation is “simply a form of organization used by human beings to achieve desired ends.”95 Consequently, when rights are extended to corporations, “the purpose is to protect the rights of these people.”96 Importantly, the Court stated that the rights of “these people” were those of the humans who “own and control those companies.”97

The Court did not explain the basis for its equation of corporate rights with those of humans. Because of the potential for confusion, we believe this point warrants further explanation. The key idea is that the “rights” of “these people” to exercise religion that are protected by the statute are those rights to act that they possess in their corporate capacity. It is in the particular role of being “associated with a corporation,”98 including as “shareholders, officers, and employees,”99 that humans in the corporate context are protected by statutes conferring rights on corporations. Roles performed outside the corporate context give rise to no such protections any more than, by analogy, the same person playing baseball with eight others is engaged in the same activity—or has the same role, responsibilities, and objectives—as when playing soccer with eight others. Roles, organizational structure, and the decisionmaking process are all quite different for humans interacting in the corporate setting than outside it. But the human desire to express religious convictions in the corporate milieu may be no less fervent, as Justice Kennedy’s concurrence underscored: plaintiffs “deem it necessary to exercise their religious beliefs within the context of their own closely-held for-profit corporation.”100 Analytically, in order to preserve the separateness of the corporation as a legal person distinct in a meaningful way from the humans associated with it, while still acknowledging their desires for religious expression, the Court emphasized here, and throughout the opinion, the corporate capacity and corporate positions and roles played by these humans. The Court thus upheld the institutional heft of the corporation as a distinct legal person under RFRA, and did not simply disregard it by making it indistinguishable from its human participants.

This critical theoretical point could have been made far stronger and more readily comprehensible in either of two ways. First, the Court easily could have referred to the very corporate laws under which Hobby Lobby, Mardel, and Conestoga were incorporated, those of Oklahoma and Pennsylvania. Pennsylvania’s statute, under which Conestoga was incorporated, provides a useful illustration. By statute, Pennsylvania corporations expressly are stated to have the same “legal capacity” as natural persons.101 This is similar to section 3.02 of the Model Business Corporation Act, which confers on corporations “the same powers as an individual.”102 Under Pennsylvania law, therefore, business corporations have both a distinct legal identity separate from the individuals involved in it and the legal capacity to do whatever natural persons can do. Because it is not disputed that individuals are free to exercise religion, in having the same “legal capacity” as individuals, corporations also have the legal capacity to exercise religion.

Having defined corporate power in these terms, the Pennsylvania statute,103 again like the Model Business Corporation Act,104 then provides that all such powers are to be “exercised by” the board of directors. Since only human beings can serve as directors of a corporation, when those humans act in their director capacity, they are acting in their corporate role, “exercising” corporate powers; they are not acting on their own behalf. As those humans exercise corporate functions, they can, of course, also “exercise” all of the myriad actions of religious people in other settings—including praying, worshiping, and observing sacraments105—but, in doing so, they act in their representative “corporate” role and “corporate” capacity, as always is the case when a corporation’s board of directors acts within its lawful capacity. Thus, humans, alone or communally, can simultaneously “exercise” religion while “exercising” corporate functions. Here,106 the very language (“exercise”) of religious liberty corresponds exactly with what humans do in directing corporate affairs.

Appreciating this crucial point about corporate role serves not only to preserve the distinctive legal personhood and institutional significance of the corporation as a modern actor, it also helps to differentiate as legally and conceptually meaningful the myriad actions taken by humans in different settings, whether business or otherwise. The same humans who serve as directors of a corporation also serve in other multifarious social roles—parent, spouse, colleague, and so on—and when they do so, they are not acting in corporate capacity. The identical point, of course, can be made as to other actions taken in corporate capacity, such as those of shareholders or officers.107 We need a legal vocabulary to make these important distinctions of setting and role in a society with so many collective actors, of which business corporations are only one type.

Second, the Court in Hobby Lobby could have taken a different approach, and more pointedly and formally emphasized that the RFRA right to “exercise religion” was the right of the corporate person itself, not those of the human directors and officers who control it—by acting on its behalf—or of the shareholders who own its stock or of the employees who work for it or of any other human associated with the corporation in some way. To be sure, legal protections conferred on corporations will typically benefit some natural persons in some way, but the existence of the corporate right has nothing to do with the existence or not of the rights of those humans who have chosen to pursue joint purposes by organizing a corporation. More particularly, the religious liberties of those individuals involved in these corporations are already the subject of undoubted legal protection outside the corporation. If the corporation itself enjoys religious liberty, its rights exist separately and in addition to those protections, and would exist even if some—or even all—of its shareholders or directors were atheists and derived no benefit from the corporation’s exercise of its own right.

This distinction is not simply a matter of semantics or formalism. The question could be important if one were to read the Court’s opinion as stating that the scope of a corporation’s legal right is dependent on the extent to which that right actually protects the interests and values of humans associated with the corporation. In Hobby Lobby, for example, applying RFRA protects the religious liberty of the family members who formed and control the corporations, but it is quite possible that it has no such effect on many of these companies’ employees, at least some of whom may not share their religious commitments. For such employees, there would be no benefit and only the cost of denial of access to certain health care benefits. If the scope of the RFRA depends on its purpose and that purpose is to protect the religious liberty of all persons associated with a corporation, application of the statute in this case would not have been appropriate. Limiting, as the Court did, the inquiry to whether application protects only the religious liberty of the corporations’ “owners and controllers” merely invites the question why their interests alone—ignoring those of the thousands of other humans associated with these corporations—should provide the relevant criterion.

Perhaps the Court at times seemingly equates the statutory rights of the corporations involved in the Hobby Lobby case with those of their “owners and controllers” because, as we noted above, the directors exercise control over the corporation and thus advance its chosen purposes. In exercising corporate control, directors may be motivated by religious commitment. Or perhaps the Court emphasizes shareholders because they first formed these entities in order to pursue religious as well as commercial objectives. Application of the statute certainly protects the interests of both overlapping groups of people, shareholders and directors. While that observation is true, it is beside the point if, as in Hobby Lobby, the distinctive rights of the corporations themselves are at stake. When humans choose to associate with each other by forming a corporation, they create a legal entity whose rights and duties are separate and distinct from their own. When directors or the corporation’s agents act on its behalf, they act in their corporate capacity and not as individuals. The existence or not of these corporations’ statutory rights has nothing to do with whether particular humans are benefited.

The idea of the corporation as a distinct rights-bearing entity—with rights that exist independently of those humans who are associated with it—might seem puzzling when the rights involve political speech or religious exercise, but it should not be. It is not any stranger than imagining a corporate person owning legal title to a building, filing a lawsuit in its name, or making a charitable donation. In each of these cases, if state law empowers the corporation to act, the corporation does so through the actions of its lawfully designated human representatives as carried out in accordance with the statutory governance structure. The key question therefore is whether the corporation possesses the power to act. This, of course, is a question for state corporate law, which long ago accorded broad powers to business corporations to do more than simply seek to maximize profits, as we explained in Part III.B.

Despite the potentially confusing emphasis on the rights of the humans who direct the corporations’ affairs and own its stock, the Court’s analysis sufficiently accomplishes its chosen goal of recognizing corporate separateness as furthering the true aim of granting protection to natural persons, even if its treatment of this slippery but crucial notion could have been significantly strengthened in the ways we indicate. And, although the Court does not fully explain how the interests of humans (and which ones) within a corporation are needed to support the conclusion that the corporation itself thereby is a rights-bearing person, there is little doubt that, as an alternative, it could have quite easily reached that conclusion without relying on that idea.

The Court ended its brief “person” analysis by noting that the federal Dictionary Act, which governed in the absence of RFRA’s own definition, clearly included “corporation” within the meaning of that word.108 Given as well that non-profit corporations clearly have RFRA and free exercise rights,109 a point the government did not strenuously dispute, the Court saw no conceivable basis for including natural persons and non-profit corporations within the term “person” while excluding business corporations.110 Overall, although it left much unexplained, the Court had little trouble concluding that business corporations were “persons” under RFRA. This of course was consistent with the long-held understanding of state corporate law.

B. CORPORATE RELIGIOUS EXERCISE

The chief argument made by HHS against the three companies was that they cannot “exercise religion” under RFRA. The nub of the argument, and one agreed with by several lower court judges,111 was that RFRA does not protect business (“for-profit”) corporations “because the purpose of such corporations is simply to make money.”112 According to this view, business corporations lack the power to exercise religion, not simply because religion can interfere with profit seeking but because religious exercise is unauthorized by state law without regard to whether it results in lower profits. That position, of course, does not merely preclude the exercise of religion; it precludes the pursuit of any and all other non-pecuniary goals as well.

The Court dispatched this argument in a few short paragraphs, addressing for the first time an issue that has sharply divided scholars for decades.113 The Court began by stating correctly that the government’s contention “flies in the face of modern corporate law.”114 Acknowledging that although “a” central objective of business corporations is to “make” money,115 the Court did not regard that as the only legally permissible goal. Instead, the Court noted that “modern corporate law does not require business corporations to pursue profit at the expense of everything else, and many do not do so.”116 The Court observed that many business corporations support charitable causes and pursue humanitarian and altruistic objectives.117 Notably, the Court did not say that corporations may advance those objectives only as a means to maximize profits; nor did the Court say that doing so was in some way consistent with the overarching aim of making profits.118 The language was far stronger. When the pursuit of profits comes “at the expense of everything else,”119 the corporation may forgo profits. If, then, business corporations can lawfully pursue such worthy non-monetary objectives as those cited, the Court reasoned, there is no reason they do not have the legal power to further religious objectives as well.120 Here too, the Court did not attempt to rationalize the religious aspect of the three companies as somehow consistent with profit maximization because the record clearly indicated that it was not.121

In addition, the Court recognized that many business corporations are not organized “in order to maximize profit.”122 Many companies regard that form of organization as beneficial for other reasons, the Court pointed out, such as the freedom to lobby or campaign for political candidates.123 Here, the Court is clearly rejecting as overly simplistic the supposed stark and binary nature of corporations, to the effect that one type, non-profits, cannot and do not distribute any profits they may generate, while the other type, so-called “for-profits,” must and do singularly seek to maximize profits for the benefit of their shareholders. Instead, the Court recognized that companies fall along a spectrum,124 with some maximizing profits, others coupling the pursuit of profits with other non-monetary objectives, and yet others (non-profits) not distributing profits to owners/members at all.125

As to the source of its views on corporate purpose, the Court, as it has done before in describing the attributes of corporateness,126 turned to state law.127 The Court cited to the same provisions in Oklahoma’s and Pennsylvania’s general incorporation laws as the treatises it had earlier cited do more generally.128 Here again, however, the Court’s treatment of this critical issue was extremely sparse, and there was stronger authority available than it recognized. For example, section 102 of the Pennsylvania corporate statute pointedly states that “a” (not “the”) purpose of a for-profit corporation can be to “pursue” (not “maximize”) profits and that profit may be an “incidental” (not the “sole” or even “primary”) purpose of a “for-profit” corporation.129 Pennsylvania thus explicitly authorizes business corporations to have mixed purposes, only one of which need be to “pursue” profit, and even that may be an “incidental” purpose.130

However frustratingly terse, the upshot of the Court’s assessment of state corporate law is to free the three companies—and others—from some imagined state law mandate to maximize profits at the expense of other activities or values. Being legally free to do more than simply pursue profits, the Court concluded that they necessarily were legally free to “exercise religion.” Consequently, the Court held, business companies could invoke RFRA’s protection of their right to exercise religion against the contraceptive mandate of the ACA.131 But in reaching that conclusion, grounded as it is on the Court’s understanding of state corporate law, the opinion extends far beyond the religious context of the Hobby Lobby case itself. The Court’s view of corporate law’s permissive ambit means that such avowed goals as social justice, environmental concerns, and employee welfare, as well as various charitable, humanitarian, and other socially responsible pursuits, emerge as legally possible for business corporations; and these are valid ends in themselves, not merely means toward the goal of profits. The Court thus effectively addressed a core trait of the business corporation’s legal ontology, not just by saying what it is—a “person”—but also by expansively interpreting what it can do—i.e., pursue a host of objectives besides just making money.

This portion of the Hobby Lobby opinion is a landmark in corporate law. Never before had the highest court in the land spoken to an issue that goes to the very foundation of corporate law, namely, corporate purpose. Understandably, thoughtful people have differing views on the normative question of what purpose(s) a business corporation should pursue.132 But the longstanding debate about corporate purpose goes even to the descriptive question of what the law really is on this point.133 Sparse, highly ambiguous authority on this baseline issue has served only to fuel—and prolong—the disagreement.134 Critically, moreover, unless corporations are legally free to pursue non-pecuniary objectives as ends in themselves, any talk of “corporate social responsibility” is of no moment because various supposedly laudable pursuits could not be advanced anyway. They would be ultra vires. Only with legal freedom is corporate social responsibility even possible, just as such freedom was essential to the conclusion in Hobby Lobby that business corporations can exercise religion.

The majority opinion in Hobby Lobby thus took a decidedly pluralistic view of corporate purpose135 and renounced the widely (though not universally) held view that maximization of profits is legally mandated as the sole corporate purpose.136 Business corporations are not required to maximize profits and they violate no state law mandate when, as is frequently the case, they engage in activities that sacrifice profits for other values. Those activities can include “exercising religion,” as well as voluntarily going beyond the law’s requirements to promote environmental sustainability or the well-being of employees, even where that means reduced profits. So, when the organizers of Hobby Lobby and the other corporations involved in this case chose to temper their commercial ambitions with religious commitments at the time of incorporation, they acted lawfully under state law.

This conclusion was, of course, crucial to the Court’s ruling in Hobby Lobby that corporations can exercise religion under RFRA, a federal law. But this view of corporate purpose was rooted in the Court’s larger understanding of state corporate law, and thus the opinion has potentially far-reaching consequences for corporate law and corporate activity that extend beyond the issue of religious liberty. In Part V, we address these possible consequences while also taking up some lingering uncertainties as to the full reach of the Hobby Lobby decision for corporate law.

V. THE CORPORATE LAW AFTERMATH OF HOBBY LOBBY

Justice Ginsburg began her dissent in Hobby Lobby by characterizing the majority’s decision as one “of startling breadth.”137 Justice Kennedy’s brief concurrence disputed that description, stating the “opinion does not have the breadth and sweep ascribed to it by the respectful and powerful dissent.”138 In this Part, we explore the reach of the majority opinion, but do so specifically with respect to its implications for corporate law. We take up several dimensions of this issue, emphasizing areas where the decision made a genuine breakthrough but also where some questions remain and where disagreement already is emerging.139

A. HOBBY LOBBYS IMPACT ON STATE CORPORATE LAW

In addressing the application of RFRA to a business corporation, Hobby Lobby addressed an issue of federal law. But to do so it necessarily addressed a state law question, the issue of corporate purpose, as the Court itself noted.140 There is, of course, neither a federal general incorporation statute nor a federal common law of corporations. Instead, outside the area of constitutional rights,141 the Supreme Court routinely looks to state law as the source of rules specifying corporate attributes,142 just as it did in Hobby Lobby. In doing so, it seeks to ascertain that law solely from state law sources, here, Oklahoma and Pennsylvania statutory and decisional law and also general principles of corporate law common to all state statutes. In Hobby Lobby, the Supreme Court did not describe state law as unsettled or uncertain on the issue of corporate purpose; instead, it had no difficulty concluding that state corporate law simply does not require profit maximization.143 In doing so, the Court cited not only Oklahoma and Pennsylvania statutes containing language similar to that in every corporate statute, it cited two corporate law treatises that referred more generally to those types of statutes.144 The Court’s reasoning on the issue would thus seem to extend to all corporations in all states.

But the Court’s views on corporate purpose would not be binding in the context of a state law dispute on the issue of permitted (or mandated) corporate purpose, if the state’s highest court had decided otherwise or the state legislature had amended the corporate statute.145 Thus, if a reprise of the eBay litigation146 should appear, where the corporate purpose issue was quite briefly and inadequately addressed,147 the Delaware Court of Chancery would presumably treat the Hobby Lobby opinion as highly persuasive, but the Delaware Supreme Court would not be bound to follow Hobby Lobby’s reading of the breadth of corporate purpose.

At the same time, given that the Chancery Court in eBay,148 like the Michigan Supreme Court in its 1919 decision of Dodge v. Ford Motor Co.,149 cited no legal authority for its views on corporate purpose,150 an opinion of the United States Supreme Court, speaking with the force noted in Part IV above, will be impossible to ignore—and exceedingly difficult to disagree with.151 This is especially the case given that in order to reach the conclusion that business corporations can “exercise religion” under RFRA, the Court necessarily had to first rule that state corporate law permitted corporations to pursue that objective because it eschews categorical profit maximization. A state supreme court might disagree with that ruling, but a ruling of the United States Supreme Court it is, and given the paucity of counter authority, it carries highly persuasive, if not authoritative, weight unless and until displaced by a state’s highest court or legislative action. Moreover, state law silence in the face of Hobby Lobby, or failure of a state to disagree with it, means the opinion will retain its persuasive force. And in the highly unlikely event a state were to somehow act to mandate profit maximization, companies could easily reincorporate elsewhere, perhaps in Oklahoma or Pennsylvania, to the fiscal disadvantage of the former state of incorporation. In the competitive corporate chartering world, of course, states do not typically act to drive businesses away.

Finally, the Hobby Lobby opinion serves to vindicate and validate the common business practice of choosing not to maximize profits. As the Court remarked, “it is not at all uncommon for . . . corporations to further humanitarian and other objectives.”152 This judicial endorsement likely will further legitimate corporate goals other than profit maximization. Much of what is done in the corporate arena today is not the product of mandatory legal rules, but a confluence of business lore, ingrained practices, market forces, professional education, and other non-legal influences, as noted in Part III. These factors are fluid, and the Hobby Lobby opinion both reflects and can facilitate the ongoing shift in the norms of corporate purpose to align with broad societal expectations of corporate behavior. Movement away from pure profit seeking, moreover, is by no means limited to advancing religious objectives but can include an array of goals thought by corporate decision makers to be “socially responsible” for purely secular reasons. Voluntary action in this regard can be an efficient, positive, and non-statist influence on corporate conduct, but it depends on first appreciating a corporation’s broad legal freedom to so act, which the Hobby Lobby opinion legitimates.

B. CLOSELY HELD ONLY OR ALL CORPORATIONS?

All three corporations in Hobby Lobby were closely held, family-controlled companies. Is the Court’s ruling limited to those types of corporations, or does it apply to all corporations, including those that are publicly held? If the former, what exactly is a “closely held” corporation? To be sure, Justice Alito emphasized the closely held nature of the companies throughout the opinion, and he stated expressly that the case did “not involve publicly traded corporations” and “we have no occasion in these cases to consider RFRA’s applicability to such companies.”153

Still, nothing in the majority’s reasoning limits the type of companies to which it applies. Justice Alito himself said only that it was “unlikely” that public companies would assert RFRA claims, due to “numerous practical restraints.”154 The involvement of institutional investors in public corporations made it “improbable” that religious beliefs would be drawn on to run such a company, Alito observed.155 Moreover, it is important to distinguish the federal RFRA “exercise of religion” aspect of the case—where, practically speaking, public companies likely will not so act—from the state law issue of freedom to do so because state law does not mandate profit maximization. State law legally permits all corporations to exercise religion, but whether a particular corporation does so is up to its organizers and its board of directors. That key point pertains to all corporations.

The corporate treatises and corporate statutes cited by Justice Alito on freedom to act in a non-profit-maximizing manner are not limited in application to closely held corporations.156 This is necessarily the case because there is, in state corporate law, no basis for contending that the general incorporation statute—and judicial interpretations of it—do not apply categorically to all companies, except where the statute itself provides otherwise.157 There is thus no principled basis for construing the Court’s views on profit maximization as limited to closely held corporations as a matter of law. In ruling that a closely held corporation need not maximize profits, the Court looked to state law sources equally applicable to public companies.

C. SHAREHOLDER UNANIMITY?

On the facts of the Hobby Lobby case, all of the stockholders, directors, and officers of the three corporations supported the religious thrust of the business operations.158 One commentator quickly seized on two brief phrases in the majority opinion to suggest that such internal unanimity might be essential to the Court’s endorsement of a corporation’s non-profit-maximizing purpose.159 We disagree.

The Court stated that business corporations, “with ownership approval, support a wide variety of charitable causes.”160 And the Court also said, “[s]o long as its owners agree,” a corporation may deviate from profit maximization.161 One might be tempted to construe the words “with ownership approval” and “so long as owners agree” as implying that all must so agree.162 But that simply is not what those passages say or mean. Nowhere does the Court use the words “all” or “unanimous” or anything like them. Justice Alito, in this portion of the opinion, is not addressing the nuances of the voting rules for shareholders under state corporate law, which, in any event, are governed by stronger or weaker versions of a majoritarian principle, not rules of unanimity.163 He is simply saying that, by whatever process the requisite level of “ownership approval” is obtained, corporations ultimately take actions consistent with how the “owners agree.”

Moreover, in responding to Justice Ginsburg’s dissent, Justice Alito explicitly takes up the question of “disputes among the owners of corporations.”164 He acknowledges that “the owners of a company might well have a dispute relating to religion.”165 If so, then necessarily all shareholders do not agree on business policy and unanimity is lacking. But that does not mean that, lacking unanimous agreement, the business must seek to maximize profits. It means precisely what Justice Alito then notes: “State corporate law provides a ready means for resolving any conflicts by, for example, dictating how a corporation can establish its governing structure. . . . Courts will turn to that structure and the underlying state law in resolving disputes.”166 And as noted,167 the default voting rule in corporate governance is a lower threshold than unanimity. The treatise to which Alito cites at this point in his opinion refers, quite conventionally, to “simple majority vote.”168

Further, on questions of business policy, including strategic and operational decisions that sacrifice profits for other considerations, shareholders ordinarily have no voting rights at all. It is for the board of directors to decide such questions,169 and even in the boardroom unanimity is not required. If the shareholders disagree with a board-level decision, their primary recourse will be the annual election of directors, where collective action costs and rational apathy severely limit the efficacy of voting rights in public companies. While it is true that in closely held corporations controlling shareholders exercise broad decision-making influence, as a legal matter they act in their capacity as directors, not as shareholders, and here too unanimity is not required absent an unusual charter or bylaw provision.

In short, by acting appropriately through the legally mandated corporate governance structure, shareholders and directors can chart business policy. One aspect of this is deciding how, if at all, religious or other philosophical or social policy beliefs will play a role in shaping that strategy. As the key decision-makers address that question, the usual default governance and majoritarian voting rules will apply, not a highly unusual unanimity rule that would obtain only if specifically agreed ex ante. The decision to engage in—or refrain from— non-maximizing of profits behavior of all sorts will thus be decided in the customary way under standard corporate law rules.

D. A PROFIT-MAXIMIZATION DEFAULT RULE?

As we traced in Part III, there is a long and ongoing controversy about corporate purpose in the United States. Corporate law itself offers scant authority and is best characterized, we believe, as agnostic and broadly permissive on corporate purpose. Thus, although it is likely safe to describe profit-maximizing behavior as a “norm” or “common practice” in the corporate realm—and setting aside the somewhat unusual Revlon setting in Delaware170—it is not correct to describe it as a binding legal “rule.” The norm, moreover, is likely far stronger in the public corporation setting than in the close corporation context. The profit maximization norm, whatever the prescriptive case for it, is, descriptively, a product of deep-seated business lore and practices, market pressures, and professional education, not law. Those who contend otherwise have little to support their position on such a first-order issue.

While rejecting the notion of a mandatory profit-maximization rule, the Hobby Lobby case also implicitly holds that there is no default rule to that effect either. Tellingly, the Court spoke to the question of corporate purpose without reliance on or reference to any modification of or “contracting around” some supposed background maximization rule. The Hobby Lobby Stores company had a statement of corporate purpose,171 and Conestoga Wood Specialties had a Vision and Values Statement,172 but neither company addressed these issues in their articles of incorporation. Also, the authority to which the Court in Hobby Lobby cited on the corporate purpose question173—scant, as noted174—were references to generally applicable provisions of state corporation statutes, not to contractually agreed departures from those provisions.

For several additional reasons we believe the Hobby Lobby decision will have a positive influence on discussions about corporate purpose, and the question of the presence or absence of a default rule on that subject under current corporate law. First, as observed already, the Court’s opinion validates both the business and legal legitimacy of a non-profit-maximizing approach to business, in the religious context but also beyond it. This could actually encourage express provisions to this effect. Such an authoritative sanctioning of a non-pecuniary objective in the corporate sector can itself play a role in softening the strong corporate norm of profit maximization, if not altogether shifting it. Second, given the high visibility of Hobby Lobby, business participants and their counsel likely will, if this is deemed important, attend more deliberately to the issue of corporate objective(s) in the corporation’s organizational and governing instruments and in the disclosures made to prospective investors about corporate objectives. If so, the default rule (whatever it is) becomes irrelevant anyway.

Third, for those who think there currently is a default rule on profit maximization in corporate law, the Hobby Lobby decision may prompt new thinking as to whether there should be a single default rule for all corporations. Given that surveys continue to reveal the important role of religious (and other non-commercial) beliefs in American life,175 and given the far more extensive participation of shareholders in all aspects of a close corporation than in the affairs of a public corporation, perhaps it is sensible to presume a greater harmony between personal belief and business goals in close corporations than in the public corporation, where a sharper focus on return on investment may be more prevalent. The dramatic rise in adoption of benefit corporation statutes,176 adverted to in the Court’s opinion,177 shows the law’s responsiveness to a perceived desire to combine the pursuit of profits with other social goals in business. The Hobby Lobby case highlights this not uncommon congruence of personal conviction and business practice in the close corporation. Unless state law is to require participants in close corporations to use a benefit corporation to pursue non-commercial purposes along with profits, the wisdom of a default rule of profit maximization in the general corporation statute should be rethought for close corporations.

Both as a behavioral and theoretical matter, one has to wonder whether, if natural persons are not generally presumed in our legal system to be single-minded money maximizers in all facets of their daily lives, why in corporate law they should be presumed to be such in their role as investors, at least in the closely held business setting if not in holding public company stock. In sweeping so categorically across investors in corporations of all sorts, adherents of the mandatory or default profit-maximizing camp make a simplifying assumption about human behavior that lacks nuance, and that may itself hobble efforts to achieve better balance among monetary and non-monetary goals within the corporate world, just as the humans associated with those corporations strive for balance throughout their lives. At the same time, we recognize that some, perhaps many, persons with strong religious convictions may well choose to maximize financial well-being in and outside the corporate setting. They are legally free to do so.

Finally, all three corporations involved in Hobby Lobby sought to advance a corporate purpose that went beyond making profits. Although the shareholders involved in those companies agreed on this objective, under standard corporate governance rules it is the board of directors that charts a firm’s strategic direction. And the board is free to advance the corporation’s mixed objectives over the objections of shareholders and at the expense of strict shareholder primacy. Thus, Hobby Lobby illustrates that the business corporation is a legal person possessing an identity distinct from the humans involved in it, and that it can have an institutional purpose distinct from that of its shareholders. In this way, the centrality of the corporate entity is restored to corporate law, rather than adhering to a conception of the corporation as identical to the body of shareholders both as to legal personhood and corporate goals.

Once the interests of the corporation itself, not simply the welfare of its shareholders, is made the focal point of legal and business analysis, the issue of both its rights and its “responsibilities” can be more squarely addressed. Corporate responsibilities can be mandated by laws requiring specified corporate behavior, as in the ACA itself. Corporate responsibility also can be addressed, however, by voluntary actions that exceed legal mandates, whether motivated by religion or by other philosophical, ethical, or social policy convictions. Shareholders can contribute to this and can derive benefit from it, but neither they nor other constituencies are the responsible “corporate” actor, in the eyes of the law or in society at large.

The Court in Hobby Lobby, however incomplete and thin its analysis, upheld a strong version of corporate personhood distinct from that of its associated constituencies and a strong version of corporate freedom to pursue mixed objectives, not just corporate profits or shareholder financial welfare. In doing so, the Court certainly did not discuss or engage modern corporate theory, but neither did it do as the “nexus of contracts” version of that theory does and essentially disregard the corporation altogether as the focal point of analysis.178 By taking corporate personhood seriously, the Court endorsed the business corporation as a flexible legal arrangement possessing an inherent freedom to pursue a range of institutional goals, including but not limited to profit maximization. The robust corporate actor that emerges from Hobby Lobby is thus more complex than the narrow profit-maximizing, shareholder-centric version of modern theory, but for that very reason it is fully amenable to debates about what its behavior should be. With express recognition of the freedom to do more than simply seek to maximize profits may come a growing social demand that business corporations act to advance other goals. Corporate theory will then have to adjust accordingly.

VI. CONCLUSION

The Hobby Lobby decision has drawn sharp criticism from advocates of women’s reproductive freedom. Others have expressed concern over the possible future repercussions of a religion-based “exemption” from federal statutes and regulations. Without expressing our views on the merits of these concerns, we argue in this article that critics have overlooked the very important—and in our view very positive—implications of Hobby Lobby for corporate law.

The Supreme Court was correct to conclude that Hobby Lobby and the other corporations are “persons” capable of “exercising religion” for purposes of the RFRA. The notion that corporations are persons existing in the eyes of the law, separately from those human persons associated with each other in pursuit of a common enterprise, is well settled as a matter of state corporate law. More controversial is the idea that business corporations—the Court refers to them as “for-profits”—are legally free to “exercise religion” and are capable of doing so. There is no legal basis for the argument that business corporations may do nothing more than seek to maximize profits. No statute says that and judicial precedent to that effect is almost non-existent; the few cases that might be cited provide exceedingly weak support for the supposed profit-maximization requirement. To the contrary, the statutes relevant to this case—like all other state business corporation statutes—specifically provide that business corporations may be organized “for any lawful purpose.”

As for the question whether a business corporation is capable of “exercising religion,” this presents no conceptual or practical difficulties. A corporation can act in this area just as it does when it executes a contract, files a lawsuit, or commits a crime or tort. That is, it acts through legally authorized human beings. That means, of course, the corporation’s board of directors and the officers to whom the board has delegated authority.

The importance of the Hobby Lobby case extends far beyond the specific question of religious freedom. Here the United States Supreme Court speaks clearly to the fundamental issue of corporate purpose and states correctly that corporate law authorizes non-profit-maximizing behavior. Business corporations are free to engage in a wide range of activities that sacrifice profits for other values. They can, for example, devote resources to environmental sustainability or to worker well-being even if that means a reduction in net income. And they can do so even without insisting that the results will enhance the company’s long-run profitability. This, of course, is precisely the legal position advocated by supporters of corporate social responsibility. We hope that Hobby Lobby’s critics will appreciate the importance of this aspect of the Court’s holding.

_____________

* Robert O. Bentley Professor of Law, Washington and Lee University School of Law; Professor of Law, University of St. Thomas (Minneapolis) School of Law.

** J. B. Stombock Professor of Law, Washington and Lee University School of Law.

The authors gratefully acknowledge financial support from the Frances Lewis Law Center, excellent research assistance by Krista Consiglio, Michael Evans, and Matthew Hale, and helpful comments from Christopher Bruner, Larry Hamermesh, and Brett McDonnell.

1. Burwell v. Hobby Lobby Stores, Inc., 134 S. Ct. 2751 (2014), aff ’g 723 F.3d 1114 (10th Cir. 2013); Conestoga Wood Specialties Corp. v. Burwell, 134 S. Ct. 2751 (2014), rev’g 724 F.3d 377 (3d Cir. 2013). The two cases were consolidated after the grant of certiorari. 134 S. Ct. 678 (2013).

2. See Hobby Lobby, 134 S. Ct. at 2766–76; see infra Part III.B.

3. Pub. L. No. 114-148, 124 Stat. 119 (2010) (codified in scattered sections of 25, 26, and 42 U.S.C.).

4. See 42 U.S.C. §§ 2000bb to -4 (2012).

5. See infra Part III.

6. Hobby Lobby, 134 S. Ct. at 2769.

7. Id.

8. Id. at 2768–76.

9. Id. at 2774–79. From that conclusion, the Court went on to examine whether, in order to comply with RFRA, the contraceptive mandate was the “least restrictive means” of furthering what the Court assumed to be a “compelling governmental interest,” id. at 2779, and concluded it was not. Id. at 2780–84. We do not address these issues in this article.

10. See, e.g., Adam Liptak, Court Limits Birth Control Rule, N.Y. TIMES, July 1, 2014, at A1.

11. Hobby Lobby, 134 U.S. at 2787–2806 (Ginsburg, J., dissenting).

12. In its October 2014 term, the Supreme Court took up another religious liberty case, Holt v. Hobbs, 509 F. App’x 561 (8th Cir. 2014), cert. granted, 134 S. Ct. 1512 (Mar. 3, 2014) (No. 13-6927). The case involves a RFRA challenge to the Arkansas no-beards in prison policy by a Salafi Muslim. Id.

13. Democratic members of the House and Senate quickly introduced new legislation to counter Hobby Lobby, the Protect Women’s Health from Corporate Interference Act of 2014. Ilyse Wolens Schuman, Democratic Lawmakers Introduce Measure to Counter Hobby Lobby, LITTLER (July 10, 2014), http://goo.gl/saZUni. With a Republican-controlled House, this bill likely has little hope of success. In late August 2014, the Department of Health and Human Services issued proposed rules aimed at permitting only a narrow group of business corporations to refuse on religious grounds to provide certain contraceptive coverage to employees. Coverage of Certain Preventive Services Under the Affordable Care Act, 79 Fed. Reg. 51092 (proposed Aug. 27, 2014) (to be codified at 26 C.F.R. pt. 54, 29 C.F.R. pts. 2510 & 2590, 45 C.F.R. pt. 147). The period for comments closed on October 21, 2014, but as of the date of this article, no further agency action has been taken.

14. Hobby Lobby, 134 S. Ct. at 2771.

15. For example, a 2011 Brookings Institute study noted that the top twenty law schools and top twenty business schools in the United States routinely teach that maximizing shareholder wealth is (and should be) the primary purpose of the corporation. DARRELL M. WEST, BROOKINGS INST., THE PURPOSE OF THE CORPORATION IN BUSINESS AND LAW SCHOOL CURRICULA 17–18 (2011), available at http://goo.gl/GrxZIj.

16. Hobby Lobby, 134 S. Ct. at 2771.

17. See supra note 4.

18. 494 U.S. 872 (1990). For a discussion of pre-Smith case law, see McDonnell, infra note 117.

19. City of Boerne v. Flores, 521 U.S. 507, 514 (1997).

20. See Hobby Lobby, 134 S. Ct. at 2760.

21. See 42 U.S.C. § 2000bb-1(a) (2012) (emphasis added).

22. See id. § 2000bb-1(b).

23. Id.

24. See id. § 2000cc-5(7)(A).

25. See supra note 3.

26. 26 U.S.C. § 5000A(f)(2) (2012); id. § 4980H(a), (c)(2).

27. See Burwell v. Hobby Lobby Stores, Inc., 134 S. Ct. 2751, 2763 (2014); 45 C.F.R. § 147.131 (a) (2014).

28. See Hobby Lobby, 134 S. Ct. at 2763; 45 C.F.R. § 147.131(b) (2014). This “accommodation” has itself spawned substantial litigation. See, e.g., Wheaton Coll. v. Burwell, 134 S. Ct. 2806 (2014) (pending appellate review, Secretary of HHS enjoined from enforcing ACA if applicant Christian College states that it is a nonprofit organization holding itself out as religious and has religious objections to providing coverage for contraceptive services); see Robert Pear, A Two-Page Form Spurs an Ideological Showdown, N.Y. TIMES, July 13, 2014, at 16.

29. Hobby Lobby, 134 S. Ct. at 2762.

30. Id.

31. Id.

32. Both the Court and Justice Ginsburg in her dissent repeatedly refer to the corporations involved in this case as “for-profit” corporations. The Oklahoma corporation statute relevant to the case, unlike the Pennsylvania statute, does not use this term to describe business corporations organized thereunder. Nor does the Delaware statute or the Model Business Corporation Act. Because the term may be taken incorrectly to imply that business corporations must pursue profit at the expense of competing considerations, except where we specifically discuss Conestoga Wood Specialties Corporation and the Pennsylvania statute, we instead refer to corporations like Hobby Lobby as “business corporations.”

33. Hobby Lobby, 134 S. Ct. at 2764–66.

34. Id.

35. Id. at 2779.

36. Hobby Lobby Stores, Inc. v. Sebelius, 870 F. Supp. 2d 1278 (W.D. Okla. 2012), rev’d, 723 F.3d 1114 (10th Cir. 2013); Conestoga Wood Specialties Corp. v. Sebelius, 917 F. Supp. 2d 394 (E.D. Pa. 2013), aff ’d, 724 F.3d 377 (3d Cir. 2013).

37. 870 F. Supp. 2d at 1284 n.6.

38. 723 F.3d at 1122.

39. Id.

40. Hobby Lobby, 134 S. Ct. at 2765. It appears that Mrs. Green was not a director, even though she was a trustee of the trusts that owned the stock. Thus, there is not complete identity between the directors and the shareholders. Any reading of Hobby Lobby therefore that contends the case should be limited to companies where shareholders are coextensive with the directors would be a flawed interpretation of the decision.

41. Id. These figures stem from the litigation record. See 817 F. Supp. 2d at 1284. According to Forbes, however, as of the end of 2013, Hobby Lobby employed over 23,000 people. See America’s Largest Private Companies 2013, FORBES (Dec. 18, 2013), http://www.forbes.com/largest-private-companies.

42. See supra note 41.

43. 817 F. Supp. 2d at 1284.

44. See Statement of Purpose, HOBBY LOBBY, http://www.hobbylobby.com/our_company/purpose.cfm (last visited Oct. 10, 2014).

45. Id.

46. Brian Solomon, David Green: The Biblical Billionaire Backing the Evangelical Movement, FORBES (Sept. 18, 2012, 7:51 AM), http://goo.gl/.

47. Janet Adamy, Are Firms Entitled to Religious Protections?, WALL ST. J. (Mar. 21, 2014, 10:33 PM), http://goo.gl/VcLScW.

48. Burwell v. Hobby Lobby Stores, Inc., 134 S. Ct. 2751, 2766 (2014).

49. Id. at 2764.

50. Id.

51. Id.

52. Conestoga Wood Specialties Corp. v. Sebelius, 724 F.3d 377, 382 n.5 (3d Cir. 2013).

53. Hobby Lobby, 134 S. Ct. at 2766.

54. Conestoga Wood Specialties Corp. v. Sebelius, 917 F. Supp. 2d 394, 402 (E.D. Pa. 2013).

55. Numerous amicus briefs were filed on behalf of these companies arguing that corporate law permits the pursuit of non-monetary objectives and that many businesses do so. See, e.g., Brief of Pacific Legal Foundation at 10−26, Burwell v. Hobby Lobby Stores, Inc., 134 S. Ct. 2751 (2012) (No. 13-354); Brief of National Religious Broadcasters at 11–16, Burwell v. Hobby Lobby Stores, Inc., 134 S. Ct. 2751 (2012) (No. 13-354); Brief of National Jewish Commission on Law and Public Affairs at 1–17, Burwell v. Hobby Lobby Stores, Inc., 134 S. Ct. 2751 (2012) (No. 13-354).

56. Hobby Lobby, 134 S. Ct. at 2767–72. Numerous amicus briefs supported the government in this regard and argued against RFRA as a shield from the contraception mandate for business corporations. See, e.g., Brief of Constitutional Accountability Center, Burwell v. Hobby Lobby Stores, Inc., 134 S. Ct. 2751 (2012) (No. 13-354); Brief of Jewish Social Policy Action Network, Burwell v. Hobby Lobby Stores, Inc., 134 S. Ct. 2751 (2012) (No. 13-354); Brief of Brennan Center for Justice at New York University, Burwell v. Hobby Lobby Stores, Inc., 134 S. Ct. 2751 (2012) (No. 13-354).

57. See, e.g., David Millon, Theories of the Corporation, 1990 DUKE L.J. 201.

58. DEL. CODE ANN. tit. 8, § 101(b) (2011).

59. 15 PA. CONS. STAT. ANN. § 1301 (West, Westlaw through 2014 Reg. Sess. Acts 1 to 131) (“Corporations may be incorporated under this subpart for any lawful purpose or purposes.”); OKLA. STAT. ANN. tit. 18, §§ 1002, 1005 (West, Westlaw current with chapters of the 2d Reg. Sess. of the 54th Leg.) (“[E]very corporation, whether profit or not for profit” may “be incorporated or organized . . . to conduct or promote any lawful business or purposes.”).

60. 15 PA. CONS. STAT. ANN. § 1501 (West, Westlaw through 2014 Reg. Sess. Acts 1 to 131); MODEL BUS. CORP. ACT § 3.02 (2014).

61. DEL. CODE ANN. tit. 8, § 122 (2011).

62. See, e.g., id.

63. Citizens United v. Fed. Election Comm’n, 130 S. Ct. 876 (2010).

64. See eBay Domestic Holdings, Inc. v. Newmark, 16 A.3d 1 (Del. Ch. 2010). For a thorough critique of this decision, see Lyman Johnson, Unsettledness in Delaware Corporate Law: Business Judgment Rule, Corporate Purpose, 38 DEL. J. CORP. L. 405, 439–44 (2013).

65. eBay Domestic Holdings, Inc., 16 A.3d at 34.

66. Id.

67. See, e.g., DEL. CODE ANN. tit. 8, § 101(b) (2011).

68. One trial court opinion states in passing that “[i]t is the obligation of directors to attempt, within the law, to maximize the long-run interests of the corporation’s stockholders.” Katz v. Oak Indus. Inc., 508 A.2d 873, 879 (Del. Ch. 1986). However, that case involved the contractual rights of bondholders and as such did not speak directly to the question of shareholder rights vis-á-vis competing considerations. Furthermore, the reference to “long-run interests” confers broad discretion on management to pursue policies that shareholders preferring short-term share price maximization might find objectionable.

In a forthcoming article, Chief Justice Leo Strine and Professor Nicholas Walker argue that advancing shareholder wealth is consistent with what they call “conservative corporate theory.” Leo E. Strine, Jr. & Nicholas Walker, Conservative Collision Course? The Tension Between Conservative Corporate Law Theory and Citizens United (Harvard L. Sch. John M. Olin Discussion Paper No. 788, 2014), available at http://goo.gl/cstZzu. They cite a number of theorists but, outside the unusual sale of control context, they cite no legal authority squarely holding that shareholder wealth (or corporate profits) must be maximized. We submit that there is none. They also sometimes state that shareholder wealth is to be “maximized” and sometimes only that it is to be “advanced.” Id. at 19 n.34. And they acknowledge that in a majority of states the law does not mandate shareholder wealth as the sole corporate end. Id. Finally, and most critical for our purposes, they agree that the Supreme Court in Hobby Lobby explicitly held “that profit is not the sole end of corporate governance.” Id. at 13 n.13.

69. Elsewhere in the craigslist opinion, Chancellor Chandler writes, When director decisions are reviewed under the business judgment rule, this Court will not question rational judgments about how promoting non-stockholder interests—be it through making a charitable contribution, paying employees higher salaries and benefits, or more general norms like promoting a particular corporate culture—ultimately promote stockholder value.

eBay Domestic Holdings, Inc., 16 A.3d at 33.

70. 170 N.W. 668 (Mich. 1919).

71. Id. at 684.

72. See LYNN STOUT, THE SHAREHOLDER VALUE MYTH 27 (2012).

73. See, e.g., DEL. CODE ANN. tit. 8, § 102(b)(7) (2011).

74. See, e.g., Loft, Inc. v. Guth, 2 A.2d 225, 238 (Del. Ch. 1938), aff ’d, 5 A.2d 503 (Del. 1939).

75. See, e.g., Paramount Commc’ns, Inc. v. Time Inc., 571 A.2d 1140 (Del. 1989).

76. Revlon, Inc. v. MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings, Inc., 506 A.2d 173 (Del. 1986). The court in Revlon did state, in dicta, that a “board may have regard for various constituencies in discharging its responsibilities, provided there are rationally related benefits accruing to the stockholders.” Id. at 182. But the court said nothing about “maximizing” shareholder wealth.

77. Lyman Johnson & Robert Ricca, The Dwindling of Revlon, 71 WASH. & LEE L. REV. 167 (2014).

78. DEL. CODE ANN. tit. 8, §§ 102(b), 102(a)(3) (2011).

79. Id. § 102(a)(3).

80. Id. § 141(a).

81. The only limits on this power are the fiduciary obligations of care and loyalty and the doctrine of waste. The question of “waste” would be determined by evaluating director conduct against the expressed corporate purpose.

82. See Kathleen Hale, Corporate Law and Stakeholders: Moving Beyond Stakeholder Statutes, 45 ARIZ. L. REV. 823, 833 (2003) (noting that Pennsylvania became the first state to pass a constituency statute in 1983). See generally 1 JAMES COX & THOMAS HAZEN, TREATISE OF THE LAW OF CORPORATIONS § 4.10, at 245 (2010).

83. For discussion of the origins of the agency theory in corporate law discourse and a critical perspective, see David Millon, Radical Shareholder Primacy, 10 U. ST. THOMAS L.J. 1013 (2013).

84. Michael C. Jensen & William H. Meckling, Theory of the Firm: Managerial Behavior, Agency Costs and Ownership Structure, 3 J. FIN. ECON. 305 (1976).

85. FRANK EASTERBROOK & DANIEL FISCHEL, THE ECONOMIC STRUCTURE OF CORPORATE LAW 15–22 (1991).

86. See Millon, supra note 83, at 1025−34 (discussing the origins of Easterbrook and Fischel’s agency theory of management’s relationship to shareholders).

87. See, e.g., Margaret M. Blair & Lynn A. Stout, A Team Production Theory of Corporate Law, 85 VA. L. REV. 247 (1999); Einer R. Elhauge, Sacrificing Profits in the Public Interest, 80 N.Y.U. L. REV. 733, 738 (2005); Lyman Johnson, The Delaware Judiciary and the Meaning of Corporate Life and Corporate Law, 68 TEX. L. REV. 865 (1990); David Millon, Redefining Corporate Law, 24 IND. L. REV. 233 (1990); STOUT, supra note 72.

88. Michael Klausner, Fact and Fiction in Corporate Law and Governance, 65 STAN. L. REV. 1325, 1326 (2013).

89. Burwell v. Hobby Lobby Stores, Inc., 134 S. Ct. 2751, 2767 (2014).

90. Id.

91. Id.

92. Id.

93. See supra Part III.A.

94. Hobby Lobby, 134 S. Ct. at 2767.

95. Id. at 2768.

96. Id.

97. Id. Here and elsewhere in the majority opinion and in the principal dissent, shareholders are referred to as the corporation’s “owners” even though there is no legal basis for this oft-used reference. Shareholders own the corporation’s stock but not the corporation itself. The corporation holds title to and owns its own assets. The distinction can be important because ownership of the corporation could imply stronger control and financial rights than corporate law actually provides.

98. Id.

99. Id. Of course, in U.S. corporate governance, employees as such have no role; their rights and obligations stem from contract and employment law. See Mark Roe, Delaware’s Politics, 118 HARV. L. REV. 2491, 2500 (2005) (in corporate law, “[m]anagers and shareholders get to play; no one else does”).

100. Hobby Lobby, 134 S. Ct. at 2785 (Kennedy, J., concurring). We note that Justice Kennedy’s statement is at odds with Chief Justice Strine’s much narrower, and we believe incorrect, view that business people do not express moral values by investing in business corporations. Strine & Walker, supra note 68, at 21. Justice Ginsburg, in her dissent, invoked a strong version of distinctive corporate personhood, arguing that by incorporating a business, “an individual separates herself from the entity.” Id. at 2797 (Ginsburg, J., dissenting). Only Justice Sotomayor joined the corporate law portion of Justice Ginsburg’s dissent. Justices Breyer and Kagan joined all other parts of her dissent, however. Id. at 2806 (Breyer & Kagan, JJ., dissenting). Thus, the overall vote on the corporate law aspect of the case was 5-2.

101. 15 PA. CONS. STAT. ANN. § 1501 (West, Westlaw through 2014 Reg. Sess. Acts 1 to 131).

102. MODEL BUS. CORP. ACT § 3.02 (2014).

103. 15 PA. CONS. STAT. ANN. § 1721 (West, Westlaw through 2014 Reg. Sess. Acts 1 to 131).

104. MODEL BUS. CORP. ACT § 8.01(a) (2014).

105. The Third Circuit in the Conestoga case had said that corporations “do not pray, worship, observe sacraments.” Conestoga Wood Specialties Corp. v. Burwell, 724 F.3d 377, 385 (3d Cir. 2013). The Supreme Court, after quoting that language, said it was “quite beside the point.” Hobby Lobby, 134 S. Ct. at 2768. This is so because, apart from humans acting in corporate capacity, and therefore acting on behalf of the corporation, corporations can do nothing. Id. Our point, however, is that the board of directors as a collective body can, of course, like any group of persons, pray together, engage in worship, and observe sacraments together.

106. The “exercise of religion” phrasing is used both in RFRA and in the First Amendment to the U.S. Constitution. The Hobby Lobby family—the Greens—made just this point about directing corporate affairs, in arguing that they “cannot in good conscience direct their corporations to provide insurance coverage for the four drugs and devices at issue because doing so would ‘facilitat[e] harms against human beings.’” Brief for Respondent at 31, Burwell v. Hobby Lobby Stores, Inc., 134 S. Ct. 2751 (2014) (No. 13-354) (citing Pet. App. 14a.).

107. See, e.g., MODEL BUS. CORP. ACT § 7.28 (2014) (shareholders elect directors); id. § 8.41 (officers perform the functions prescribed by the board of directors).

108. Hobby Lobby, 134 S. Ct. at 2768.

109. Id.

110. Id. at 2769.

111. Id. at 2770 n.23 (citing cases).

112. Id. at 2771.

113. See supra Part III.B.

114. Hobby Lobby, 134 S. Ct. at 2770. The Court cited as authority two corporate law treatises that, in turn, simply cited state general incorporation laws. Id. at 2771.

115. Id.

116. Id. The Court here is disagreeing with the view set forth in a forthcoming article by Chief Justice Leo Strine that people do not invest in corporations to express moral values. Strine & Walker, supra note 68, at 21. That goal was at the heart of the three companies’ purposes in the Hobby Lobby cases.

117. Id. As Professor Brett McDonnell points out in his article on the Hobby Lobby decision, it is the board of directors that decides whether to make charitable contributions, just as the board decides most matters pertaining to a corporation’s business and affairs. Brett McDonnell, The Liberal Case for Hobby Lobby (Minnesota Legal Studies Research Paper No. 1439, 2014), available at http://goo.gl/idyn82. This is important as a reminder that the key decision-making body for a corporation’s “exercise of religion” is the board, not the shareholders.

118. We thus disagree with Professor J. Robert Brown’s interpretation of this point. See J. Robert Brown Jr., Corporate Governance, Profit Maximization and Hobby Lobby (Part 1), RACETOTHEBOTTOM.ORG (July 10, 2014, 6:00 AM), http://goo.gl/HO1Lal; J. Robert Brown Jr., Corporate Governance, Profit Maximization and Hobby Lobby (Part 2), RACETOTHEBOTTOM.ORG (July 11, 2014, 6:00 AM), http://goo.gl/KjG7hp.

119. Hobby Lobby, 134 S. Ct. at 2771.

120. Id.

121. See supra note 48.

122. Hobby Lobby, 134 S. Ct. at 2771.

123. Id.

124. For a description of this “spectrum” or continuum idea, see Lyman Johnson, Pluralism in Corporate Form: Corporate Law and Benefit Corporations, 25 REGENT L. REV. 269, 280 (2013).

125. Hobby Lobby, 124 S. Ct. at 2771.

126. See CTS Corp. v. Dynamics Corp. of Am., 481 U.S. 69, 91 (1987) (“[T]he corporation . . . owes its existence and attributes to state law.”); Burks v. Lasker, 441 U.S. 471, 478 (1979).

127. The Court stated: “[T]he objectives that may properly be pursued by the companies in these cases are governed by the laws of the states in which they are incorporated.” Hobby Lobby, 124 S. Ct. at 2771.

128. Id.; see supra note 114.

129. 15 PA. CONS. STAT. ANN. § 102 (West, Westlaw through 2014 Reg. Sess. Acts 1 to 131).

130. Id.

131. Hobby Lobby, 134 S. Ct. at 2751, 2785. For thoughts about how courts should determine whether corporations are exercising religion, see McDonnell, supra note 117.

132. See supra Part III.B.

133. See supra Part III.B.

134. See supra Part III.B.

135. See Johnson, supra note 124, at 279−81 (describing corporate pluralism).

136. See, e.g., supra note 15.

137. Burwell v. Hobby Lobby Stores, Inc., 134 S. Ct. 2751, 2787 (2014) (Ginsburg, J., dissenting).

138. Id. at 2785 (Kennedy, J., concurring).

139. See, e.g., Haskell Murray, Lyman Johnson—Hobby Lobby, a Landmark Corporate Law Decision, BUS. L. PROF BLOG (July 2, 2014), http://goo.gl/7BAmgz (offering Professor Johnson’s interpretation of the Court’s Hobby Lobby ruling); Stephen Bainbridge, Does Hobby Lobby Sound a Death Knell for Dodge v. Ford Motor Co.?, PROFESSORBAINBRIDGE.COM (July 3, 2014, 2:35 PM), http://goo.gl/g7e34g (offering Professor Bainbridge’s response to Professor Johnson’s interpretation of Hobby Lobby); Alan Meese, Hobby Lobby and Corporate Social Responsibility, BISHOP MADISON (July 5, 2014, 12:58 AM), http://goo.gl/hTFwsU (discussing the academic commentary in response to Hobby Lobby); J. Robert Brown Jr., Corporate Governance, Profit Maximization and Hobby Lobby (Part 2), THERACETOTHEBOTTOM.ORG (July 11, 2014, 6:00 AM), http://goo.gl/KjG7hp (discussing the Court’s analysis in Hobby Lobby and arguing that the decision does not provide any “meaningful guidance” on corporate purpose).

140. Hobby Lobby, 134 S. Ct. at 2775 (majority opinion).

141. See, e.g., Citizens United v. Fed. Election Comm’n, 130 S. Ct. 876 (2010) (corporations have First Amendment free speech rights).

142. See supra notes 126−27 and accompanying text.

143. Hobby Lobby, 134 S. Ct. at 2771.

144. Id.

145. See Johnson v. Frankell, 520 U.S. 911, 916 (1997) (noting that “the interpretation of the Idaho statute by the Idaho Supreme Court would be binding on federal courts”). We note, however, that besides the support of the State of Oklahoma, the Attorneys General of twenty other states supported Hobby Lobby and took a broad view of corporate purpose in their amicus brief. Brief for States of Michigan, Ohio and 18 Other States as Amici Curiae Supporting Respondents at 17–25, Burwell v. Hobby Lobby Stores, Inc., 134 S. Ct. 2751 (2014) (Nos. 13-354, 13-356). Among the two co-authors of that brief was the Attorney General of Michigan. That brief rather conspicuously did not cite the Michigan Supreme Court decision of Dodge v. Ford Motor Co., 170 N.W. 668 (Mich. 1919), one of the rare opinions addressing corporate purpose, however briefly. See supra Part III.B (discussing Dodge and its impact on corporate purpose).

146. See eBay Domestic Holdings, Inc. v. Newmark, 16 A.3d 1 (Del. Ch. 2010).

147. See supra Part III.B.

148. eBay Domestic Holdings, Inc., 16 A.3d at 35.

149. 170 N.W. at 684 (distinguishing the case presented from cases cited by counsel); see also Brief for States of Michigan, Ohio and 18 Other States as Amici Curiae Supporting Respondents, supra note 145, at 3 (arguing that corporations do not need to maximize profits).

150. See Johnson, supra note 124, at 274–75.

151. In a forthcoming article co-authored by Chief Justice Leo Strine, for example, the authors agree that Hobby Lobby explicitly holds that “profit is not the sole end of corporate governance.” Strine & Walker, supra note 68, at 13 n.13. Delaware has taken notice of Hobby Lobby.

152. Burwell v. Hobby Lobby Stores, Inc., 134 S. Ct. 2751, 2771 (2014). The Court, in speaking of pursuing profit at the expense of everything else, noted too that “many [corporations] do not do so.” Id.

153. Id. at 2774.

154. Id.

155. Id.

156. Id. at 2771, 2775.

157. See, e.g., MODEL BUS. CORP. ACT § 8.01 (2014) (referring to § 7.32).

158. See supra notes 37–54 and accompanying text.

159. Meese, supra note 139. Professor Bainbridge’s first Hobby Lobby blog post on this point is more equivocal. Bainbridge, supra note 139. He cites authority that discusses the prerogatives of the holders of a “majority” of stock, and then mentions only “a consensus.” Id.

160. Hobby Lobby, 134 S. Ct. at 2771. As noted at supra note 97, we think reference to shareholders as “owners” of the corporation is legally incorrect and potentially misleading and, in any event, unnecessary.

161. Id.

162. Meese, supra note 139, at 3. Professor Meese cites to an earlier article he co-authored in which the unanimity position was advocated. Alan J. Meese & Nathan B. Oman, Corporate Law and the Theory of the Firm: Why For-Profit Corporations Are RFRA Persons, 127 HARV. L. REV. FORUM 273, 284–85 (2014). The cited article preceded the Supreme Court’s opinion in Hobby Lobby. In a later, post-Hobby Lobby blog post, replying to a post by Lyman Johnson, A “Missing Person”—the “Corporation,” CONGLOMERATE (July 17, 2014), http://goo.gl/J8CCXn, Professor Meese clarified that unanimity by shareholders was sufficient but not necessary. Alan Meese, Hobby Lobby, Shareholder Primacy and Profit Maximization, CONGLOMERATE (July 17, 2014), http://goo.gl/D9fySk.

163. See, e.g., MODEL BUS. CORP. ACT § 7.25(c) (2014).

164. Hobby Lobby, 134 S. Ct. at 2774.

165. Id. at 2775. He cites as an example some stockholders wishing to remain open on the Sabbath to make more money while other stockholders might want to close for religious reasons. Id.

166. Id.

167. See supra note 162.

168. COX & HAZEN, supra note 82, § 14.11.

169. See, e.g., DEL. CODE ANN. tit. 8, § 141(a) (2011).

170. Revlon, Inc. v. MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings, Inc., 506 A.2d 173 (Del. 1986).

171. See supra note 44.

172. See supra note 52 and accompanying text.

173. Burwell v. Hobby Lobby Stores, Inc., 134 S. Ct. 2751, 2771 (2014).

174. See supra Part IV.

175. See, e.g., PEW FORUM ON RELIGION & PUB. LIFE, U.S. RELIGIOUS LANDSCAPE SURVEY (2008), available at www.religions-pewforum.org/reports (describing religious affiliation and beliefs in the United States).

176. More than one-half of all states now authorize the formation of benefit corporations. See State by State Legislative Status, BENEFIT CORP. INFO. CTR., http://www.benefitcorp.net/state-by-state-legislative-status (last visited Oct. 10, 2014).

177. Hobby Lobby, 134 S. Ct. at 2771 n.25.

178. For a description of the modern “nexus of contracts” theory of the corporation, see Millon, supra note 84, at 1033–34.

 

Corporate Compliance Survey

This is the tenth survey from the Corporate Compliance Committee.1 This survey summarizes selected legal developments regarding corporate compliance and ethics programs, which consist of an organization’s code of conduct, policies, and procedures designed to achieve compliance with applicable legal regulations and internal ethical standards.2 For an overview and introduction to the subject, as well as updates from prior years, please see the prior surveys.3 This update assumes familiarity with the background and overview discussed there.

The developments discussed here relate to revised federal guidance under the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act; a recent federal court decision interpreting the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act; application of the attorney-client privilege to internal investigations; and caselaw developments under corporate law, federal employment discrimination law, and state employment law. Part I reviews significant developments under the anti-bribery provisions of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, Part II reviews recent decisions under the attorney-client privilege, and Part III reviews significant caselaw developments.

I. FOREIGN CORRUPT PRACTICES ACT

The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) has two parts: the accounting provision and the anti-bribery provision. The accounting provision requires that all public companies keep accurate financial records and maintain internal controls adequate to produce such records. The anti-bribery provision, which is the focus of this discussion, makes it a federal crime to bribe a foreign government official.4 The anti-bribery provision applies to a wide range of actors, including companies with securities registered under federal law; companies incorporated or located in the United States; U.S. citizens, nationals, and residents; and any person or company that took action in furtherance of a prohibited bribe “while in the territory of the United States.”5 An unlawful bribe occurs when a person or entity covered under the statute uses interstate commerce to give anything of value to a foreign official with the corrupt purpose of obtaining or retaining business.6

Making matters more complicated, the FCPA applies when an organization directly makes the forbidden payment to a foreign government official and when that organization makes a payment to a third party (such as an agent or contractor) knowing that the third party will then make a forbidden payment to a foreign government official.7 “Knowing” is defined to include circumstances where “a person is aware of a high probability of the existence of [the forbidden payment], unless the person actually believes that such circumstance does not exist.”8 Thus, a company or individual may be deemed to know of an agent’s bribe if the company were “aware of a high probability” that a bribe might be made.9 Such awareness could exist when an agent’s activities raise red flags, such as a request for payment in cash or under an assumed name, a higher than usual commission, or a refusal to document expense-reimbursement requests. To avoid a finding that the organization “knew” such an agent was making bribes, the organization should implement compliance controls to prevent and detect agent misconduct.

Many terms within the anti-bribery provision are open to interpretation: What does it mean to take action “while in the territory of the United States”? What constitutes anything of value? Who is a foreign official? Because most FCPA investigations settle, there are few decided cases interpreting these terms.10 Therefore, the government’s interpretation takes on added significance; that is, because settlement with the government is almost certain, compliance professionals want to know what kinds of behavior are likely to trigger an investigation by the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) or the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). This will inform the design and implementation of the company’s compliance program, such as its FCPA policy, training, monitoring, and auditing. Until recently, the DOJ’s only written guidance directed to the FCPA was a rather slim document that added little gloss to the statute’s text and provided no enforcement or compliance guidance.11 This left to compliance professionals the task of reviewing a wide array of sources to decipher the government’s likely disposition, including deferred prosecution agreements, speeches, press releases, opinion procedure releases,12 and the like.

Not surprisingly, compliance professionals were greatly encouraged by the November 2012 release of a document titled A Resource Guide for the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.13 At 120 pages, including footnotes, the document more than lived up to its name, and it instantly became a must-read for compliance professionals facing FCPA issues. While the Resource Guide broke no new ground on either the government’s interpretation or enforcement priorities under the FCPA, it did the tremendous service of collecting a wide array of FCPA sources into a single document. Furthermore, the selection of sources provides some insight into the DOJ’s and SEC’s current thinking on FCPA interpretation and enforcement. Given its scope and relative detail, the Resource Guide quickly became an essential volume on the compliance and ethics officer’s bookshelf.

A recent criticism of the Resource Guide is that revisions over the last three years have been “opaque, making it difficult to know whether and when changes have been made.”14 For example, a comparison of various versions of the Resource Guide shows that in around December 2012, the DOJ and SEC revised the substantive discussion of joint ventures to correct errors. Sometime later,with one commentator dating the change between April 2013 and April 2014, the text of the Resource Guide was revised concerning the available fine ranges.15 Neither change was announced by the DOJ or the SEC, nor does the text of the Resource Guide indicate that any changes were made from the original document. Indeed, the only indication that the document posted online may be different from the original version appears in the web address for the PDF file, which includes the date “2015/01/16.”16 In light of this inconsistent practice, the following advice from an FCPA commentator is well taken: “[P]ractitioners relying on the FCPA Guide would be wise to consult the current online version of the guidance posted to the DOJ’s and SEC’s respective websites.”17

In a rare judicial development, the U.S. Court of Appeals interpreted the Act’s use of the term “foreign official.” The statute defines the term to include employees of “a foreign government or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof.”18 In United States v. Esquenazi,19 the United States prosecuted two executives for using agents to make allegedly improper payments to employees of Telecommunications D’Haiti S.A. (Haiti Teleco), the state-owned national telecommunications entity of Haiti. The payments were made allegedly to gain the business advantage of “reduced international telecommunications rates and un-earned credits.”20

The Eleventh Circuit brief for the United States explains the factual background for the argument that Haiti Teleco was a government instrumentality:

During the relevant time period, Teleco was controlled by its Board of Directors and General Director, and those individuals were appointed through an executive order issued by the President of Haiti and signed by Haiti’s Prime Minister, the Minister of Public Works, Transportation and Communications, and the Minister of Economy and Finance. At least three of the five board members were public officials, including the Board’s president and vice-president. In March 2001, President Jean-Bertrand Aristide appointed Patrick Joseph as General Manager of Teleco, and in June 2003, the Minister of Public Works appointed Duperval as Teleco’s Deputy General Director and set his salary.

Haitian law recognized Teleco as a state-owned company. In 1996, Haiti passed a “modernization law” to partially privatize “public institutions” that were “not well managed by . . . [the] government” and “were losing money.” One of the law’s provisions specifically named “telephones” as a “State-owned compan[y].”

Teleco also enjoyed the benefits of a state-owned corporation. It did not pay corporate income tax or custom duties, and the bank paid its expenses and covered its losses when it failed to realize any profits. If Teleco had been profitable, Haitian law dictated that the profits would have been distributed to the public treasury and the bank’s reserve funds.21

The government relied on a multifactor test to argue that the entity performs a governmental function. These factors include government ownership of and subsidy to the entity, appointment of the entity’s management and board by the government, how the entity is treated by the country’s domestic laws, and whether the entity carries out a purpose or function of the government.22 Esquenazi countered that government instrumentality should be limited to entities that perform traditional governmental functions akin to a “political subdivision.”23 He argued that Haiti Teleco operated as a private telecommunications company and not as a traditional government department or agency.24

In May 2014, the Eleventh Circuit sided with the government’s more expansive definition.25 The court focused on how the foreign government viewed the entity at issue:

[T]o decide in a given case whether a foreign entity to which a domestic concern makes a payment is an instrumentality of that foreign government, we ought to look to whether that foreign government considers the entity to be performing a governmental function. And the most objective way to make that decision is to examine the foreign sovereign’s actions, namely, whether it treats the function the foreign entity performs as its own. Presumably, governments that mutually agree to quell bribes flowing between nations intend to prevent distortion of the business they conduct on behalf of their people. We ought to respect a foreign sovereign’s definition of what that business is.26

Based on this interpretation, the court adopted a test with two elements: government control of the entity at issue and the government’s treatment of the work performed by the entity. An instrumentality, then, is “an entity controlled by the government of a foreign country that performs a function the controlling government treats as its own.”27 The court adopted this test as more consistent with the FCPA’s text and history, including amendments to the FCPA to conform the statute to the United States’ obligations under the Anti-Bribery Convention of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development. Further, the court rejected the defendant’s proposed “traditional government function” test as unworkable. For one, the list of activities considered government “functions” changes over time; therefore, it would be inappropriate to define an instrumentality by a traditional conception tied to past practices.28 In addition, what constitutes “government functions” differs from country to country, and “the most objective way to make that decision is to examine the foreign sovereign’s actions, namely, whether it treats the function the foreign entity performs as its own.”29

The court’s opinion explained that its two-prong test is heavily “fact-bound,” and then it offered a list of nonexhaustive factors for each.30 On the question of government control, the court provided the following guidance:

To decide if the government “controls” an entity, courts and juries should look to the foreign government’s formal designation of that entity; whether the government has a majority interest in the entity; the government’s ability to hire and fire the entity’s principals; the extent to which the entity’s profits, if any, go directly into the governmental fisc, and, by the same token, the extent to which the government funds the entity if it fails to break even; and the length of time these indicia have existed.31

On the question of how the government treats the entity’s work, the court provided the following factors:

Courts and juries should examine whether the entity has a monopoly over the function it exists to carry out; whether the government subsidizes the costs associated with the entity providing services; whether the entity provides services to the public at large in the foreign country; and whether the public and the government of that foreign country generally perceive the entity to be performing a governmental function.32

The court concluded that the trial court’s jury instruction had adequately covered both prongs of the instrumentality test and that Haiti Teleco easily met both prongs.33

II. ATTORNEY-CLIENT PRIVILEGE

Over the last two years, Judge James Gwin of the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia has been in an extraordinary exchange with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit over application of the attorney-client privilege to a company’s internal investigation. The litigation involves a Federal Claims Act lawsuit brought by Henry Barko, who had worked in Iraq as a contract administrator for Kellogg Brown and Root, Inc. (KBR). Barko claimed that KBR had defrauded the U.S. government by submitting false charges for services performed in Iraq. Upon learning of the possible wrongdoing, KBR conducted an internal investigation as required by its business code of conduct; the code itself was required by Department of Defense regulations applicable to all defense contractors.34 In a request for production of documents, Barko asked for “documents relating to internal audits and investigations of the subject matter of the” litigation.35 KBR asserted the attorney-client privilege to protect its internal investigation from discovery, and Barko filed a motion to compel production.

The district court found that the attorney-client privilege did not protect the internal investigation and ordered production of the requested documents. The court explained that the privilege only protects communications made with the “primary purpose” “of securing . . . either (i) an opinion on law or (ii) legal services or (iii) assistance in some legal proceeding.”36 The court further explained that a primary purpose must be a “but for” cause.37 In this case, because KBR’s code required an internal investigation, legal advice could not be the “but for” cause of the investigation, and the documents were not privileged. The court ordered production.

The district court’s decision effectively deprived an organization with an effective compliance and ethics program of the attorney-client privilege for an internal investigation. The Sentencing Guidelines provide that “[a]fter criminal conduct has been detected, the organization shall take reasonable steps to respond appropriately to the criminal conduct.”38 One critical step in responding “appropriately” is to investigate the wrongdoing that has been detected; moreover, an effective compliance and ethics program will mandate a thorough internal investigation. Because of this mandate, obtaining legal advice would not be the “but for” cause of an internal investigation, and the attorney-client privilege could not attach.39

When the district court refused to certify its order for appeal and then set a quick deadline for document production, KBR filed a petition for writ of mandamus in the court of appeals. The court of appeals rejected the district court’s “but for” standard, adopting instead a “significant purpose” test:

Given the evident confusion in some cases, we also think it important to underscore that the primary purpose test, sensibly and properly applied, cannot and does not draw a rigid distinction between a legal purpose on the one hand and a business purpose on the other. After all, trying to find the one primary purpose for a communication motivated by two sometimes overlapping purposes (one legal and one business, for example) can be an inherently impossible task. It is often not useful or even feasible to try to determine whether the purpose was A or B when the purpose was A and B. It is thus not correct for a court to presume that a communication can have only one primary purpose. It is likewise not correct for a court to try to find the one primary purpose in cases where a given communication plainly has multiple purposes. Rather, it is clearer, more precise, and more predictable to articulate the test as follows: Was obtaining or providing legal advice a primary purpose of the communication, meaning one of the significant purposes of the communication? As the Reporter’s Note to the Restatement says, “In general, American decisions agree that the privilege applies if one of the significant purposes of a client in communicating with a lawyer is that of obtaining legal assistance.” We agree with and adopt that formulation—“one of the significant purposes”—as an accurate and appropriate description of the primary purpose test. Sensibly and properly applied, the test boils down to whether obtaining or providing legal advice was one of the significant purposes of the attorney-client communication.40

The court explained that under the “significant purpose” test an internal investigation could be protected by the attorney-client privilege even if it were required by a company policy mandated by legal regulation.41 A significant purpose of seeking legal advice is not precluded by the additional purpose of conducting a required internal investigation. Because KBR was seeking legal advice in addition to following its code, a significant purpose of the internal investigation was to provide legal advice, and thus documents related to the internal investigation were protected by the attorney-client privilege.42

After the court of appeals ruling, the district court took up the question of whether KBR had waived the attorney-client privilege. Specifically, the court considered whether KBR had made an implied waiver,43 which occurs when “[t]he party asserting the privilege . . . put[s] a communication at issue through some affirmative act.”44 Here, the district court concluded that KBR had put the internal investigation at issue in the litigation through the deposition of its in-house counsel. On questioning by KBR’s attorney, the in-house counsel testified that: (1) Department of Defense regulations required KBR to disclose to the government whenever it has “reasonable grounds to believe” that a legal violation has occurred; (2) KBR had made such disclosures in the past; and, (3) after an investigation of the alleged wrongdoing underlying this litigation, KBR had not made a report to the government.45 KBR then cited this testimony in its motion for summary judgment where it repeated the assertion that it had reported wrongdoing to the government in the past when it had found reasonable grounds for doing so and that it made no report in this matter after conducting the required internal investigation.46

The district court concluded that KBR was using the internal investigation to advocate inferences in support of summary judgment:

KBR’s message is obvious: KBR’s COBC reports—which are a privileged investigation of Barko’s allegations—contain no reasonable grounds to believe a kickback occurred. And KBR gives a second message: do not worry about the production of the COBC documents because they show nothing. KBR does not state this conclusion explicitly. It does not need to. KBR’s statements make its preferred conclusion both unspoken and unavoidable.47

According to the court, KBR put the contents of the internal investigation at issue on a key question: Did the fraud occur? The district court concluded that KBR’s actions by implication waived the privilege and once again ordered production of the internal investigation documents on a short timeline. KBR again filed a petition for writ of mandamus in the court of appeals, and that court stayed production of the documents.

The court of appeals again overturned the district court, this time finding no implied waiver. The court of appeals first concluded that the in-house counsel’s deposition testimony did not waive the privilege.48 The testimony simply stated facts on the record, and those facts, standing alone, did not raise or advocate an inference concerning the content of the internal investigation.49 Consequently, any such inference would have had to come from other actions by KBR in the litigation.50

The court of appeals next considered whether use of the deposition testimony in KBR’s motion for summary judgment constituted an implied waiver. The court of appeals rejected the district court’s conclusion that KBR had offered the “unavoidable inference” that the contents of the internal investigation did not contain evidence of wrongdoing. Instead, the court of appeals read the motion as making the descriptive assertion that KBR’s consistent practice was not to waive the attorney-client privilege.51 To emphasize KBR’s seriousness on this point, the motion noted that KBR had followed this practice even in cases where an internal investigation discovered wrongdoing that had to be disclosed to the government.52 It did so despite the fact that failure to waive the privilege could lead the government to conclude that KBR had not fully cooperated with the government or adequately disclosed the wrongdoing as required by law.53 The intended inference was that, if KBR did not waive the privilege in making disclosures despite potentially serious negative consequences, it surely did not waive the privilege in this matter when no disclosure was made.54

The court of appeals concluded that KBR’s reference to the deposition and the internal investigation did not put privileged materials at issue, and therefore KBR did not by implication waive the privilege. This ruling gives an additional layer of comfort to organizations undertaking an internal investigation because it holds that mere reference to the investigation in litigation will not waive the privilege. That said, to avoid protracted litigation of the question, counsel for an organization should clearly state the purpose of any references to an internal investigation and perhaps even specifically negate any inferences that could be used to advocate a waiver.

III. CASELAW DEVELOPMENTS

Part III reviews compliance-related caselaw developments in state corporate law,55 federal employment discrimination law, and state employment law.56 Section A reviews developments regarding the duty of corporate officers and directors, first discussed in In re Caremark International Inc. Derivative Litigation,57 to oversee a corporation’s legal compliance efforts. This discussion emphasizes the recent caselaw development of a possibly heightened oversight duty for corporate officers. Section B then reviews a recent U.S. Supreme Court case deciding the pleading standard for claims of pregnancy discrimination. Section C then discusses a state employment law case concerning the employment-at-will doctrine.

A. THE CAREMARK CLAIM

In dicta in its 1996 decision, In re Caremark International Inc. Derivative Litigation, the Delaware Court of Chancery addressed the board’s duty to oversee a corporation’s legal compliance efforts.58 As part of its duty to monitor, the board must make good-faith efforts to ensure that a corporation has adequate reporting and information systems.59 The court described a claim for breach of that duty as “possibly the most difficult theory in corporation law upon which a plaintiff might hope to win a judgment,”60 with liability attaching only for “a sustained or systematic failure of the board to exercise oversight” or “an utter failure to attempt to assure a reasonable information and reporting system exists.”61

Since the decision, this Delaware dicta has morphed into what has become known as a Caremark claim, as federal and state courts, both within and outside Delaware, have recognized a cause of action against boards for failing to take minimal steps to achieve legal compliance.62 As the phrases “utter failure” and “systematic failure” suggest, a board’s Caremark duty is relatively low.63 Only egregious lapses breach this duty, such as when board members ignore obvious red flags signaling illegal behavior,64 fail to appoint or convene an audit committee,65 or do not address obvious concerns such as large loans to corporate insiders.66

In Stone ex rel. AmSouth Bancorporation v. Ritter, the Delaware Supreme Court formally embraced the Caremark claim.67 The court both confirmed the elements of a Caremark duty and clarified that breach of that duty constitutes a breach of the director’s duty of loyalty:

We hold that Caremark articulates the necessary conditions predicate for director oversight liability: (a) the directors utterly failed to implement any reporting or information system or controls; or (b) having implemented such a system or controls, consciously failed to monitor or oversee its operations thus disabling themselves from being informed of risks or problems requiring their attention. In either case, imposition of liability requires a showing that the directors knew that they were not discharging their fiduciary obligations. Where directors fail to act in the face of a known duty to act, thereby demonstrating a conscious disregard for their responsibilities, they breach their duty of loyalty by failing to discharge that fiduciary obligation in good faith.68

The court in Stone, then, adopted the Caremark duty and restated it as having two components. First, there is a director’s initial duty to address compliance and ethics.69 The director breaches this branch of the Caremark duty by failing to take any action directed toward establishing a compliance and ethics program.70

Second, there is an ongoing duty to address compliance and ethics.71 The director breaches this branch of the Caremark duty if she learns of a specific gap or weakness in the organization’s compliance and ethics program but takes no action to address that failing.72 For example, a director may actually know of a new regulatory scheme or requirement that directly affects the business of her corporation and then fail to inquire whether the organization is taking measures to comply with the new law. Another example would be a board that charged management with implementing a compliance and ethics program never receives or requests reports on the design, implementation, and operation of the program. Note that in both of these examples the board member’s failure consists of not inquiring of management; the board member need not actually design or implement the program itself. This is because the director’s duty is one of oversight, and the board may rely on management in satisfying this duty.

The Delaware courts have been demanding of plaintiffs who allege breach of either component of the Caremark duty—the initial or ongoing duty of oversight. First, as to breach of a director’s initial duty, the reported decisions require the plaintiff to plead that the director took no actions related to compliance and ethics. A prior survey discussed a case in which the plaintiff adequately pleaded that the directors consciously did nothing to prevent legal wrongdoing.73 In that case, the directors were described as “stooges” for the corporation’s president, who was looting the corporation of its assets.74 Because the directors did nothing at all—they never even met—the inference of conscious disregard was inescapable.75 Indeed, given that the directors were “stooges,” it is possible they did not know a duty of oversight existed.76 The court’s decision implies, then, that conscious disregard does not require that the director was specifically aware of her Caremark duty. Of course, this makes sense; directors should not be rewarded for ignorance of the fiduciary duties they have voluntarily undertaken.

The pleading standard is also quite rigorous when a plaintiff alleges breach of the ongoing duty to oversee compliance and ethics. In those cases, the Delaware courts have confirmed the high threshold for pleading a director’s Caremark liability: the plaintiffs must plead specific facts that show the director knowingly disregarded his ongoing duty to oversee the organization’s compliance and ethics program.77 The courts in these same cases have consistently held that a plaintiff will not meet this burden by simply pleading that the organization committed egregious or widespread wrongdoing; thus, the director must have known about and ignored the legal problem.78 In short, the degree or scope of wrong doing when standing alone, however severe, will not give rise to an inference that the director was conscious of the organization’s legal problems. Instead, the plaintiff must allege facts showing that the director actually knew of the wrongdoing or utterly failed to address potential wrongdoing.

A prior survey highlighted a potential for the Caremark duty to impose more stringent obligations on compliance officers than those shouldered by directors.79 In Gantler v. Stephens, the Delaware Supreme Court held that “the fiduciary duties of officers are the same as those of directors.”80 As these duties include the “fiduciary duties of care and loyalty,” and the Caremark duty of oversight is part of the duty of loyalty, Gantler meant that corporate officers owe the Caremark duty of oversight.81 This holding, however, left two difficult questions for future development. First, which corporate officers owe the Caremark duty? And second, what specifically does the Caremark duty require of officers, as opposed to directors?

While acknowledging a distinction between officers and mere agents and employees,82 the Delaware courts have not clearly identified the dividing line. And while Delaware’s General Corporation Law addresses appointment of officers,83 that law does not identify which corporate agents owe parallel fiduciary duties to directors. In lieu of such a definition, here is the definition of “officer” from section 1.27 of the American Law Institute Principles of Corporate Governance (ALI Principles):

“Officer” means (a) the chief executive, operating, financial, legal, and accounting officers of a corporation; (b) to the extent not encompassed by the foregoing, the chairman of the board of directors (unless the chairman neither performs a policymaking function other than as a director nor receives a material amount of compensation in excess of director’s fees), president, treasurer, and secretary, and a vicepresident or vice-chairman who is in charge of a principal business unit, division, or function (such as sales, administration, or finance) or performs a major policymaking function for the corporation; and (c) any other individual designated by the corporation as an officer.84

While the ALI Principles extend the duty of care to all officers,85 the duty of loyalty extends only to “senior executives,”86 who are defined in (a) and (b) above.87 For purposes of analysis, we will assume that the Caremark duty will be limited to the first two classes of officers. Of course, if that duty is extended to category (c), the analysis would be straightforward—did the corporation designate the compliance and ethics professional at issue as an officer?

Category (a) includes the chief compliance and ethics officer who holds a second title, such as general counsel.88 The only question that might arise is whether different duties are attached to different titles. Given the connection between legal compliance and the general counsel’s role as legal adviser, however, the general counsel already owes a Caremark duty. Addition of the title chief compliance and ethics officer would only reinforce that conclusion.

If the chief compliance and ethics officer does not serve in a dual role, the officer would have to fall within the provision in category (b) for “a vice-president or vice-chairman who is in charge of a principal business unit, division, or function (such as sales, administration, or finance) or performs a major policymaking function for the corporation.”89 If the chief compliance and ethics officer is designated as a vice-president or vice-chairman, the issue will be whether that person (1) “is in charge of a principal business . . . function” or (2) “performs a major policymaking function.”90 Consider each in turn.

When compared to the listed functions of “sales, administration, or finance,” the compliance and ethics function should be considered a “principal business . . . function.”91 First, as discussed in prior surveys, both state and federal government guidance and regulation emphasize the important role of an organization’s internal compliance and ethics program.92 Tending to this critical aspect of an organization’s business should be a principal function.

Second, responsibility for the compliance and ethics program is comparable to two other functions listed at the officer level: legal and finance. On the one hand, compliance and ethics programs are charged with ensuring compliance with the organization’s legal obligations, which American Bar Association guidance places within the scope of the chief legal officer’s responsibilities.93 On the other hand, compliance and ethics programs design and implement internal controls to track corporate behavior, which is akin to the internal controls overseen by finance. Thus, compliance and ethics can be seen as a business function at the crossroads of the finance and legal functions.

The chief compliance and ethics officer could also be an officer charged with “a major policymaking function for the corporation.”94 The comments to the ALI Principles elaborate on this provision:

The “major policymaking” test in Subsection (b) is intended to be applied to the corporation’s business as a whole. Therefore, a vice-president who has policymaking functions in connection with only a unit or division would not fall within Subsection (b) for that reason alone, unless that unit or division represents a substantial part of the total business. A staff member who gives advice on policy but does not have authority, alone or in combination with others, to make policy, does not perform a major policymaking function within the meaning of Subsection (b).95

This comment raises two aspects of the “major policymaking function”: scope of responsibility and degree of authority. If an organization follows the Federal Sentencing Guidelines, the chief compliance and ethics officer should meet both criteria.96 First, the guidelines require that “[s]pecific individual(s) within highlevel personnel shall be assigned overall responsibility for the compliance and ethics program.”97 The person who is delegated “overall responsibility” for the organization’s compliance and ethics program will necessarily have the broad, entity-wide scope of authority contemplated by the ALI Principles. Second, the guidelines provide that compliance and ethics officers “shall be given adequate resources, appropriate authority, and direct access to the governing authority or an appropriate subgroup of the governing authority.”98 Again, meeting the Federal Sentencing Guidelines should also meet the ALI Principles. The more difficult question will be which compliance personnel beyond the chief compliance officer, if any, fall within the ALI Principles.99

The answer to the next question, “What does the Caremark duty require of compliance personnel who are deemed corporate officers?” is much less clear. As noted above, the Delaware Supreme Court has framed the Caremark duty as follows: “(a) the directors utterly failed to implement any reporting or information system or controls; or (b) having implemented such a system or controls, consciously failed to monitor or oversee its operations thus disabling themselves from being informed of risks or problems requiring their attention.”100 The question is how these twin duties, phrased in terms of directors, apply to compliance and ethics officers. Consider the standard that a board member not “utterly fail[] to implement any reporting or information system or controls.” It makes sense to put the director’s duty at this high a level because the board oversees the corporation, leaving day-to-day operations to management. Further, the board may rely on the reporting and work of management in discharging its duty of oversight.101 Conversely, the officers charged with day-to-day operations may owe a more precisely defined Caremark duty. For example, one could frame breach of the chief compliance and ethics officer’s initial Caremark duty as an utter failure to take steps to implement any one of the components of a compliance and ethics program—i.e., risk assessment, policies, training, monitoring, auditing, or discipline. Under this view, the board’s duty is to get the compliance ball rolling, and the chief compliance and ethics officer’s duty is to keep that ball moving in the right direction.

The second component of the Caremark duty will be more difficult to define. Recall that the second Caremark branch, the ongoing duty, imposes liability on a fiduciary who “consciously failed to monitor or oversee its operations thus disabling themselves from being informed of risks or problems requiring their attention.”102 A director likely satisfies this duty simply by receiving and reviewing reports in connection with periodic board meetings or by inquiring of management after learning of compliance red flags.103 This duty, however, likely requires more of a chief compliance and ethics officer charged with overall responsibility for the organization’s compliance and ethics program. In that role, the chief compliance and ethics officer will be continuously updated regarding operation of the compliance and ethics program and should therefore be familiar with the program’s ongoing strengths and weaknesses. Also, that role will place many more matters within the scope of “risks or problems requiring . . . attention.”104 Whereas the board may engage with compliance only periodically, the chief compliance and ethics officer must do so continuously.

The chief compliance and ethics officer’s enhanced Caremark duty poses a potential trap for such officers who are overworked or whose departments are understaffed. For example, consider the chief compliance and ethics officer who performs a dual role—e.g., the combined chief compliance and ethics officer and general counsel. If this officer’s department is understaffed, she cannot possibly perform all the assigned duties, and oversight of the compliance and ethics program will likely suffer. This is because compliance and ethics work is largely preventive and compliance omissions often have few immediate observable consequences. Conversely, the general counsel often responds to current or periodic needs and crises, which is work that may demand constant attention. An overworked chief compliance and ethics officer may now be set up for a Caremark claim; the compliance and ethics program generates continuous feedback to a chief compliance and ethics officer who cannot adequately address all the information that the feedback offers. And if a critical compliance issue falls through the cracks, a plaintiff’s attorney may argue that the chief compliance and ethics officer consciously disregarded that risk. After all, mere receipt of compliance and ethics information may raise an inference that the chief compliance and ethics officer was aware of that information. To avoid this problem, it is critical for chief compliance and ethics officers to secure the necessary time and resources to succeed in their role.

Two cases from the last year involved Caremark claims against corporate officers. The first case, In re Galena Biopharma, Inc. Derivative Litigation,105 is curious for its failure to acknowledge the issue. There, the plaintiffs had alleged that both directors and officers had breached their duty to oversee internal controls needed to ensure preparation of accurate financial statements. Concerning the claim against corporate officers, the court made the following statement: “Plaintiffs cite to no case holding that non-director officers can be liable for failing to maintain internal company controls, and Plaintiffs do not explain the basis for asserting this claim against Defendants Dunlap and Schwartz, who are alleged to be non-director officers.” This statement is true enough: the plaintiffs’ response to the defendants’ motion to dismiss does not separately discuss officer liability under Caremark, and it does not cite Gantler for the proposition that officers owe the same fiduciary duties as directors.106 The defendants’ filings on the motion to dismiss, however, did not argue that the Caremark duty does not apply to corporate officers.107 Thus, the district court appears to have raised this distinction on its own. If so, it is not clear why the court did not discover the Gantler case or other writings on officer fiduciary duties. Regardless, the statement that there is no basis for officer Caremark liability is clear error and should be reversed on appeal. The question would remain whether the facts alleged would satisfy any applicable pleading standard for such officer liability.

A federal district court discussed, but did not decide, the issue of an officer’s Caremark duty in Iron Workers Mid-South Pension Fund v. Davis.108 The case involved a claim that directors and officers of U.S. Bancorp breached their duty to oversee internal controls that would have prevented wrongdoing related to transactions involving mortgage-backed securities. The court dismissed the Caremark claim against the directors for failure to plead facts that showed that they had consciously disregarded weaknesses in the company’s internal controls.109 The plaintiffs’ alleged red flags, such as the directors’ alleged knowledge that lenders were experiencing problems with delinquencies on residential mortgages, were too general to support an inference of knowledge of problems at U.S. Bancorp.110 This decision is an unremarkable application of the stringent pleading standard for Caremark claims against directors.

When the court turned to the Caremark claim against officers, it noted that the plaintiffs invoked the fiduciary duty of care in addition to the duty of loyalty. The court explained that this distinction matters because the duty of loyalty imposes the familiar “conscious disregard” standard, while the duty of care may hold plaintiffs to a less stringent “gross negligence” standard:

Insofar as Iron is bringing an independent claim for a violation of the duty of care on factual allegations very similar to those constituting its breach of the duty of loyalty claim, Iron argues that the duty of care claim is subject to a lower standard of review than a duty of loyalty claim. Specifically, Iron maintains that “duty of care violations are actionable only if the directors acted with gross negligence.” Courts are divided on the question of whether an officer may be liable for a breach of the duty of care under the standard of gross negligence or the higher standard of bad faith or conscious disregard.111

The court left this question for another day, deciding that even if “gross negligence” is the proper standard, the plaintiffs’ allegations did not meet even that lower pleading standard.112

In applying the gross negligence standard to the plaintiffs’ allegations, the court quoted a definition from Delaware case law: “[P]leading [gross negligence] successfully in a case like this requires the articulation of facts that suggest a wide disparity between the process the directors used to ensure the integrity of the company’s financial statements and that which would have been rational.”113 The court gave great weight to the “wide disparity” language, faulting the plaintiffs’ complaint because it did not “articulate what would have been rational or reasonable on the part of the officer defendants” and did “not explain what actions the officer defendants should have reasonably taken in light of the alleged red flags.”114

Under this definition of “gross negligence,” the question going forward is what plaintiffs must plead to show a “rational or reasonable” alternative course of conduct. For compliance officers, one way to satisfy this pleading standard could be to refer to the growing body of writing on best practices in corporate compliance. Indeed, the purpose of compliance and ethics best practices and other recommendations is to guide actions by compliance officers, so such material should be probative of what is “rational and reasonable” conduct for such an officer. This could prove a double-edged sword for compliance and ethics officers. On the one hand, following best practices could protect compliance and ethics officers, allowing them to show that no “wide disparity” exists between their conduct and what is “rational and reasonable.” On the other hand, failure to follow best practices, especially when those practices are contested or unclear, could leave a compliance and ethics officer vulnerable to the inference that a “wide disparity” exists. It will take future caselaw development to flesh out this emerging standard of officer liability.

B. PREGNANCY DISCRIMINATION

In Young v. United Parcel Service, Inc.,115 the U.S. Supreme Court decided the pleading standard for claims under the Pregnancy Discrimination Act.116 The case involved a pregnant female employee of United Parcel Service (UPS) who worked as a part-time driver. UPS required drivers to be able to lift seventy or more pounds, and the female driver was told by her doctor not to lift more than twenty pounds. The female driver requested that UPS accommodate her lifting restriction by assigning her to other work assignments within the company. Under its collective bargaining agreement, UPS accommodated other employees who were unable to drive or lift packages, such as employees injured on the job or who had lost their driving certification with the U.S. Department of Transportation. UPS, however, did not have a policy to accommodate pregnant employees, and so the female driver was put on unpaid leave. The female driver filed a lawsuit in federal court claiming that the failure to accommodate her pregnancy-related lifting restriction violated the Pregnancy Discrimination Act.

In the lower courts, UPS argued that it had a neutral policy that did not discriminate against pregnant female employees.117 The company noted that it did not accommodate any employees whose physical limitations arose from outside the workplace and were not covered by the Americans with Disabilities Act.118 Because the female driver’s lifting restriction was neither an on-the-job injury nor a disability covered by the ADA, UPS’s neutral policy did not require an accommodation. The female driver countered that UPS had discriminated because it accommodated some employees with similar lifting restrictions (i.e., those with on-the-job-injuries) but not pregnant employees.119 She argued that this different treatment should violate the Pregnancy Discrimination Act.120 Both lower courts found for UPS, and the female driver appealed to the Supreme Court.121

The Court took an intermediate approach between the arguments advocated by UPS and the female driver, adopting the burden-shifting test from McDonnell Douglas Corp. v. Green,122 which governs gender discrimination claims under Title VII. The following passage describes how that framework applies to a claim of pregnancy discrimination:

[A] plaintiff alleging that the denial of an accommodation constituted disparate treatment under the Pregnancy Discrimination Act’s second clause may make out a prima facie case by showing, as in McDonnell Douglas, that she belongs to the protected class, that she sought accommodation, that the employer did not accommodate her, and that the employer did accommodate others “similar in their ability or inability to work.”

The employer may then seek to justify its refusal to accommodate the plaintiff by relying on “legitimate, nondiscriminatory” reasons for denying her accommodation. But, consistent with the Act’s basic objective, that reason normally cannot consist simply of a claim that it is more expensive or less convenient to add pregnant women to the category of those (“similar in their ability or inability to work”) whom the employer accommodates. . . .

If the employer offers an apparently “legitimate, non-discriminatory” reason for its actions, the plaintiff may in turn show that the employer’s proffered reasons are in fact pretextual. We believe that the plaintiff may reach a jury on this issue by providing sufficient evidence that the employer’s policies impose a significant burden on pregnant workers, and that the employer’s “legitimate, nondiscriminatory” reasons are not sufficiently strong to justify the burden, but rather—when considered along with the burden imposed—give rise to an inference of intentional discrimination.

The plaintiff can create a genuine issue of material fact as to whether a significant burden exists by providing evidence that the employer accommodates a large percentage of nonpregnant workers while failing to accommodate a large percentage of pregnant workers. Here, for example, if the facts are as Young says they are, she can show that UPS accommodates most nonpregnant employees with lifting limitations while categorically failing to accommodate pregnant employees with lifting limitations. Young might also add that the fact that UPS has multiple policies that accommodate nonpregnant employees with lifting restrictions suggests that its reasons for failing to accommodate pregnant employees with lifting restrictions are not sufficiently strong—to the point that a jury could find that its reasons for failing to accommodate pregnant employees give rise to an inference of intentional discrimination.123

The Court sent the case back to the lower courts to determine whether Young had met this revised pleading standard.

The burden-shifting test adopted in Young holds important lessons for employers as they consider policies and practices for accommodating employees with physical limitations. Once an employer accommodates one or more classes of employees with a physical limitation, it must decide whether to accommodate pregnant employees with a similar physical limitation. To ignore this issue is to leave the company open to the inference of a “substantial burden” because some employees are accommodated while pregnant employees are not. Also, if an employer decides not to accommodate pregnant employees with physical limitations, it should specifically identify and document the “legitimate, nondiscriminatory” reason for doing and steer clear of the specifically forbidden reasons that it would be “more expensive or less convenient to do so.”

C. WRONGFUL DISCHARGE OF CHIEF COMPLIANCE OFFICER

A compliance officer often occupies a vulnerable position within an organization. Charged with the responsibility for preventing and detecting legal wrongdoing, a compliance officer might discover wrongdoing by senior management, which could make the compliance officer a target of retaliation. One might reasonably question whether a compliance officer can adequately withstand these pressures if she is only an at-will employee. That question was in the background when the New York Court of Appeals decided whether it should recognize a common law claim of retaliatory discharge for a chief compliance officer who was an at-will employee.

With one exception, New York common law does not recognize a wrongful discharge claim by an at-will employee.124 The court in Wieder v. Skala recognized that exception, holding that a law firm associate could sue an employer for wrongful discharge for terminating the associate in retaliation for internally reporting an ethics breach of a fellow associate.125 In Sullivan v. Harnisch, the compliance officer for a hedge fund sought to extend Wieder to a claim that he was terminated for reporting wrongdoing discovered as part of his job.126

Prior to Wieder, the New York Court of Appeals had repeatedly rejected wrongful discharge claims by at-will employees. For example, in Murphy v. American Home Products Corp., the assistant treasurer of a corporation claimed that he was discharged “in retaliation for his revelation to officers and directors of the defendant corporation that he had uncovered at least $50 million in illegal account manipulations of secret pension reserves that improperly inflated the company’s growth in income and allowed high-ranking officers to reap unwarranted bonuses from a management incentive plan, as well as in retaliation for his own refusal to engage in the alleged accounting improprieties.”127 The court held that the employee’s wrongful discharge claim was properly dismissed because he had no written employment agreement promising anything other than employment at will.128 Similarly, in Sabetay v. Sterling Drug, Inc.,129 the court upheld dismissal of an employee’s claim that he was wrongfully discharged for not participating in illegal financial transactions and later blowing the whistle on the wrongdoing. Again, the court relied on the absence of any contractual promise beyond at-will employment. In both cases, the court left recognition of a wrongful discharge claim to the state legislature.

Like the employees in Murphy and Sabetay, the law firm associate in Wieder did not have an employment agreement or other writing promising more than at-will employment. The court, however, went on to consider whether “an implied-in-law duty” might limit the law firm’s otherwise free hand in terminating an associate.130 The court found such a duty relating to the legal profession’s ethics rules:

[With] any hiring of an attorney as an associate to practice law with a firm there is implied an understanding so fundamental to the relationship and essential to its purpose as to require no expression: that both the associate and the firm in conducting the practice will do so in accordance with the ethical standards of the profession. Erecting or countenancing disincentives to compliance with the applicable rules of professional conduct, plaintiff contends, would subvert the central professional purpose of his relationship with the firm—the lawful and ethical practice of law.131

The court rested this conclusion on the single purpose of the associate–law firm employment relationship, namely, the practice of law:

Defendants, a firm of lawyers, hired plaintiff to practice law and this objective was the only basis for the employment relationship. Intrinsic to this relationship, of course, was the unstated but essential compact that in conducting the firm’s legal practice both plaintiff and the firm would do so in compliance with the prevailing rules of conduct and ethical standards of the profession. Insisting that as an associate in their employ plaintiff must act unethically and in violation of one of the primary professional rules amounted to nothing less than a frustration of the only legitimate purpose of the employment relationship.132

In addition, the court emphasized that the law firm had terminated the associate for complying with an ethics rule that required attorneys to report ethical misconduct—a rule crucial to preserving the legal profession’s right to selfregulate.133 Combined, the single purpose of the employment relationship and the significance of the ethics rule supported an implied-in-law term of his employment.

In Sullivan, the chief compliance officer for a hedge fund sought to fit his claim within Wieder’s narrow exception. In addition to serving as the compliance officer, he was a 15 percent partner in the firms constituting the hedge fund and also “Executive Vice President, Treasurer, Secretary, [and] Chief Operating Officer.”134 The plaintiff alleged that he was terminated in retaliation for reporting wrongdoing by the chief executive officer and president, specifically “stock sales amount[ing] to ‘front-running’—selling in anticipation of transactions by the firm’s clients—and enabled [the CEO and President] to take advantage of an opportunity from which the clients were excluded.”135

The plaintiff did not have an employment agreement with the hedge fund that promised anything other than at-will employment. The plaintiff, however, relied on three factors to support extension of Wieder to his case. First, federal securities laws and the hedge fund’s own code of ethics both prohibited the conduct that the plaintiff reported.136 Second, as the hedge fund’s chief compliance officer, the plaintiff was required by federal securities laws and the hedge fund’s own policies to monitor and report wrongdoing that the plaintiff had discovered.137 Third, under the hedge fund’s policy, the plaintiff ’s employment could have been terminated if he did not report the misconduct.138 To avoid the Catch 22 of being fired for reporting or not reporting, the plaintiff argued for protection under Wieder despite his status as an at-will employee.

The court began its analysis by stating that Wieder’s exception to at-will employment is to be construed narrowly:

[W]e intended the exception to the at-will doctrine we recognized in Wieder to be a narrow one. The Appellate Division in this case said that Wieder is “sui generis,” but we do not need to go that far to decide this case. Assuming that there are some employment relationships, other than those between a lawyer and a law firm[] that might fit within the Wieder exception, the relationship in this case is not one of them.139

So, while not closing the Wieder door to all compliance officers, the court did not allow this compliance officer to enter. The court specifically rejected the existence of a complex regulatory scheme, such as the federal regulation of hedge funds, as a reason to extend Wieder’s protection. While such a scheme surely requires extensive compliance efforts, the court would not modify state common law for that reason alone. This makes much sense in light of the increasingly complex regulatory landscape in which most businesses operate. If the complexity of regulation and corresponding efforts to comply with regulations were sufficient, the at-will employment doctrine would be in danger of extinction.

The court wrote more narrowly when addressing the plaintiff ’s status as a compliance officer, suggesting how future litigants might come within Wieder’s protection:

Important as regulatory compliance is, it cannot be said of [the plaintiff], as we said of the plaintiff in Wieder, that his regulatory and ethical obligations and his duties as an employee “were so closely linked as to be incapable of separation.” [The plaintiff] was not associated with other compliance officers in a firm where all were subject to self-regulation as members of a common profession. Indeed, [the plaintiff] was not even a full-time compliance officer. He had four other titles at [the hedge fund], including Executive Vice–President and Chief Operating Officer, and was, according to his claim, a 15% partner in the business. It is simply not true that regulatory compliance, in the words of Wieder, “was at the very core and, indeed, the only purpose” of [the plaintiff ’s] employment.140

This crucial passage makes two points that will be key to future litigation. First, and hopefully not dispositive, the court notes that the plaintiff, as chief compliance officer, was not employed in a firm where he was associated with other chief compliance officers for the purpose of practicing compliance. If this factor is enough to negate application of Wieder, then compliance officers will never gain common law protection against retaliatory termination. Unlike lawyers, compliance officers do not associate with one another in firms. Indeed, regulations and guidance almost uniformly speak of a business or organization appointing a compliance officer as one of its officers or employees.141 If this first factor is enough to bar application of Wieder, the court would be artificially elevating the form of business association over substance in an effort to cabin artificially a legal doctrine of which it is not particularly fond.

The second factor is more substantive: compliance was not “at the very core and, indeed, the only purpose” of the plaintiff ’s employment. As noted above, the plaintiff not only was the hedge fund’s chief compliance officer, but he also wore several other hats, including that of chief operating officer. These various roles may be in conflict or tension at times, making it difficult to know which hat a person is wearing while acting within the organization. This can be seen in the literature discussing whether the chief compliance officer should also either serve as general counsel or report through that position.142 There, the concern is that delivering legal advice to the corporation may on occasion give rise to conflicts when the same person is also charged with independently evaluating compliance with legal responsibilities. The same could easily be said of serving as both chief operating officer and the chief compliance officer charged with independently overseeing that these same operations comply with the law. When an employee’s roles are potentially in conflict, as in these cases, the compliance role is not so central to the employment relationship as to imply a limitation on termination of employment for proper performance of that role. Only when compliance constitutes the employee’s sole job responsibility will a court imply such a limitation on termination of employment. This reading of the court’s opinion leaves extension of Wieder open in future cases.

In light of Sullivan’s demanding standard, it is not surprising that the Second Circuit recently refused to extend Wieder in Cruz v. HSBC Bank USA, N.A.143 There, the plaintiff “was hired by HSBC as a Vice President and Senior Business Relationships Manager, and his core role at HSBC was to manage accounts and supervise clients.”144 While he “was required to report fraudulent or criminal activity pursuant to the terms of his employment and federal law,” the same can be said of many employees in heavily regulated industries. The simple duty to report does not make an employee’s “core role” akin to that of a compliance and ethics professional. Thus, not surprisingly, the court decided that the Wieder exception did not apply to the plaintiff ’s employment.145

_____________

* Dean and Professor of Law, Creighton University School of Law.

1. This survey incorporates background and related textual discussions from prior surveys throughout the text. See Corporate Compliance Comm., Am. Bar Ass’n Section of Bus. Law, Corporate Compliance Survey, 60 BUS. LAW. 1759 (2005) [hereinafter Survey I]; Corporate Compliance Comm., Am. Bar Ass’n Section of Bus. Law, Corporate Compliance Survey, 61 BUS. LAW. 1645 (2006) [hereinafter Survey II]; Corporate Compliance Comm., Am. Bar Ass’n Section of Bus. Law, Corporate Compliance Survey, 63 BUS. LAW. 195 (2007) [hereinafter Survey III]; Paul E. McGreal, Corporate Compliance Survey, 64 BUS. LAW. 253 (2008) [hereinafter Survey IV]; Paul E. McGreal, Corporate Compliance Survey, 65 BUS. LAW. 193 (2009) [hereinafter Survey V]; Paul E. McGreal, Corporate Compliance Survey, 66 BUS. LAW. 125 (2010); Paul E. McGreal, Corporate Compliance Survey, 67 BUS. LAW. 227 (2011); Paul E. McGreal, Corporate Compliance Survey, 68 BUS. LAW. 163 (2012) [hereinafter Survey VIII]; Paul E. McGreal, Corporate Compliance Survey, 69 BUS. LAW. 107 (2013).

2. While compliance programs can take an even broader view, managing all of the organization’s risks, I focus here on legal compliance.

3. See supra note 1.

4. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, Pub. L. No. 95-213, § 103(a), 91 Stat. 1494, 1495–96 (codified as amended at 15 U.S.C. § 78dd-1 (2006)).

5. FCPA § 105(a), 15 U.S.C. § 78dd-3(a) (2012).

6. The full text of the prohibition is as follows:

It shall be unlawful for any issuer which has a class of securities registered pursuant to section 78l of this title or which is required to file reports under section 78o(d) of this title, or for any officer, director, employee, or agent of such issuer or any stockholder thereof acting on behalf of such issuer, to make use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment of any money, or offer, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to—

(1) any foreign official for purposes of—

(A)(i) influencing any act or decision of such foreign official in his official capacity, (ii) inducing such foreign official to do or omit to do any act in violation of the lawful duty of such official, or (iii) securing any improper advantage; or

(B) inducing such foreign official to use his influence with a foreign government or instrumentality thereof to affect or influence any act or decision of such government or instrumentality . . . .

FCPA § 103(a), 15 U.S.C. § 78dd-1(a)(1).

7. FCPA § 103(a), 15 U.S.C. § 78dd-1(a)(3).

8. 15 U.S.C. § 78dd-1(f)(2)(B).

9. Id.

10. The government’s first FCPA trial against a corporation was not until 2011, which resulted in a jury verdict of guilty. See Press Release, U.S. Dep’t of Justice, California Company, Its Two Executives and Intermediary Convicted by Federal Jury in Los Angeles on All Counts for Their Involvement in Scheme to Bribe Officials at State-Owned Electrical Utility in Mexico (May 11, 2011) (No. 11-596), http://www.justice.gov/opa/pr/2011/May/11-crm-596.html. The conviction was later overturned by the trial court judge. U.S. v. Aguilar, 831 F. Supp. 2d 1180 (C.D. Cal. 2011).

11. U.S. DEPT OF JUSTICE & U.S. DEPT OF COMMERCE, FOREIGN CORRUPT PRACTICES ACT: ANTIBRIBERY PROVISIONS (2011).

12. The FCPA charges the DOJ with responding to requests for guidance regarding application of the FCPA to specific transactions. See Foreign Corrupt Practices Act Amendments of 1988 § 5003(a), 15 U.S.C. §§ 78dd-1, 78dd-2 (2012). Also, the DOJ has promulgated rules governing such requests, which are answered in a document known as an “opinion procedure release.” See Foreign Corrupt Practices Act Opinion Procedure, 28 C.F.R. §§ 80.1–80.16 (2015). The DOJ collects these opinion procedure releases on its web page. See Foreign Corrupt Practices Act: Opinion Procedure Releases, U.S. DEPT OF JUSTICE, http://www.justice.gov/criminal/fraud/fcpa/opinion/ (last visited Sept. 28, 2015).

13. CRIMINAL DIV., U.S. DEPT OF JUSTICE & ENFORCEMENT DIV., U.S. SEC. & EXCH. COMMN, A RESOURCE GUIDE TO THE U.S. FOREIGN CORRUPT PRACTICES ACT (2012), available at http://www.justice.gov/sites/default/files/criminal-fraud/legacy/2015/01/16/guide.pdf.

14. Marc Alain Bohn, A Closer Look at the Revisions to the FCPA Guide, FCPA BLOG (Aug. 6, 2015, 7:05 PM), http://www.fcpablog.com/blog/2015/8/6/a-closer-look-at-the-revisions-to-the-fcpa-guide.html#sthash.SjBYGwDZ.dpuf.

15. Id.

16. The full web address is http://www.justice.gov/sites/default/files/criminal-fraud/legacy/2015/01/16/guide.pdf.

17. Bohn, supra note 14.

18. FCPA § 103(f )(2), 15 U.S.C. § 78dd-1(f )(2) (2012) (emphasis added).

19. 752 F.3d 912 (11th Cir. 2014).

20. Corrected Brief of Appellant at 7, United States v. Esquenazi, 752 F.3d 912 (11th Cir. 2014) (No. 11-15331-C) [hereinafter Appellant’s Brief].

21. Brief of the United States at 7, United States v. Esquenazi, 752 F.3d 912 (11th Cir. 2014) (No. 11-15331-C).

22. Id. at 29–31.

23. Appellant’s Brief, supra note 20, at 29, 32.

24. Appellant’s Brief, supra note 20, at 45, 48.

25. United States v. Esquenazi, 752 F.3d 912 (11th Cir. 2014).

26. Id. at 924–25.

27. Id. at 925.

28. Id. at 924.

29. Id. at 925.

30. Id. (“It would be unwise and likely impossible to exhaustively answer them in the abstract. Because we only have this case before us, we do not purport to list all of the factors that might prove relevant to deciding whether an entity is an instrumentality of a foreign government. For today, we provide a list of some factors that may be relevant to deciding the issue.”).

31. Id.

32. Id. at 296.

33. Id. at 927–29.

34. See 48 C.F.R. §§ 203.7000–.7001(a) (2015).

35. United States ex rel. Barko v. Halliburton Co., 37 F. Supp. 3d 1, 3 (D.D.C. 2014).

36. Id. at 5.

37. Id.

38. U.S. SENTENCING GUIDELINES MANUAL § 8B2.1(b)(7) (U.S. SENTENCING COMMN 2014).

39. In ruling on KBR’s petition for writ of mandamus, the court of appeals reached a similar conclusion: “the District Court’s novel approach would eradicate the attorney-client privilege for internal investigations conducted by businesses that are required by law to maintain compliance programs, which is now the case in a significant swath of American industry.” In re Kellogg Brown & Root, Inc., 756 F.3d 754, 759 (D.C. Cir. 2014).

40. Id. at 760 (citation omitted).

41. Id.

42. Id.

43. The court also referred to implied waiver as “at issue waiver” throughout its opinion. For simplicity, I use only “implied waiver” in the text above.

44. United States ex rel. Barko v. Halliburton Co., 37 F. Supp. 3d 1, 9 (D.D.C. 2014).

45. Id. at 11–17.

46. Id.

47. Id. at 17.

48. In re Kellogg Brown & Root, Inc., 796 F.3d 137, 146 (D.C. Cir. 2015).

49. Id. (“The deposition transcript is simply a record of what was said, not itself an argument.”).

50. The court of appeals noted that a party could waive the privilege in a deposition by disclosing otherwise privileged material. Id. at 145–46.

51. Id. at 147.

52. Id.

53. Id. (“Where companies choose not to waive privilege, ‘[t]hey will, of course, bear the risk that their reports will not be accepted as full disclosures.’”).

54. Id. at 148.

55. See generally Charles M. Elson & Christopher J. Gyves, In re Caremark: Good Intentions, Unintended Consequences, 39 WAKE FOREST L. REV. 691 (2004); H. Lowell Brown, The Corporate Director’s Compliance Oversight Responsibility in the Post Caremark Era, 26 DEL. J. CORP. L. 1 (2001).

56. See generally Rebecca S. Walker, What We Can Learn About Effective Compliance Policies from Recent Employment Discrimination Cases, ETHIKOS (July/Aug. 2000), http://www.ethikospublication.com/html/discrimination.html.

57. 698 A.2d 959 (Del. Ch. 1996). The inaugural survey discusses the background and compliance context of this case. See Survey I, supra note 1, at 1773–76.

58. Caremark, 698 A.2d at 970–71.

59. Id. at 967–70.

60. Id. at 967.

61. Id. at 971.

62. For a more detailed discussion of the Caremark case and development of the Caremark claim, see Brown, supra note 55, at 7–32. For a critique of Caremark’s impact, see Elson & Gyves, supra note 55, at 691–706.

63. See Caremark, 698 A.2d at 971.

64. See, e.g., McCall v. Scott, 250 F.3d 997, 999 (6th Cir. 2001); Benjamin v. Kim, No. 95 CIV. 9597 (LMM), 1999 WL 249706, at *13–14 (S.D.N.Y. Apr. 28, 1999) (quoting Graham v. Allis-Chalmers Mfg. Co., 188 A.2d 125, 130 (Del. 1963)).

65. See, e.g., Guttman v. Huang, 823 A.2d 492, 506–07 (Del. Ch. 2003) (remarking in dicta that failure to have an audit committee would be the type of egregious failing that would support a Caremark claim).

66. See, e.g., Pereira v. Cogan, 294 B.R. 449, 532–33 (S.D.N.Y. 2003), vacated & remanded sub nom. Pereira v. Farace, 413 F.3d 330 (2d Cir. 2005), cert. denied, 547 U.S. 1147 (2006).

67. 911 A.2d 362 (Del. 2006).

68. Id. at 370 (footnotes omitted).

69. Id.

70. See id.

71. Id.

72. See id.

73. See Survey III, supra note 1, at 212–13.

74. ATR-Kim Eng Fin. Corp. v. Araneta, No. 489-N, 2006 WL 3783520, at *1, *19 (Del. Ch. Dec. 21, 2006).

75. See id. at *21.

76. For examples of the directors’ actions that led the court to identify them as “stooges,” see id. at *20–21.

77. Survey V, supra note 1, at 207.

78. See Stone ex rel. AmSouth Bancorporation v. Ritter, 911 A.2d 362, 373 (Del. 2006) (“The lacuna in the plaintiffs’ argument is a failure to recognize that the directors’ good faith exercise of oversight responsibility may not invariably prevent employees from violating criminal laws, or from causing the corporation to incur significant financial liability, or both . . . .”); Desimone v. Barrows, 924 A.2d 908, 940 (Del. Ch. 2007) (“Delaware courts routinely reject the conclusory allegation that because illegal behavior occurred, internal controls must have been deficient, and the board must have known so.”); Guttman v. Huang, 823 A.2d 492, 506–07 (Del. Ch. 2003) (“Their conclusory complaint is empty of the kind of fact pleading that is critical to a Caremark claim, such as contentions that . . . the audit committee had clear notice of serious accounting irregularities and simply chose to ignore them or, even worse, to encourage their continuation.”); Morefield v. Bailey, 959 F. Supp. 2d 887, 906 (E.D. Va. 2013) (“The existence of deficiencies in the internal audit practice does not equate to the Board members being conscious of a failure to do their jobs.”); Kococinski v. Collins, 939 F. Supp. 2d 909, 924 (D. Minn. 2013) (shareholder’s “presentation of . . . red flags falls short of pleading particularized facts supporting an inference that the outside directors actually knew the financial reports were false and misleading”).

79. Survey V, supra note 1, at 211–14. The following background discussion of the Gantler and the Caremark duties of corporate officers incorporates text from this prior survey.

80. Gantler v. Stephens, 965 A.2d 695, 709 (Del. 2009).

81. Id.

82. See Goldman v. Shahmoon, 208 A.2d 492, 493 (Del. Ch. 1965) (“[T]here appears to be a historically rigid view of the attributes which set a corporate officer apart from an employee.”).

83. Section 142 of Delaware’s General Corporation Law provides in relevant part:

(a) Every corporation organized under this chapter shall have such officers with such titles and duties as shall be stated in the bylaws or in a resolution of the board of directors which is not inconsistent with the bylaws and as may be necessary to enable it to sign instruments and stock certificates which comply with §§ 103(a)(2) and 158 of this title. One of the officers shall have the duty to record the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders and directors in a book to be kept for that purpose. Any number of offices may be held by the same person unless the certificate of incorporation or bylaws otherwise provide.

(b) Officers shall be chosen in such manner and shall hold their offices for such terms as are prescribed by the bylaws or determined by the board of directors or other governing body. Each officer shall hold office until such officer’s successor is elected and qualified or until such officer’s earlier resignation or removal. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation.

DEL. CODE ANN. tit. 8, § 142(a)–(b) (2013).

84. AM. LAW INST., PRINCIPLES OF CORPORATE GOVERNANCE § 1.27 (1994) [hereinafter ALI PRINCIPLES].

85. Id. § 4.01.

86. Id. § 5.01. The ALI Principles refer to the duty of loyalty as the duty of fair dealing. See id. pt. V (duty of fair dealing).

87. Id. § 1.27.

88. See id.

89. Id.

90. Id.

91. See id.

92. Survey I, supra note 1, at 1780–95; Survey II, supra note 1, at 1650–57; Survey III, supra note 1, at 197–209; Survey IV, supra note 1, at 271–74.

93. REPORT OF THE AMERICAN BAR ASSOCIATION TASK FORCE ON CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY 20–23 (Mar. 31, 2003), available at http://www.abanet.org/buslaw/corporateresponsibility/final_report.pdf.

94. See ALI PRINCIPLES, supra note 84, § 1.27.

95. Id § 1.27 cmt. c. The comment continues with a reference to the federal securities laws:

Corporations filing a Form 10-K under the Securities Exchange Act must determine the identity of their executive officers under Item 401 of Regulation S-K. Corporations subject to the SEC’s Proxy Rules must also identify each of their executive officers in the annual report accompanying the proxy statement for the annual meeting. Rule 14a-3(b)(8). It is intended that in the case of such corporations, the group of officers falling within Subsection (b) would be no wider (and, with the possible exception of the four specifically designated officers, would normally be narrower) than the group of executive officers that are presently contemplated by Form 10-K and the Proxy Rules.

Id. If companies list the chief compliance and ethics officer as an executive officer in the above filings, that would arguably require treating the chief compliance and ethics officer as an officer for fiduciary duty purposes. See, e.g., Baker Hughes Inc., Form 10-K, at 13 (Feb. 27, 2009) (listing the positions of vice-president, chief compliance officer, and senior deputy counsel among the company’s executive officers).

96. See U.S. SENTENCING GUIDELINES MANUAL § 8B2.1(b)(2) (U.S. SENTENCING COMMN 2014).

97. Id. § 8B2.1(b)(2)(B).

98. Id. § 8B2.1(b)(2)(C).

99. As noted above, the comments to section 1.27 refer to federal securities law filings in their definition of “officer.” ALI PRINCIPLES, supra note 84, § 1.27 cmt. c. To the extent that companies do not list other compliance personnel as executive officers in these filings, the comments suggest that the definition of “officer” does not reach those personnel. See id.

100. Stone ex rel. AmSouth Bancorporation v. Ritter, 911 A.2d 362, 370 (Del. 2006).

101. DEL. CODE ANN. tit. 8, § 141(e) (2013) (“A member of the board of directors . . . shall, in the performance of such member’s duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon . . . such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the corporation by any of the corporation’s officers or employees . . . .”).

102. Stone, 911 A.2d at 370.

103. See supra note 9 and accompanying text (discussing the red flags identified by the DOJ).

104. See Stone, 911 A.2d at 370.

105. 83 F. Supp. 3d 1047 (D. Or. 2015).

106. Plaintiffs’ Response in Opposition to Defendants’ Motion to Dismiss Plaintiffs’ Verified Amended Consolidated Shareholder Derivative Complaint and Defendant Mark J. Ahn’s Motion to Dismiss at 23–25, In re Galena Biopharma Inc. Derivative Litig., Nos. 3:14-cv-00382-SI LEAD, 3:14-cv-514-SI, 3:14-cv-516-SI, 83 F. Supp. 3d 1047 (D. Or. 2015), 2014 WL 7273836.

107. See Motion to Dismiss Plaintiffs’ Verified Amended Consolidated Shareholder Derivative Complaint at 19–21, In re Galena Biopharma Inc. Derivative Litig., Nos. 3:14-cv-00382-SI LEAD, 3:14-cv-514-SI, 3:14-cv-516-SI, 83 F. Supp. 3d 1047 (D. Or. 2015), 2014 WL 6480477.

108. Civil No. 13-289, 2015 WL 1275338 (D. Minn. Mar. 19, 2015).

109. Id. at *8–*9.

110. Id.

111. Id. at *10 (citations omitted).

112. Id. at *11 (“The Court will assume without deciding that the proper standard for evaluating an officer’s duty of care is gross negligence.”).

113. Id. (quoting Guttman v. Huang, 823 A.2d 492, 507 n.39 (Del. Ch. 2003)).

114. Id.

115. 135 S. Ct. 1338 (2015).

116. See 42 U.S.C. § 2000e(k) (2012).

117. Young, 135 S. Ct. at 1347–48.

118. The Court noted that the ADA had since been amended to clarify that temporary lifting restrictions can qualify as a covered disability. Id. at 1348.

119. Id. at 1347.

120. Id.

121. Id. at 1347–48.

122. 411 U.S. 792 (1973).

123. Young, 135 S. Ct. at 1354–55.

124. See Wieder v. Skala, 609 N.E.2d 105, 109–10 (N.Y. 1992); Murphy v. Am. Home Prods. Corp., 448 N.E.2d 86, 89–90 (N.Y. 1983). An employee, however, may show that the employer promised more than at-will employment in a written employment contract or other writing such as an employee handbook. See Weiner v. McGraw-Hill, Inc., 443 N.E.2d 441, 445 (N.Y. 1982).

125. Wieder, 609 N.E.2d at 109–10.

126. 969 N.E.2d 758 (N.Y. 2012).

127. Murphy, 448 N.E.2d at 87.

128. Id. at 90.

129. 506 N.E.2d 919, 923 (N.Y. 1987).

130. Wieder, 609 N.E.2d at 108.

131. Id.

132. Id. at 110 (emphasis added).

133. Id. at 108–09.

134. Sullivan, 969 N.E.2d at 759.

135. Id. The complaint alleged a separate claim that termination was in connection with a dispute over the plaintiff ’s ownership interest in the hedge fund. Id. (“[T]he complaint alleges that the dismissal occurred within hours after a lawyer for [the plaintiff] contacted [the hedge fund’s] counsel to voice objections to a proposed agreement that would have eliminated [the plaintiff ’s] ownership interest.”).

136. Id.

137. Id. at 761; see 17 C.F.R. § 275.206(4)-7(a), (c) (2015).

138. Sullivan, 969 N.E.2d at 759.

139. Id. at 760–61.

140. Id. at 761 (quoting Wieder v. Skala, 609 N.E.2d 105, 108 (N.Y. 1992)).

141. U.S. SENTENCING GUIDELINES MANUAL § 8B2.1(b)(2)(C) (U.S. SENTENCING COMMN 2014), available at http://www.ussc.gov/Guidelines/Organizational_Guidelines/guidelines_chapter_8.htm (“Specific individual(s) within the organization shall be delegated day-to-day operational responsibility for the compliance and ethics program.”).

142. See Ben W. Heineman, Jr., Don’t Divorce the GC and Compliance Officer: Independence Won’t Guarantee Ethical Behavior—Good Culture Will, CORP. COUNS., Jan. 29, 2010, at 48.

143. 586 F. App’x 723 (2d Cir. 2014).

144. Id. at 725.

145. Id. (“We conclude that Cruz’s employment with HSBC, as alleged in the first amended complaint, does not fall within the Wieder exception.”).

 

Understanding Crowdfunding: The SEC’s New Crowdfunding Rules and the Universe of Public Fund-raising

While “crowdfunding” has become an incredibly popular means of raising money for everything from artistic projects to lifesaving medical care, the concept is also widely misunderstood. The reason for this is most likely due to the fact that “crowdfunding” is an umbrella term used to describe a wide range of fund-raising activities. The term itself simply means raising money from a potentially unlimited number of people over the Internet. The devil is in the details, however, and a variety of different models and platforms have appeared creating different ways of achieving a company or individual’s fund-raising goals.

These crowdfunding models fall into two overarching categories: donation models, where the contributor is donating money to projects with no expectation of return, and equity models, where the contributor is investing money in exchange for equity or debt securities in the company. Within these categories, multiple models and platforms exist for connecting fund-raisers and potential contributors, and new models will no doubt continue to be created as the concept of “crowdfunding” continues to grow in popularity.

The most recent development in the “crowdfunding” universe is the adoption by the Securities Exchange Commission (SEC) of final rules allowing equity crowdfunding from nonaccredited investors. Under the Securities Act of 1933, the offer and sales of securities requires either registration or an exemption from registration. Therefore, all securities-based crowdfunding must be registered with the SEC or have an exemption. Since 2013, companies have had the option of “crowdfunding” from an unlimited number of accredited investors under the Rule 506(c) exemption of the SEC Regulation D. The SEC’s new rules, authorized by Section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act (Regulation Crowdfunding), provide an exemption for crowdfunding securities offerings to nonaccredited investors, but come with strings attached. While these offerings each have their own limitations, there is a lot of excitement surrounding the SEC’s foray into crowdfunding.

This article will discuss five models of crowdfunding that appear most popular and, therefore, most relevant to legal practitioners. Three of these models are donation-based, and two are securities-based. We will begin with a discussion of the donation-based models associated with the three largest crowdfunding websites, Kickstarter, GoFundMe, and Indigogo, along with some associated legal challenges. The bulk of this article, however, will be dedicated to the two securities-based crowdfunding models now approved by the SEC, which are Rule 506(c)’s “unlimited” model and the new Regulation Crowdfunding “limited” model. The benefits and challenges of each model will be discussed before offering our closing thoughts on the state of crowdfunding as it stands today. 

The Donation Models

The most common and widely recognized category of crowdfunding is donation-based crowdfunding. The top three websites that offer this service are GoFundMe, Kickstarter, and Indigogo. Donation-based crowdfunding operates much like giving to charity, in that the contributor has no expectation of receiving anything in return for their contribution, but unlike giving to charity the contributor will also not receive a tax credit for their donation. As such, the contributors on these sites are giving money to projects with no expectation of personal return, unless the fund-raiser or website offers such an incentive. Each of these three sites offers a slightly different variation on this model.

The “GoFundMe” Model

GoFundMe (www.gofundme.com) advertises itself as “The World’s #1 Personal Fundraising Site,” and practices perhaps the purest variation on the donation-based crowdfunding model. Anyone seeking to raise money through the site can start a campaign, advertise it to the world, and collect the donations. Unlike other websites you do not have to reach a certain goal in order to get funded (although they do offer an “all-or-nothing” option). You keep any and all of the donations you receive, subject to the website’s 5 percent fee. The company boasts that over $1 billion has been raised on the site.

GoFundMe also offers an option for nonprofit organizations to raise money through the site. This option requires the nonprofit to get verified first, but once they are, contributors to these campaigns will receive the tax deduction for charitable donations. This characteristic makes GoFundMe particularly appealing to charitable and nonprofit organizations. As we will see, other sites do not necessarily offer this option.

The “Kickstarter” Model

Kickstarter’s (www.kickstarter.com) model is a slight variation on the donation-based crowdfunding model in that the website requires “creators” to set and meet a fund-raising goal before they will get funded. If the creator fails to meet their goal, all the donations are returned to the “backers” who pledged their support. Kickstarter defends this practice by arguing that setting a minimum bar creates less risk for both creators and backers, and also motivates all parties to achieve their goal. In the end, the company argues that the vast majority of those who reach at least 20 percent of their goal go on to reach their funding goal.

Kickstarter also has two other characteristic differences that separate it from its largest competitor, GoFundMe. First, unlike GoFundMe, Kickstarter does not have a mechanism for raising charitable contribution through the site, a significant impediment for a nonprofit organization looking to raise funds. Second, Kickstarter does allow creators to offer “rewards” to backers, which range from small tokens of appreciation for backers who give smaller amounts to valuable products and services for backers who give larger amounts.

Kickstarter’s reward system has run into some legal hurdles, however. Some backers pledge money believing that they are buying the “reward,” rather than donating to a potential business, and when the “reward” never materializes, which could happen for any number of reasons, the backer might sue. The Internet is littered with horror stories such as Hanfree, where a Kickstarter campaign failed as a result of unforeseen manufacturing challenges and the backers sued the founder for fraud leaving him bankrupt. Kickstarter’s founder responded to these lawsuits in a blog post entitled “Kickstarter is NOT a Store,” but the allegations of fraud have not gone away.

The “Indigogo” Model

Indigogo’s (www.indigogo.com) model of donation-based crowdfunding is an all of the above approach. The website offers both “fixed” and “flexible” funding options, with the “fixed” option reflecting Kickstarter’s all-or-nothing model and the “flexible” option reflecting GoFundMe’s pure donations model. Like GoFundMe, Indigogo also offers a mechanism for verifying 501(c)(3) status and taking charitable donations, and also lacks the “rewards” system that has plagued Kickstarter. This approach seems aimed at taking the best aspects of both of the largest websites in the field, and giving fund-raisers more flexibility in choosing how they want to raise money.

The Securities Models

In 2012, Congress sought to open a new avenue of crowdfunding where companies could raise money by selling securities through the Internet. Through the JOBS Act of 2012, the SEC’s prohibition on general solicitation and advertising of security offerings was removed for certain offerings. This rule (502(c)) prohibits companies from advertising the sale of stock through mass distribution outlets such as newspapers, magazines, television, radio, or the Internet. The Rule’s limitation, along with the fund-raising caps and accredited investor requirements of most of the Regulation D exemptions, effectively prohibited the sale of securities to large numbers of nonaccredited investors outside of a public offering. In other words, it prohibited securities-based crowdfunding.

When it passed the JOBS Act of 2012, Congress ordered the SEC to eliminate this prohibition on general solicitation and advertising in two instances. Title II of the JOBS Act ordered the SEC to allow solicitation and advertising under Rule 506(c) for an offerings made solely to accredited investors. Title III of the JOBS Act ordered amended Section 4(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 to allow for solicitation and advertising in to unaccredited investors in a limited offering. These two provisions form the basis of the new securities-based crowdfunding options available to entrepreneurs and small businesses.

The Unlimited Option – 506(c) Offering

The general rule is that a company offering and selling its securities must register those securities with the SEC and then comply with the ongoing reporting obligations under the Securities Exchange Act arising as a result of such public offering. Since these requirement would be onerous and untenable to small companies looking to raise relatively small amounts of money, most companies look for an exemption from the registration requirements. Regulation D offers numerous safe harbors for smaller transactions, the most commonly used of which, according to the SEC, is Rule 506.

Initially, Rule 506 allowed an issuer to raise an unlimited amount of money subject to certain requirements. First, the issuer cannot sell to more than 35 nonaccredited investors. The issuer may, however, sell to unlimited number of accredited investors, a fairly easy requirement for which a company can show compliance because accredited investors can simply “self-certify” as to their status. Second, the issuer is prohibited from using general solicitation and advertising. This exemption option is still available in the form of a Rule 506(b) offering.

Following the JOBS Act, the SEC has now expanded the Rule to include a 506(c) offering, which has the same unlimited ceiling on the amount of money a company can raise but also allows for general solicitation and advertising. However, Congress and the SEC did not simply drop the ban on solicitation and advertising without imposing other limitations. Rule 506(c) offerings have two major limitation that differ from Rule 506(b) offerings. First, a Rule 506(c) offering cannot be used to sell to any nonaccredited investors, eliminating the option to sell to 35 nonaccredited investors under 506(b). Second, and perhaps more importantly, an issuer must exercise reasonable due diligence to “verify” that the investors are all accredited investors, in other words, the self-certification allowed under Rule 506(b) is not permitted under Rule 506(c).

The 506(c) offering is the first form of securities-based crowdfunding approved by the SEC. Of the two crowdfunding options, the 506(c) offering is the only one with no ceiling on the amount of money that can be raised. As one might expect, however, this unlimited option comes with significant limitations. Even though an issuer is permitted to use the Internet and advertising to sell their securities, the requirement that all investors be accredited is a significant limitation on how widely those securities can be sold. Furthermore, the due diligence required to “verify” that all the investors are accredited does put some additional administrative burden and risk on the issuer. However, an issuer can avoid much of this direct burden by using a third party verification service or requiring investors to show certification from their brokers or accountants on which the issuer can rely.

The New Limited Option – “Regulation Crowdfunding” Offering

While Title II of the JOBS Act created an unlimited option for crowdfunding but only for high net-worth “accredited” investors, Title III created a limited crowdfunding option open to all investors. Title III amended the Securities Act of 1933 to add Section 4(a)(6), which creates a crowdfunding option available to any investor regardless of the size of their income or net worth. However, the law would only become effective after the SEC issued implementing rules, putting the issue at the end of a long backlog of SEC rule-making priorities. On October 30, 2015, the SEC finally approved its final rules on Section 4(a)(6) offerings, which it labeled “Regulation Crowdfunding.” This option will become available in early 2016.

Fund-raising and investing limits. Like the 506(c) offering, an issuer offering securities in a Section 4(a)(6) offering will be able to use general solicitations and advertising, including online, in order to sell its securities. However, unlike a 506(c) offering, the Section 4(a)(6) offering allows anyone to invest, not just “accredited” investors. This would seem like a huge benefit, but the law and the SEC put in place two stringent limitations, presumably to balance the additional protections the SEC believes are needed for nonaccredited investors. First, an issuer cannot raise more than an aggregate total of $1 million in any 12-month period. This cap contrasts sharply with the uncapped 506(c) offering.

Second, there are limits on how much an individual can invest in a Section 4(a)(6) offering. For individuals with an annual income or net worth under $100,000, they are limited to the greater of $2,000 or 5 percent of their annual income or net worth. For wealthier individuals who have an annual salary or net worth greater than $100,000, they are still limited to 10 percent of the lesser of their income or net worth. Finally, an investor can purchase no more than $100,000 worth of securities through all Regulation Crowdfunding offerings in any 12-month period.

It is worth noting that this high net-worth definition is quite a bit lower than the normal “accredited” investor standard, which is an individual annual salary of $200,000 or a $1 million net worth. Furthermore, this condition is very unique in that none of the other exemptions from registration, including Rule 506(c), put a cap on the investment amount an individual investor can make. This cap may be disappointing to high net-worth investors who want to invest heavily in numerous crowdfunded offerings.

Required disclosures. Unlike the Regulation D exemptions, an issuer relying on Section 4(a)(6) must make certain disclosures on a new “Form C,” and will be required to file an annual report with the SEC. The required disclosures on Form C include:

  • The price of the securities (or method for determining the price);
  • The target offering amount;
  • The deadline for reaching the targeted amount;
  • Whether the company will accept investments beyond the targeted amount;
  • A discussion of the company’s financial condition;
  • Financial statements and tax returns either audited or reviewed by an independent public accountant, depending on the amount of the offering;
  • A description of the business;
  • How the proceeds will be used;
  • Information about the directors, officers, and controlling shareholders; and
  • Certain third-party transactions.

While these disclosures are nowhere near as extensive as a full public offering or even a smaller offering under Regulation A, they are comparable to what a company would likely provide if selling its securities through a private placement memorandum (PPM), a common disclosure document used in many Regulation D offerings. Where these Regulation Crowdfunding disclosures depart from a typical early stage PPM is the requirement for audited financials if the company proposes to raise more than $500,000 in any Regulation Crowdfunding offering after its initial offering. Many early stage companies, especially those likely looking to raise funds through crowdfunding, do not normally have audited financials because of the high cost of their preparation.

By requiring these PPM-like disclosures, annual reports and better quality financials, the SEC is trying to protect the nonaccredited investors who likely have less investment experience and can not bear as well the risk of loss of their investment. This is a similar approach seen in the Regulation Rule 506 offerings where the inclusion of nonaccredited investors requires the company to provide certain disclosures that would otherwise not be required. By providing this additional protection for investors, there is a greater cost to the offering. Depending on how efficiently the company can compile the disclosure information and the required annual report to be filed with the SEC and whether a company must provide audited financials, the costs of conducting a Regulation Crowdfunding offering on the company may be substantial. This will force issuers to balance the fund-raising potential of the offering with the costs in both dollars and time associated with such an offering.

Brokers and crowdfunding platforms (FINRA). Perhaps the greatest distinction between a Regulation Crowdfunding offering and a Regulation D offerings is the requirement that a Regulation Crowdfunding offering be made through a registered broker-dealer or a registered “funding portal.” In response to this requirement, the SEC ordered all Self-Regulatory Organizations (SROs) to issue rules regulating these intermediaries. The only SRO for broker-dealers and funding portals is the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA), which released its proposed rules for funding portals on October 9, 2015. Those rules include, among other things:

  • Rule 110, which requires funding portals to become members of FINRA and outlines the application process for becoming such a member.
  • Rule 200, which regulates funding portal communications with investors and prohibits, among other things:
    • False, exaggerated, unwarranted, promisory, or misleading statements or claims;
    • Material omissions of fact or qualifications;
    • Exaggerated or unwarranted claims, opinions, forecasts, or predictions regarding performance.
  • Rule 300(c), which requires funding portals to report violations.
  • Rule 800(b), which requires funding portals to make certain public disclosures similar to FINRA’s “BrokerCheck” system.

The funding portal requirement seems natural, given the popularity of websites like Kickstarter and GoFundMe. Regulation Crowdfunding eases the path for funding portals to facilitate the offer and sale of securities in crowdfunding transactions. Prior to Regulation Crowdfunding, these funding portals would have needed to register as a broker-dealer to engage in these transactions. Registering as a funding portal will be less onerous than registering as and maintaining a broker-dealer status.

However, it will also be an additional cost that the company will have to bear. It’s not clear why an intermediary is necessary. Perhaps Congress and the SEC believed that companies would try to take advantage of unsophisticated investors if they were permitted to sell securities through their own websites. On the other hand, they might have just assumed funding portals were the only means of effectively regulating crowdfunding, though that seems unlikely since they have long allowed companies to sell directly to investors through Regulation D. Either way, issuers and investors will have to interact through these new funding portals, and it will be interesting to see exactly how these intermediaries develop. Perhaps even more importantly, companies will be looking to see how much they increase the costs of these transactions.

Concluding Thoughts

Although the crowdfunding community is excited about the SEC’s new 4(a)(6) option, its long-term success seems questionable, given the other Rule 506(c) option already available. Also, a smart start-up looking to raise a small amount of money is not going to drastically blow up its cap table by conducting a Section 4(a)(6) campaign, when a good idea with a smart founder can easily raise donations on Kickstarter or GoFundMe. Furthermore, with all the Kickstarter horror stories out there, just imagine the damage those same people could do as stockholders, rather than simply as donors. A start-up simply would not be wise to take on an army of unsophisticated investors for the sake of a few thousand dollars.

Likewise, a good crowdfunding platform could, ironically, further diminish the appeal of the Section 4(a)(6) option for more established companies. Many crowdfunding platforms have developed good ways to identify accredited investors thereby reducing the expense of “verifying” the investor’s status under Regulation D’s 506(c) exemption. With that expense eliminated, why would a company choose a disclosure heavy 4(a)(6) offering with low caps on individual investors, when they can focus on a few high income investors through the portal for an unlimited 506(c) offering?

With these scenarios in mind, the value of a 4(a)(6) offering seems like it will always be outweighted by the potential costs in time, resources, and potential capitalization issues when compared to the alternatives already available. It is, however, far too early to make a definitive prediction, and Section 4(a)(6) may benefit greatly from the ingenuity of funding portals and other intermediaries. Whatever the eventual fate of Section 4(a)(6), crowdfunding, whether donation based or securities based, is here to stay, and the greatest developments in this young fast growing universe are still yet to come.

The Conundrum of the Arbitration vs. Litigation Decision

I would like to begin with a little story. Global Oil, Inc., a Delaware corporation (Global) and Exploration Technologies, Inc. (Technologies), a New York corporation, enter into a multibillion dollar oil exploration, supply, and service transaction. It is the first of what each side hopes will be a continuing series of future transactions between the companies.

The parties and their scriveners work night and day to negotiate and express the terms of the transaction, including one final all-nighter in which the provisions are put together. At 6:00 a.m. on the final day, the parties discover that there is no dispute-resolution provision. The scriveners are then directed to agree in a hurry on a dispute-resolution clause; there is to be a signing and joint press release at 9:00 a.m.

The scriveners scramble to cobble together a skeletal dispute resolution provision that calls for a panel of three arbitrators, who must be experts in oil drilling, supply, and service contracts, but without providing how the arbitrators are to be appointed. Nor does the dispute-resolution provision set forth what law is to be applied, where the arbitration is to take place, and or what limitations will be put on discovery. It merely states generally that the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure shall be strictly applied. The agreement itself has other drafting defects.

Four years later, one of Global’s oil rigs in the Gulf of Mexico is hit by a Category 5 hurricane. The platform, which Technologies had built and serviced for Global, is destroyed, three workers are killed, and there is a horrendous oil spill contaminating the waters, shores, and wildlife.

Global brings an arbitration proceeding against Technologies in Louisiana for breach of contract, business interruption, expectation damages, indemnification for environmental liability, punitive damages, interest, and attorneys’ fees. Somehow the parties finally agree on the selection of the arbitrators, but the arbitrator-selection process itself takes nearly a year.

When the arbitrators sit down at the preliminary hearing with the parties and their outside counsel, there is a dispute about the scope of the case, the extent of discovery, the venue, and the time period for the entire proceeding. The arbitrators timidly acquiesce to Global’s request for an elaborate and time-consuming discovery process. The arbitration drags on for two more years with many expansive amendments to the schedule along the way, finally resulting in a very large award for Global. Technologies challenges the award in a Louisiana state court.

This story is apocryphal, but not totally out of sync with some real dispute-resolution horror stories. So what is the lesson here?

A Corporate Counsel’s Conundrum

Over the years, I have tried to learn as much as I can about the metrics that corporate decision makers – especially general counsel – apply to the conundrum of dispute resolution: whether to arbitrate or litigate in court. The conventional wisdom for many years had been that arbitration promised to be superior to court litigation because of confidentiality, presumed cost savings, quicker results, and more flexibility. The question today is whether the promise of arbitration is real or illusory. The answer is that the promise is sometimes real, sometimes illusory. To the extent that the promise has proven to be illusory in cases past, can anything be done in the future to make it a reality? In my opinion, the answer is yes!

I came to that conclusion in part as a result of my own experiences as an arbitrator and mediator. Then, I did some research of written materials and interviewed some of my corporate counsel friends, including some I had interviewed with a colleague, Christine Di Guglielmo, for a book about the many difficult challenges that face corporate general counsel today. E. Norman Veasey & Christine T. Di Guglielmo, Indispensable Counsel: The Chief Legal Officer in the New Reality (Oxford 2012).

I thought that some new corporate counsel interviews – this time solely about dispute resolution – would be helpful. So, former Delaware Chancellor Grover Brown and I interviewed 19 corporate counsel and wrote an article for The Business Lawyer that focused on the decision-making process of general counsel on dispute resolution strategies in complex business transactions. E. Norman Veasey & Grover C. Brown, An Overview of the General Counsel’s Decision Making on Dispute-Resolution Strategies in Complex Business Transactions, 70 Bus. Law 407 (2015) (hereinafter, Veasey & Brown.)

We came away from the interviews with an appreciation for the sensitive and difficult choices that face a general counsel when weighing the pros and cons of whether and when a complex business dispute is better suited for litigation in the public courtroom or private arbitration.

Analysis of the Tension

The first question is whether one choice is inherently more expensive, time consuming, or problematic than the other. The obvious answer is that each case is fact-intensive and neither choice is inherently better or worse than the other, in the abstract.

The second question involved the anatomy of the good, bad, and ugly, in both choices. Our interviews revealed some bad and some good anecdotal experiences with domestic arbitration. We concluded, of course, that the bad experiences should not preordain a generally negative bias. Nor should the good experiences dictate a generally positive bias.

In short, no one size fits all. The common sense answer is, it depends. Many case-specific factors will shape the analysis in searching for the system that is more likely to result in the optimal resolution of the dispute in a particular case. In some cases, the better choice will be court adjudication, and in others it will be an alternate dispute process, ending in arbitration.

Factors favoring public court adjudication in some cases include a perceived need for a definitive judicial resolution of legal principles, the importance of a plenary appeal, concerns about the competence of the arbitrator pool, and concerns about a tendency of some arbitrators to be timid or to compromise outcomes (i.e., to “split the baby”). Many of these concerns may be dispositive and immutable in some cases (such as some intellectual property cases). Decisions about which way to go in other cases exemplify the tensions.

There are frequently concerns about delay and costs. But there are delays and costs in either tribunal. The issue is whether it is likely to be better or worse for the particular matter under consideration to be in court or in arbitration.

The overarching dynamic normally involves the general counsel’s risk/reward analysis in selecting arbitration or litigation. Although it can arise later, that decision is often framed at the negotiation stage – before there is a dispute. That timing makes the dispute-resolution decision particularly tricky.

In a transnational contract, the general counsel will usually conclude at the outset that international arbitration is preferred over adjudication in certain foreign court systems. A domestic dispute often requires a different analysis, however. It is here that opinions are mixed.

Consensus and Non-Consensus Views of Corporate Counsel

The views of the corporate counsel whom we interviewed are varied, sometimes conflicting, and largely dependent on their diverse, anecdotal, experiences – some good and some bad. There was general agreement on the relevant issues to be analyzed, but divergent preferences in how to resolve those issues in particular cases.

For example, a general preference for mediation – at least as a step in either process – was almost universal. A key reason for that was the commonly held belief, expressed in the interviews, that mediation tends to bring rationality and right-sizing to the thinking of corporate decision makers on both sides of the dispute.

The mediation process with an expert mediator can help to educate the decision makers of the respective disputants about the strengths and weaknesses of each side’s position, the uncertainties, the time commitment, and the expense involved. It is often important for the decision makers of any disputant party to be present at the mediation and to learn the arguments of, and the evidence favoring, the other party to the controversy. This process can often be a cold shower of reality for the respective corporate decision makers.

Our interviewees generally agreed that international arbitration of transnational disputes is preferred over concerns about the risks that are inherent in the judicial or political systems of some foreign jurisdictions. Moreover, a key advantage of international arbitration is the relative certainty (if all goes well in the process) of being able to enforce the award through the available international conventions (e.g., the 1958 New York Convention). Convention on the Recognition and Enforcement of Foreign Arbitral Awards, N.Y. Arbitration Convention, www.newyorkconvention.org. There are now about 150 nation signatories to this convention.

Importantly, discovery is usually quite limited in international arbitrations. In my opinion, some of the limits on discovery in international arbitrations can be usefully imported into domestic arbitrations. Although not strictly applicable in domestic arbitrations, the model of the International Bar Association (IBA) Rules on the Taking of Evidence in International Arbitration has useful provisions relating to limits on the procedure for requesting documents, which can be used in domestic arbitration. See Veasey & Brown at 426–27.

One of the nearly universal opinions among our interviewees was that the need for confidentiality is often an important factor in some cases and tends to favor arbitration over public court proceedings in those cases. Why?

Among the reasons are: the facilitation of recurring future business between the parties; secret commercial or scientific information; concerns about the company’s reputation; avoiding the revelation of certain business or litigation strategies; and not upsetting customers with a public display of problems with a counterparty.

In addition to confidentiality, many interviewees valued highly the general flexibility of both domestic and international arbitrations in the ability to select the arbitrators, the seat, the venue, and the scheduling.

Careful drafting of the dispute-resolution provisions in business contracts is of paramount importance. The timing and method of addressing the contractual dispute-resolution provision is key. Sometimes an agreement to mediate and then perhaps to arbitrate can be achieved after a dispute has arisen. But the tricky calculus is when the dispute resolution agreement is part of the transaction – before there is a dispute. In that case, waiting to the end of the business negotiation to provide in the transaction documents for dispute resolution often results in a poorly drafted provision, slapped together at the last minute.

Costs of Delays and Discovery

In any dispute resolution process, there is the likelihood of some delay and high costs, including those arising from excessive discovery, fees, and other expenses. But out-of-pocket costs and delays in either arbitration or litigation are only two of the concerns that the general counsel must consider.

In both arbitration and litigation, there is the business cost of expended (perhaps even wasted) executive time and distractions. Where are these concerns better managed or mitigated? Where can executive attention and schedules be more effectively accommodated? Again, it depends on the matter, and these problems can occur in either tribunal. But one of the advantages of arbitration is the flexibility that often allows company executives to be more conveniently accommodated than in the public courts, which have many other pressures and cases, including busy criminal calendars.

Busy court calendars, with criminal and other cases, may be a problem in many federal and state jurisdictions. But it is important here to be precise in balancing the pros and cons – to compare apples to apples and not to oranges.

In some court systems there may be fewer issues with busy criminal and civil calendars than in others. There may be real opportunities in a given matter for counsel to consider and realize important benefits. Those benefits could outweigh some benefits of arbitration – except confidentiality. No public court system can provide that.

These are court systems that have established business courts. According to a recent report by the American Association of Corporate Counsel, 21 states had established business court programs as of 2014, with pilot programs in several more. While some business courts have jury trials, they are not overly burdened with criminal cases. Complex business cases can take priority. Business courts can be very accommodating in handling certain business disputes – often less expensively than in arbitration. See Melissa Maleske, Why GCs Should Look Beyond Arbitration, Law 360, October 23, 2015.

And, of course, there is the granddaddy of all business courts – the Delaware Court of Chancery, the nation’s most experienced court of equity, expert and preeminent in adjudicating corporate disputes. Also, Delaware has another business court, the Complex Commercial Litigation Division (CCLD) of its law court, the Superior Court. The CCLD functions as a true business court in law cases where the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction. See Joseph R. Slights III and Elizabeth A. Powers, Delaware Courts Continue to Excel in Business Litigation with the Success of the Complex Commercial Litigation Division of the Superior Court, 70 Bus. Law 1039 (2015).

Business courts across the nation, generally and with few exceptions, can provide outstanding service in complex commercial disputes. When I was Delaware Chief Justice (1992–2004) I encouraged other states to institute business courts. That said, however, all of the business courts are public courts and none can provide the confidentiality that is available in arbitration.

Delaware had an “apple out of that barrel” when it tried to provide for private arbitration using the publicly appointed chancellor and vice chancellors of the court of chancery. The federal courts struck down that initiative, holding that it contravened the right of access under the First Amendment of the U.S. Constitution. Delaware Coalition for Open Government, Inc. v. Strine, 733 F.3d 510, 512 (3d Cir. 2013); see also Veasey & Brown at 419–20. As I shall mention later, however, Delaware has corrected that problem with a new arbitration regime.

As we all know, excessive costs and delays are often attributable to pre-hearing discovery – no matter the tribunal, whether court or arbitration. Outside counsel naturally resort to what they know best. As litigators, they feel a professional obligation to litigate to the hilt. That’s what they do!

Court proceedings are sometimes helped when the trial judge can delegate the resolution of discovery disputes to a magistrate judge or a special master. The analog to that procedure in arbitration is often found in limitations on discovery, stern requirements that counsel meet and confer, and delegation of discovery dispute resolution to one member of a panel, usually the chair.

We asked our interviewees this question: Why is arbitration sometimes perceived as resulting in worse outcomes than in court litigation? The answers were varied. One recurrent theme was that some arbitrators are timid and allow the litigators too much leeway, resulting in unnecessary cost and delay. Some arbitrators have an inordinate fear of being found on court review to have abused their discretion by unduly limiting discovery. Arbitrators often feel that it is the parties’ arbitration and they should be accommodating, whereas judges are inevitably concerned about the dockets of the public courts and they have potent authority to ride herd on the litigants.

Nevertheless, both trial judges and arbitrators have broad discretion and power in managing discovery. I tend to believe that private arbitrators may, in general, have more leeway than public judges. Judicial review of both a trial judge’s discovery decisions and an arbitrator’s award are very deferential. And often an arbitrator’s evidentiary rulings are less open to attack than those of a trial judge. For example, hearsay testimony is sometimes admitted in evidence in arbitration, with virtually no vacatur consequence, but in court proceedings it may be different.

Courts will vacate an arbitration award only if the arbitrator’s decision, including the handling of discovery, strains credulity or does not rise to the standard of barely colorable, and the reviewing court concludes that the arbitrator willfully flouted the governing law by refusing to apply it. That is a pretty narrow scope of review, a result of the overarching dominance of the Federal Arbitration Act. See Veasey & Brown at 427. Although this permissive, broad discretion and narrow scope of review should not be a license for the arbitrator to be arbitrary, it does make clear that the arbitrators have considerable leeway in managing discovery as well as in making evidentiary rulings.

Arbitrator’s Tools for Managing Discovery

There are many methods of managing discovery in arbitration. First, one needs competent, fair, and strong arbitrators. Second, arbitrators have flexibility to use a number of tools.

Among those tools that are available to arbitrators by analogy and will soon be available to federal judges are the concepts embodied in the new amendments to the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, which became effective on December 1, 2015. The emphasis in these new rules is on the need for proportionality, permitting discretionary cost shifting in discovery, and setting forth clear procedures for handling sanctions for failure to safeguard electronically stored information. These are, in my opinion, good concepts to help guide arbitrators. See Veasey & Brown at 422–27.

Although the concept of proportionality is not new and has had some intuitive clarity for federal judges, new federal rule 26(b)(1) emphasizes prominently a workable framework to achieve the goal of proportionality, which includes “the importance of the issues at stake in the action, the amount in controversy, the parties’ relative access to relevant information, the parties’ resources, the importance of the discovery in resolving the issues, and whether the burden or expense of the proposed discovery outweighs its likely benefit.”

Applying these concepts can be very productive and should be bulletproof on court review of an arbitration award, if the arbitrator manages the process fairly and efficiently.

Earlier I alluded to another brand-new development that corporate decision makers might well consider. In an effort to streamline certain arbitration proceedings, the State of Delaware adopted just this year a new arbitration law. It is called the Delaware Rapid Arbitration Act (DRAA). Del. Code Ann. tit 10 Ch. 58.

The act works roughly as follows: If the act is expressly chosen by both contracting parties (one of which must be a Delaware business entity), it is triggered. The arbitrators under the act are private neutrals either appointed by agreement of the parties or in default of such agreement appointed by the Delaware Court of Chancery.

The framers of the DRAA intended it to provide a quick and inexpensive process for accelerating an arbitration to ensure a swift resolution, eliminate confirmation proceedings, and allow for narrow vacatur challenges directly to the Delaware Supreme Court, unless the parties agree by contract that no court review will lie.

In order to achieve speed and efficiency, arbitrations brought under the act must be completed within 120 days of the arbitrator accepting appointment. With the unanimous consent of the parties and the arbitrator, that timeline can be extended another 60 days. Arbitrators who do not issue final awards within the prescribed timeframe face specified reductions in their fees.

The act contemplates the appointment of competent arbitrators who are given broad powers. Arbitrability is determined solely by the arbitrators, who also have the authority to grant injunctive and other remedies, thus eliminating parallel court proceedings. The arbitrator’s final award is deemed confirmed by the Delaware Court of Chancery if not challenged within 15 days.

Challenges to the final award are made directly to the Delaware Supreme Court. Unless altered by contract, such challenges proceed under the narrow Federal Arbitration Act vacatur standard of review, discussed above. It is too early now to predict how often and how effectively this brand-new act will be used. For a detailed explication of the regime of the DRAA, see Gregory V. Varallo, Blake Rohrbacher and John D. Hendershot, The Practitioner’s Guide to the Delaware Rapid Arbitration Act (2015), available at www.rlf.com/DRAA.

But it is likely that the DRAA would not be a practical solution in a number of matters because of the rigid timeline. Clearly, not every case can be completed from beginning to end in 120 or 180 days. Some cases, particularly many complex commercial cases, have a legitimate timeline – or may result in a legitimate timeline – greater than 180 days.

This may be due to a number of factors, such as working around the schedules of the participants, suspensions for realistic settlement discussions, and unforeseen developments along the way. Many of us have had arbitrations that almost inevitably take longer than 180 days from start to finish, due to such understandable factors.

That said, however, there are cases that lend themselves to the quick outcome contemplated by the DRAA, and the other benefits of the act – such as the narrow appeal process directly to the Delaware Supreme Court – which may outweigh concerns about being boxed in by the tight timeline. Again, this is a matter requiring careful consideration that may need to be accomplished during the deal negotiations in each fact-specific situation.

Contract Provisions for Dispute Resolution

I cannot overemphasize the critical importance of drafting the appropriate dispute-resolution provision, tightly tailored to the particular transaction. There are several criteria to consider in drafting the dispute-resolution clause in the contract, including, for example:

  • Think through what legal or factual issues may arise, depending on the nature and provisions of the transaction.
  • Consult with counsel experienced in litigation, mediation, and arbitration.
  • Consider what provisions would be appropriate to streamline the arbitration (e.g., limits on discovery).
  • Advance planning in the deal negotiation is key. Do not wait until the last minute after other terms of the negotiation have been drafted to agree on a dispute-resolution provision.
  • Avoid fatal drafting mistakes, some of which are called by one commentator, “The Seven Deadly Sins,” such as equivocation, inattention, omission of vital provisions (e.g., governing law, place of arbitration, that judgment may be entered on the award), over-specificity, unrealistic expectations, “litigation envy,” overreaching, etc.) John M. Townsend, Drafting Arbitration Clauses: Avoiding the 7 Deadly Sins, Dispute Resolution Journal, Vol. 58, No. 1, February-April 2003.

Think back to the little story at the beginning of this presentation, where some of the Seven Deadly Sins were perpetrated.

Management of the Arbitration Process

In addition to the importance of a carefully drafted dispute-resolution clause in the transaction documents, the case-management skills of the arbitrator or panel of arbitrators are crucial to a workable arbitration proceeding. Management of the arbitration must be placed in the hands of competent and experienced neutrals.

The very outset of the arbitration is a critical time when the arbitrators conduct the preliminary hearing with the parties and their counsel. It is here that the process and the tone are set for the entire proceeding. The outcome of this hearing should be the organization and scheduling going forward on matters such as the pleadings, case-dispositive motions, discovery benchmarks, future conferences with the arbitrators, a hearing date, pre-hearing procedures, and the like. It is a great opportunity for arbitrators to exercise firm, fair, common sense protocols designed to accomplish speed and cost effectiveness.

Following the establishment of a scheduling order resulting from the preliminary hearing, the arbitrators need to keep track of the implementation of the steps in the scheduling order and to manage promptly all disputes along the way, many of which are likely to be in connection with discovery issues.

Conclusion

Dispute-resolution decisions are intensely contextual and depend upon many factors. Mediation with an expert mediator is ordinarily a low-risk/high-reward step that can advance rationality and common sense in the process. International arbitration is usually preferred over relegating a transnational dispute to resolution in some foreign court systems.

Domestic arbitration is where most of the controversial issues arise. Is domestic arbitration viewed as being so inherently bad that it is essentially intractable? Or can proper drafting and skillful handling of the process by arbitrators in specific cases make it manageable? In my opinion, the latter is correct.

Assuming that there is not an overarching need for a determination of the dispute by a federal or state court system, domestic arbitration, which embodies the benefits of confidentiality and flexibility, can be made to work effectively. If the arbitration can be set up with proper safeguards and state-of-the-art best practices, careful drafting and high-quality neutrals, the likelihood of disaster resulting from the arbitration should be diminished or avoided.

In those cases the promise of arbitration is not illusory.

Assignment for the Benefit of Creditors: Effective Tool for Acquiring and Winding Up Distressed Businesses

An assignment for the benefit of creditors (ABC) is a business liquidation device available to an insolvent debtor as an alternative to formal bankruptcy proceedings. In many instances, an ABC can be the most advantageous and graceful exit strategy. This is especially true where the goals are (1) to transfer the assets of the troubled business to an acquiring entity free of the unsecured debt incurred by the transferor and (2) to wind down the company in a manner designed to minimize negative publicity and potential liability for directors and management.

The option of making an ABC is available on a state-by-state basis. During the meltdown suffered in the dot-com and technology business sectors in the early 2000s, California became the capital of ABCs. In discussing assignments for the benefit of creditors, this article will focus primarily on California ABC law.  

Assignment Process

The process of an ABC is initiated by the distressed entity (assignor) entering an agreement with the party which will be responsible for conducting the wind-down and/or liquidation or going concern sale (assignee) in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the assignor’s creditors. The assignment agreement is a contract under which the assignor transfers all of its right, title, interest in, and custody and control of its property to the third-party assignee in trust. The assignee liquidates the property and distributes the proceeds to the assignor’s creditors.

In order to commence the ABC process, a distressed corporation will generally need to obtain both board of director authorization and shareholder approval. While this requirement is dictated by applicable state law, the ABC constitutes a transfer of all of the assignor’s assets to the assignee, and the law of many states provides that the transfer of all of a corporation’s assets is subject to shareholder approval. In contrast, shareholder approval is not required in order for a corporation to file a petition commencing a federal bankruptcy case. In some instances, the shareholder approval requirement for an ABC can be an impediment to the quick action ordinarily available in the context of an ABC, especially when a public company is involved as the assignor.

The board of directors of an insolvent company (a company with debt exceeding the value of its assets) should be particularly attentive to avoiding harm to the value of the enterprise and the interests of creditors. Under Delaware law, for example, the obligation is to maximize the value of the enterprise, which should result in protecting the interests of creditors.

It is not unusual for the board of a troubled company to determine that a going concern sale of the company’s business is in the best interests of the company and its creditors. However, generally the purchaser will not acquire the business if the assumption of the company’s unsecured debt is involved. Further, often the situation is deteriorating rapidly. The company may be burning through its cash reserves and in danger of losing key employees who are aware of its financial difficulties, and creditors of the company are pressing for payment. Under these circumstances, the company’s board may conclude than an ABC is the most appropriate course of action.

The Alternative of Voluntary Federal Bankruptcy Cases

Chapter 7 bankruptcy provides a procedure for the orderly liquidation of the assets of the debtor and the ultimate payment of creditors in the order of priority set forth in the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Upon the filing of a Chapter 7 petition, a trustee is appointed who is charged with marshaling all of the assets of the debtor, liquidating the assets, and eventually distributing the proceeds of the liquidation to the debtor’s creditors. The process can take many months or even years and is governed by detailed statutory requirements.

Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code provides a framework for a formal, court-supervised business reorganization. While the primary goals of Chapter 11 are rehabilitation of the debtor, equality of treatment of creditors holding claims of the same priority, and maximization of the value of the bankruptcy estate, Chapter 11 can be used to implement a liquidation of the debtor. Unlike the traditional common law assignment for the benefit of creditors (assignments are governed by state law and may differ from state to state), Chapter 7 and Chapter 11 bankruptcy cases are presided over by a federal bankruptcy judge and are governed by a detailed federal statute.

Advantages of an ABC

The common law assignment by simple transfer in trust, in many cases, is a superior liquidation mechanism when compared to using the more cumbersome statutory procedures governing a formal Chapter 7 bankruptcy liquidation case or a liquidating Chapter 11 case. Compared to bankruptcy liquidation, assignments may involve less administrative expense and are a substantially faster and more flexible liquidation process. In addition, unlike a Chapter 7 liquidation, where generally an unknown trustee will be appointed to administer the liquidation process, in an ABC the assignor can select an assignee with appropriate experience and expertise to conduct the wind-down of its business and liquidation of its assets. In prepackaged ABCs, where an immediate going concern sale will be implemented, the assignee will be involved prior to the ABC going effective. Further, in states that have adopted the common law ABC process, court procedures, requirements, and oversight are not involved. In contrast, in bankruptcy cases, the judicial process is invoked and brings with it additional uncertainty and complications, including players whose identity is unknown at the time the bankruptcy petition is filed, expense, and likely delay.

In situations where a company is burdened with debt that makes a merger or acquisition infeasible, an ABC can be the most efficient, effective, and desirable means of effectuating a favorable transaction and addressing the debt. The assignment process enables the assignee to sell the assignor’s assets free of the unsecured debt that burdened the company. Unlike bankruptcy, where the publicity for the company and its officers and directors will be negative, in an assignment, the press generally reads “assets of Oldco acquired by Newco,” instead of “Oldco files bankruptcy” or “Oldco shuts its doors.” Moreover, the assignment process removes from the board of directors and management of the troubled company the responsibility for and burden of winding down the business and disposing of the assets.

From a buyer’s perspective, acquiring a going concern business or the specific assets of a distressed entity from an Assignee in an ABC sale transaction provides some important advantages. Most sophisticated buyers will not acquire an ongoing business or substantial assets from a financially distressed entity with outstanding unsecured debt, unless the assets are cleansed either through an ABC or bankruptcy process. Such buyers are generally unwilling to subject themselves to potential contentions that the assets were acquired as part of a fraudulent transfer and/or that they are a successor to or subject to successor liability for claims against the distressed entity. Buying a going concern or specified assets from an assignee allows the purchaser to avoid these types of contentions and issues and to obtain the assets free of the assignor’s unsecured debt. Creditors of the assignor simply must submit proofs of claim to the assignee and will ultimately receive payment by the assignee from the proceeds of the assignment estate. Moreover, compared to a bankruptcy case, where numerous unknown parties (e.g., the bankruptcy trustee, the bankruptcy judge, the U.S. trustee, an unsecured creditors’ committee, and possibly others) will become part of the process and where court procedures and legal requirements come into play, a common law ABC allows for flexibility and quick action.

From the perspective of a secured creditor, in certain circumstances, instead of being responsible for conducting a foreclosure proceeding, the secured creditor may prefer to have an independent, objective third party with expertise and experience liquidating businesses of the type of the distressed entity act as an assignee. There is nothing wrong with an assignee entering into appropriate subordination agreements with the secured creditor and liquidating the assignor’s assets and turning the proceeds over to the secured creditor to the extent that the secured creditor holds valid, perfected liens on the assets that are sold.

As a common law liquidation vehicle that has been around for a very long time, ABCs have been used over the years for all different types of businesses. In the early 2000s, in particular, ABCs became an especially popular method for liquidating troubled dot-com, technology, and health-care companies. In large part, this was simply a reflection of the distressed nature of those industries. At the same time, ABCs allow for quick and flexible action that frequently is necessary in order to maximize the value that might be obtained for a business that is largely dependent on the know-how and expertise of key personnel. An ABC may provide a vehicle for the implementation of a quick transaction which can be implemented before key employees jump from the sinking ship.

The liquidation process in an ABC can take many different forms. In some instances, negotiations between the buyer and the assignee commence before the assignment is made and a prepackaged transaction is agreed on and implemented contemporaneously with the execution of the assignment. This type of turnkey sale can effectively allow the purchaser of a business to acquire the business without assuming the former owner’s unsecured debt in a manner where the business operations continue uninterrupted.

In certain instances, the assignee may operate the assignor’s business post-ABC with the intent of selling the business as a going concern even if an agreement has not been reached with a purchaser. However, the assignee must weigh the risks and costs of continuing to operate the business against the anticipated benefits to be received from a going concern sale.

In many cases, the distressed enterprise has already ceased operations prior to making the assignment or will cease its business operations at the time the ABC is entered. In these cases, the assignee may be selling the assets in bulk or may sell or license certain key assets and liquidate the other assets through auctions or other private or public liquidation sale methods. At all times, the assignee is guided by its responsibility to act in a reasonable manner designed to maximize value obtained for the assets and ultimate creditor recovery under the circumstances.

Disadvantages of an ABC

As discussed above, an ABC can be an advantageous means for a buyer to acquire assets and/or a business in financial distress. However, unlike in a bankruptcy case, because the ABC process in California is nonjudicial, there is no court order approving the sale transaction. As a result, a buyer who requires the clarity of an actual court order approving the sale will not be able to satisfy that desire through an ABC transaction. That being said, the assignee is an independent, third-party fiduciary who must agree to the transaction and is responsible for the ABC process. The buyer in an ABC transaction will have an asset purchase agreement and other appropriate ancillary documents that have been executed by the assignee.

Unlike in a formal federal bankruptcy case, executory contracts and leases cannot be assigned in an ABC without the consent of the counter party to the contract. Accordingly, if the assignment of executory contracts and/or leases is a necessary part of the transaction and, if the consent of the counter parties to the contracts and leases cannot be obtained, an ABC transaction may not be the appropriate approach. Further, ipso facto default provisions (allowing for termination, forfeiture, or modification of contract rights) based on insolvency or the commencement of the ABC are not unenforceable as they are in a federal bankruptcy case.

Secured creditor consent is generally required in the context of an ABC. There is no ability to sell free and clear of liens, as there is in some circumstances in a federal bankruptcy case, without secured creditor consent (unless the secured creditor will be paid in full from sale proceeds). Moreover, there is no automatic stay to prevent secured creditors from foreclosing on their collateral if they are not in support of the ABC. The lack of an automatic stay is generally not significant with respect to unsecured creditors since assets have been transferred to the assignee and unsecured creditors claims are against the assignor.

While there is a risk of an involuntary bankruptcy petition being filed against the assignor, experience has shown that this risk should be relatively small. Further, when an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed, it is generally dismissed by the bankruptcy court because an alternative insolvency process (the ABC) is already underway. In the context of an out-of-court workout or liquidation, there is always the risk that an involuntary bankruptcy petition may be filed against the debtor. Such a risk is substantially less, however, in connection with an assignment for the benefit of creditors because the bankruptcy court is likely to abstain when a process (the assignment) is already in place to facilitate liquidation of the debtor’s assets and distribution to creditors. A policy is in place that favors allowing general assignments for the benefit of creditors to stand.

Distribution Scheme in ABCs

ABCs in California are governed by common law and are subject to various specific statutory provisions. In states like California, where common law (with specific statutory supplements) governs the ABC process, the process is nonjudicial. An assignee in an assignment for the benefit of creditors serves in a capacity that is analogous to a bankruptcy trustee and is responsible for liquidating the assets of the assignment estate and distributing the net proceeds, if any, to the assignor’s creditors.

Under California law, an assignee for the benefit of creditors must set a deadline for the submission of claims. Notice of the deadline must be disseminated within 30 days of the commencement of the assignment and must provide not less than 150 and not more than 180 days’ notice of the bar date. Once the assignee has liquidated the assets, evaluated the claims submitted, resolved any pending litigation to the extent necessary prior to making distribution, and is otherwise ready to make distribution to creditors, pertinent statutory provisions must be followed in the distribution process. Generally, California law ensures that taxes (both state and municipal), certain unpaid wages and other employee benefits, and customer deposits are paid before general unsecured claims.

Particular care must be taken by assignees in dealing with claims of the federal government. These claims are entitled to priority by reason of a catchall-type statute which entitles any agency of the federal government to enjoy a priority status for its claims over the claims of general unsecured creditors. In fact, the federal statute provides that an assignee paying any part of a debt of the person or estate before paying a claim of the government is liable to the extent of the payment for unpaid claims of the government. As a practical result, these payments must be prioritized above those owed to all state and local taxing agencies.

In California, there is no comprehensive priority scheme for distributions from an assignment estate like the priority scheme in bankruptcy or priority schemes under assignment laws in certain other states. Instead, California has various statutes which provide that certain claims should receive priority status over general unsecured claims, such as taxes, priority labor wages, lease deposits, etc. However, the order of priority among the various priority claims is not clear. Of course, determining the order of priority among priority claims becomes merely an academic exercise if there are sufficient funds to pay all priority claims. Secured creditors retain their liens on the collateral and are entitled to receive the proceeds from the sale of their collateral up to the extent of the amount of their claim. Thereafter, distribution in California ABCs is made in priority claims, including administrative expenses, obligations owing to the federal government, priority wage and benefit claims, state tax claims, including interest and penalties for sales and use taxes, income taxes and bank and corporate taxes, security deposits up to $900 for the lease or rental of property, or purchase of services not provided, unpaid unemployment insurance contribution, including interest and penalties, and general unsecured claims. Interest is paid on general unsecured claims only after the principal is paid for all unsecured claims submitted and allowed and only to the extent that a particular creditor is entitled under contract or judgment to assert such claim for interest.

If there are insufficient funds to pay the unsecured claims in full, then these claims will be paid pro rata. If unsecured claims are paid in full, equity holders will receive distribution in accordance with their liquidation rights. No distribution to general unsecured creditors should take place until the assignee is satisfied that all priority claims have been paid in full.

Conclusion

Assignments for the benefit of creditors are an alternative to the formal burial process of a Chapter 7 bankruptcy. Moreover, ABCs can be particularly useful when fast action and distressed transaction and/or industry expertise is needed in order to capture value from the liquidation of the assets of a troubled enterprise. The ABC process may allow the parties to avoid the delay and uncertainty of formal federal bankruptcy court proceedings. In many instances involving deteriorating businesses, management engages in last-ditch efforts to sell the business in the face of mounting debt. However, frequently the value of the business is diminishing rapidly as, among other things, key employees leave. Moreover, the parties interested in acquiring the business and/or assets will move forward only under circumstances where they will not be taking on the unsecured debt of the distressed entity along with its assets. In such instances, especially when the expense of a Chapter 11 bankruptcy case may be unsustainable, an assignment for the benefit of creditors can be a viable solution.

The Phrase “Represents and Warrants” Is Pointless and Confusing

In the United States, courts and most practitioners attribute no particular significance to use of the phrase represents and warrants to introduce statements of fact. By contrast, some commentators suggest that the phrase has implications for remedies or pertains to the timeframe of the facts in question. In fact, the phrase is pointless and confusing.

This article will show that to avoid confusion, you should do two things. First, use states to introduce statements of fact in a contract. And second, if you want to exclude particular remedies or make sure that they’re available, do so explicitly instead of relying on what is inscrutable and unreliable code.

Usage

In business contracts, represents or warrants or both are used to introduce statements of fact by parties – statements relating to matters that they broadly control or that fall within the scope of their operations. (A different function is served by use of the verb warrants and the noun warranty on their own, without represents and representation, regarding goods in a contract for the sale of those goods. That’s beyond the scope of this article.)

Remedies for Inaccurate Statements of Fact

Determining what represents and warrants each mean requires considering the remedies available under U.S. law for inaccurate statements of fact in a contract.

Due to how the common law has developed, if a party’s statement of fact turns out to have been inaccurate, the counterparty might be able to bring a tort-based claim for misrepresentation, a contract-based claim for breach of warranty, or both.

In that context, the simplest meaning of representation is that it’s a statement of fact that might support a claim for misrepresentation. And the simplest meaning of warranty is that it’s a statement of fact that might support a claim for breach of warranty.

The Remedies Rationale

Some U.S. commentators have attempted to attribute significance to each verb in represents and warrants. They fall into two camps, one offering what this article calls the “remedies rationale,” the other offering what this article calls the “timeframe rationale.”

Whether a contract party is able to bring a claim for misrepresentation or a claim for breach of warranty for an inaccurate statement of fact made by the other party can have significant practical implications. According to the remedies rationale, a drafter can ensure that a statement of fact is treated as a representation, as a warranty, or as both by introducing that statement of fact with represents, warrants, or both, respectively, or by identifying that statement as a representation, a warranty, or both. The most vocal advocate of the remedies rationale is Tina L. Stark, in her book Drafting Contracts: How and Why Lawyers Do What They Do 15, 137–38 (2d ed. 2014).

The remedies rationale comes in two flavors, which this article calls “permissive” and “restrictive.” Under both the permissive remedies rationale and the restrictive remedies rationale, explicitly describing a statement of fact as a representation, a warranty, or both, by means of an introductory verb or otherwise, is sufficient to make it so.

Where the permissive and restrictive rationales differ is how they treat a statement of fact that isn’t introduced by represents or warrants, or both, or otherwise explicitly characterized as a representation, a warranty, or both. Under the permissive version, such a naked statement of fact could still be deemed a representation or warranty, respectively, depending on the nature of the statement itself. By contrast, the restrictive version holds that a statement of fact will support a claim for misrepresentation only if it is introduced with represents or is referred to as a representation, and a statement of fact will support a claim for breach of warranty only if it is introduced with warrants or is referred to as a warranty. So under the restrictive version, failure to use represents, warrants, or both, or to otherwise explicitly characterize a statement of fact as a representation, a warranty, or both, should prevent that statement from being deemed a representation or a warranty, or both, respectively.

In a comment to a blog post by this author (here), Stark has stated that she doesn’t suggest that using represents or warrants is the only way to make something a representation or warranty. That means she in effect endorses the permissive remedies rationale.

By contrast, Bryan Garner in effect endorses the restrictive remedies rationale. In the entry for representations and warranties in Garner’s Dictionary of Legal Usage 775 (3d ed. 2011), Garner suggests that if a statement of fact is introduced by only warrants and not represents, it wouldn’t constitute a representation supporting an action for misrepresentation: the drafter would be in a position to limit what sort of claims could be brought for an inaccurate statement of fact regardless of the nature of that statement of fact.

Both flavors of the remedies rationale fall short in several respects.

It Seeks to Apply to All Kinds of Contracts

First, represents and warrants is used in every kind of contract. It’s well known that the law of warranties applies to the sale of goods, but even if you also take into account the role of the law of warranties in negotiable instruments, bank deposits and collections, letters of credit, documents of title, and investment securities, all sorts of contracts that use represents and warrants would fall outside the scope of the law of warranties as it’s generally understood. It follows that treating as a warranty any contract statement of fact introduced by warrants or referred to as a warranty would require extending the law of warranties to statements of fact to which the law of warranties as it is generally understood wouldn’t apply. There’s no principled basis for doing so.

It Seeks to Override Actual Meaning

Second, caselaw and, with respect to warranty, the Uniform Commercial Code specify the elements of a claim for misrepresentation and a claim for breach of warranty. Allowing drafters to designate what constitutes a representation or a warranty just by saying so would render those requirements irrelevant.

Imagine that a contract contains the following sentence: Acme represents that it shall promptly replace defective Equipment. Even though it uses represents, that sentence imposes an obligation, so according to caselaw on the elements of a claim for misrepresentation, it wouldn’t constitute a representation supporting a claim for misrepresentation. It would elevate form over substance to suggest that use of represents would be enough to make that sentence a representation.

It would be equally bizarre to conclude, as the restrictive remedies rationale requires, that an intended remedy isn’t available because it’s not introduced by the appropriate verb. For example, if a party’s statements of fact are introduced by neither represents nor warrants, according to the logic of the restrictive remedies rationale the counterparty would have no remedy, regardless of the nature of those statements. It would be hard to justify that.

It’s Not Supported by the Law

Third, this author has found no U.S. caselaw supporting the notion that if you use represents in a sentence, what follows will as a matter of law constitute a representation supporting an action for misrepresentation, regardless of what the sentence says, or that if you use warrants in a sentence, what follows will as a matter of law constitute a warranty supporting an action for breach of warranty, regardless of what the sentence says.

As for the restrictive version of the remedies rationale, there’s no meaningful support for the notion that to constitute a representation, a statement must be introduced by represents or referred to as a representation, and to constitute a warranty, a statement must be introduced by warrants or referred to as a warranty. Instead, there’s caselaw to the opposite effect, in that use of represents or representations in a contract hasn’t precluded some courts from holding that the statement in question is actually a warranty. And section 2-313(2) of the Uniform Commercial Code states that “[i]t is not necessary to the creation of an express warranty that the seller use formal words such as ‘warrant’ or ‘guarantee’ or that he have a specific intention to make a warranty.”

Semantically, It Makes No Sense

Fourth, the semantics of the remedies rationale makes no sense. To permit the verb to have remedies implications, or to require it do so, is to impose on the verb a semantic function it doesn’t have in standard English. It’s unreasonable to expect readers to make that connection.

It’s Doesn’t Explain Current Practice

And fifth, what is the simplest explanation for prevalence of use of represents and warrants outside of the context of statements of fact relating to goods? It isn’t that after considering potential remedies if a dispute occurs, contract parties opt to make it explicit that inaccurate statements of fact could give rise to an action for misrepresentation or an action for breach of warranty, or both.

Instead, if contract parties are presented with three options with ostensibly meaningful implications – represents, warrants, or represents and warrants – yet overwhelmingly opt for represents and warrants regardless of the nature of the transaction, the simplest explanation is that they don’t recognize that they’re making a choice.

That impression is reinforced by the way mergers-and-acquisitions contracts generally provide for indemnification as the exclusive remedy yet overwhelmingly use represents and warrants. If use of represents and warrants is an empty gesture there, economy of hypothesis suggests that it’s an empty gesture elsewhere. It also follows that there’s no reason to attribute significance to use of either represents or warrants alone.

So it’s reasonable to conclude that in the United States, the remedies rationale for use of represents and warrants is of no practical relevance.

The Timeframe Rationale

The clearest articulation of the timeframe rationale for using represents, warrants, or both is that offered by the Section of Business Law of the American Bar Association in the ABA’s Model Stock Purchase Agreement with Commentary (2d ed. 2011), which uses the phrase represents and warrants. At page 77, it says, “Representations are statements of past or existing facts and warranties are promises that existing or future facts are or will be true.” If you take that at face value, it follows, according to I Business Acquisitions 170 (John W. Herz & Charles H. Baller, 2d ed. 1981), that “[a] party can, for instance, represent and warrant that as of a prior date his net worth was $75,000; he can also warrant that as of a future date his net worth will be that amount.”

If one looks hard enough, one can find caselaw and other commentary that endorses the timeframe rationale. But the timeframe rationale suffers from flaws that render it untenable as an explanation of how one should use represents and warrants in contracts.

It Seeks to Apply to All Kinds of Contracts

First, as with the remedies rationale, the timeframe rationale is inconsistent with the law of warranties, because it suggests that a statement of fact can be a warranty not just in contracts for the sale of goods and other contracts to which the law of warranties has been held to apply but in any kind of contract.

It’s Not Supported by the Law

Second, one requirement of an action for misrepresentation is indeed that a party have made a false representation as to fact with regard to a past event or present circumstance, but not a future event – when a statement as to future circumstances is made there is no way to determine when it is made whether it’s accurate or not. But nothing in the law of warranties suggests that to be a warranty a statement of fact must pertain only to existing or future facts. Instead, the Uniform Commercial Code § 2-313 says that “[a]ny affirmation of fact or promise made by the seller to the buyer which relates to the goods and becomes part of the basis of the bargain” is sufficient to create an express warranty.

Semantically, It Makes No Sense

And third, even if the law of warranties were to apply to every contract, and even if warranties were to pertain only to existing or future facts, the timeframe rationale would still fail because as a matter of semantics, it doesn’t make sense.

For the timeframe rationale to apply to contract language, a drafter would have to choose the verb that introduces a statement of fact based on the nature of that fact. As the ABA’s Model Stock Purchase Agreement suggests, that would be “a drafting nuisance” – drafters would have to use represents or warrants to introduce a given statement of fact, depending on whether that fact is a past or existing fact or a future or existing fact, respectively. But more to the point, that exercise would be a charade. It would be evident from a statement of fact itself whether it’s a past fact, existing fact, or future fact, so taking the time to make sure that the verb used to introduce that statement of fact matches its content would add no value. And the timeframe rationale suggests the bizarre result that if a statement of past fact were introduced by warrants instead of represents, it wouldn’t constitute a past fact and so couldn’t be used to support an action for misrepresentation.

So as an explanation for why contracts use the phrase represents and warrants, the timeframe rationale is as lacking as the remedies rationale.

A Solution

The main problem with the verbs represents and warrants, used together or apart, is that some think, despite lack of any plausible basis for doing so, that they imply particular remedies. One can expect that those who embrace or tolerate the remedies rationale despite its weaknesses will continue spreading confusion. That could lead to time wasted in negotiations, as well as time and money wasted in contract disputes that could have been avoided.

Furthermore, by using represents or warrants or both to introduce statements of fact, one unnecessarily injects jurisprudence terms of art into contracts. That makes contracts less clear, even for those who aren’t inclined to see the verbs as having remedies implications.

There’s a simple two-part solution: use states to introduce facts and address remedies directly.

Using States

The first part of the solution aims to eliminate confusion: Don’t use represents, warrants, or the phrase represents and warrants to introduce statements of fact.

It would be best to introduce statements of fact using the simplest verb available, namely states. Other alternatives, such as asserts and confirms, carry unnecessary rhetorical baggage. Use of states suggests use of the corresponding noun phrase statement of fact instead of representation and warranty.

When introducing a series of statements of fact, it would be best to use as the introductory phrase [Party name] states that the following facts are accurate, if only to ensure that you have a full independent clause before the colon that follows. One wouldn’t need to signal that an inaccurate statement of fact can give rise to a remedy, just as one doesn’t need to signal that failure to comply with an obligation gives rise to a remedy.

Using states to introduce statements of fact would be a complete break with current practice. But the test of drafting usages isn’t profession-wide consensus – they’re not subject to a popular vote. Anyone who drafts or reviews contracts has the power, and the responsibility, to express the transaction as clearly as possible, even if doing so requires embracing change. But it makes sense to preempt resistance by explaining in a cover note, perhaps as part of a general explanation of contract usages, why a given draft uses states. (Go here for a blog post by this author discussing use of such a cover note.)

Lawyers on one or both sides of a transaction might be concerned that states has unknown implications for remedies. You could allay those fears by adding to a contract the following: The verb used to introduce a statement of fact in this agreement does not affect the remedies available for inaccuracy of that statement of fact.

A drafter stuck with using represents or warrants or both could also use that sentence. That situation might arise if using states would meet too much resistance or provoke too much discussion. That’s more likely to be the case when you propose revising the other side’s draft to use states as opposed to using states in your own draft.

Addressing Remedies Directly

The second part of the solution to problems posed by represents and warrants aims to establish clear meaning: If remedies are an issue, address remedies explicitly. Putting one’s faith instead in the smoke-and-mirrors of any combination of represents and warrants is nothing short of irresponsible.

Expressing the equivalent of represents or warrants or both would be straightforward. Instead of using represents and warrants to introduce statements of fact, a drafter who embraces the remedies rationale could achieve the same effect by stating that each party may bring a claim for misrepresentation, a claim for breach of warranty, or both if the other party makes inaccurate statements of fact. And instead of using just warrants, a drafter who embraces the restrictive remedies rationale could achieve the same effect by stating that each party waives any right to bring a claim for misrepresentation if the other party makes inaccurate statements of fact; one could also make it explicit that each party may instead bring a claim for breach of warranty. (The mirror-image of that provision would express the restrictive-remedies-rationale equivalent of using just represents.)

Electing one remedy over the other might offer advantages. For example, a claimant might prefer being able to bring a misrepresentation claim over a breach-of warranty claim if doing so offers a longer statute of limitations or seems likely to permit a claim for a greater amount damages, even if the claimant would have to meet a greater burden to prevail.

But for five reasons, the utility of such provisions is uncertain.

First, the likelihood of being able to enforce such provisions is mixed. Saying that a party may bring a particular kind of claim doesn’t guarantee that a court would find that a party had met the requirements for that kind of claim. But courts in the United States generally accept that parties may exclude remedies by contract, subject to a fairness or reasonableness standard.

Second, such provisions are limited in scope. A simple statement that a party waives any right to bring a claim for misrepresentation presumably leaves a claimant seeking to impose extra-contractual liability plenty of room for mischief.

Third, rote limiting of remedies might not make sense for a given transaction.

Fourth, for many contract parties, considering the potential sources of dispute and the remedies implications of any such dispute could be distracting, time-consuming, and ultimately speculative.

And fifth, if a party wishes to control remedies, it might well elect to do so more simply and assertively by providing for indemnification or liquidated damages or by imposing limits on liability, bearing in mind that doing so effectively poses a different set of challenges.

But all those issues are beyond the scope of this article. What’s relevant for present purposes is that instead of using represents, warrants, or both with the aim of including or excluding particular remedies, it would be clearer to express the intended meaning explicitly, although it’s a separate question whether doing so would be worthwhile.

Judicial Dissolution: Are the Courts of the State that Brought You In the Only Courts that Can Take You Out?

In early 2014, the then-managing members of the limited liability company (“LLC”) that owned The Philadelphia Inquirer, the Philadelphia Daily News, and philly.com filed nearly simultaneous petitions for judicial dissolution of the LLC in the Court of Common Pleas in Philadelphia and the Delaware Court of Chancery. The dual petitions created the anomaly that everyone agreed on dissolution, but no one could agree where it should take place. Both courts were asked to address a unique question: could a Pennsylvania court judicially dissolve a Delaware LLC? According to existing precedent, the answer was not so clear. This article proposes that the answer should be clear: a court cannot judicially dissolve an entity formed under the laws of another jurisdiction because dissolution is different than other judicial remedies. This approach gives full faith and credit to the legislative acts of the state of formation, but also permits the forum state to protect its own citizens by granting the remedies it feels necessary, short of dissolution.

An involuntary judicial dissolution is one of the key tools available to a lawyer advising a client seeking a business divorce. Once the client decides to pursue an involuntary judicial dissolution, an attorney’s first question should be: in which court? It is often the case that even if all of the parties are citizens of the same state, those parties formed their entity under the laws of another state. Under those circumstances, can the parties ask their home state court to judicially dissolve an entity formed pursuant to the laws of a foreign state?

This issue arose recently in the dissolution of Interstate General Media, LLC (“IGM”), the limited liability company that owned The Philadelphia Inquirer, the Philadelphia Daily News, and the website philly.com. IGM’s two managing members filed near simultaneous actions seeking judicial dissolution in the Commerce Court of the Philadelphia Court of Common Pleas and the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, respectively. The simultaneous filings required each court to decide which court should hear the request for dissolution. A principal issue in the analysis of this question was whether a Pennsylvania court could dissolve a Delaware limited liability company. The Commerce Court ultimately issued an order declining jurisdiction, which allowed the action in the Court of Chancery to proceed. In the opinion explaining that decision issued a few weeks later, the Commerce Court noted that IGM’s operating agreement provided that IGM could be dissolved by entry of a decree of dissolution under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “LLC Act”).1 The Commerce Court concluded it did not have subject matter jurisdiction to enter a decree of dissolution “under the [LLC] Act” because the LLC Act implies that “exclusive subject matter jurisdiction [to dissolve a limited liability company] lies with the Delaware Court of Chancery.”2

It makes sense on some level that a Delaware court exclusively should decide whether a Delaware entity should be dissolved. Although courts nationwide have held that they do not have the power to dissolve a foreign entity, that reasoning has not been universally adopted.3 For instance, in a dissenting statement from the Pennsylvania Supreme Court’s decision declining to exercise its discretion to hear an immediate appeal of the decision of the Commerce Court, then-Chief Justice Castille opined that the Commerce Court erred in interpreting the relevant section of the LLC Act to confer “exclusive” subject matter jurisdiction upon the Delaware courts to dissolve a Delaware limited liability company.4 In addition, in two recent decisions addressing matters other than involuntary judicial dissolution, the Court of Chancery has stated that Delaware statutes that confer exclusive jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery merely allocate jurisdiction within Delaware’s unique judicial system that has maintained the separation of law and equity, and not to the exclusion of the ability of any other state to provide the relief necessary.5

This article will demonstrate that judicial dissolution can, and should, be reserved for the state of formation while still respecting the sovereignty of the forum state. In practice, the idea runs contrary to convention; state and federal courts regularly police, compel, and enjoin entities properly before them. In that sense, dissolution must somehow be different. This article will demonstrate that dissolution is indeed different, and that a state court should be jurisdictionally barred from dissolving an entity formed under the laws of another state. An analysis of common law and statutory law demonstrates that while state courts may have the power to police and regulate foreign entities, the right to dissolve a foreign entity should rest exclusively with the state of formation.

Dissolution is a unique remedy available at common law and pursuant to statute. It is not an ordinary claim that can be brought by anyone, anywhere. Just as a state regulates the birth of an entity under its own laws without the interference or participation of its sister states, so too should judicial dissolution be determined by the laws of the state of birth.6 The interests of the foreign court can be protected by permitting it to exercise its power over those parties and assets subject to its jurisdiction, and to take whatever action is necessary short of entering an order judicially dissolving the entity. Acknowledging this power provides the foreign jurisdiction with the authority necessary to prevent fraud or other wrongs within its borders and to protect its citizens, while still respecting the rights of its sister state to determine whether an entity created under that sister state’s own laws should be dissolved.7

I. HISTORICAL ATTITUDE TOWARD DISSOLUTION

A. DISSOLUTION OF DOMESTIC ENTITIES

Today, persons seeking to form an entity with some form of limited liability, such as a corporation or limited liability company, do so pursuant to state statutes. This process of entity formation evolved from an earlier system in which the legislature of a state granted charters to individuals to conduct business through an entity for a specific purpose.8 Under that system, “[t]he very act of incorporation presumed state involvement.”9 Therefore, for a court to dissolve a corporation, it would have had to undo an act of the state that had been specifically authorized by a separate branch of the state government, namely the legislature. Not surprisingly, at a time when state legislatures granted charters, courts were loath to dissolve corporations, foreign or domestic. As the Delaware Court of Chancery noted in Lichens Co. v. Standard Commercial Tobacco Co.,10 at that time a decree for dissolution of a corporation “was generally within the sole province of the legislative body” so courts would not entertain such requests.11

When the process of forming a corporation evolved from legislative charters to charters granted pursuant to state statute, that rationale no longer applied.12 The majority of courts softened their stance on their inherent power to dissolve entities but remained chary of exercising that power, except under the most extreme circumstances. In Hall v. John S. Isaacs & Sons Farms, Inc.,13 the Delaware Supreme Court held that:

Under some circumstances courts of equity will appoint liquidating receivers for solvent corporations, but the power to do so is always exercised with great restraint and only upon a showing of gross mismanagement, positive misconduct by the corporate officers, breach of trust, or extreme circumstances showing imminent danger of great loss to the corporation which, otherwise, cannot be prevented. Mere dissension among corporate stockholders seldom, if ever, justifies the appointment of a receiver for a solvent corporation. The minority’s remedy is withdrawal from the corporate enterprise by the sale of its stock.14

Over time, courts have applied these principles equally to corporations, limited liability companies, and limited partnerships. Although courts had made general pronouncements that they retained the inherent authority to dissolve an alternative entity,15 in In re Carlisle Etcetera LLC,16 the Court of Chancery concluded, after an exhaustive analysis, that the court’s inherent equitable jurisdiction enables the Court of Chancery to dissolve an entity regardless of statutory authority. There, although the Court of Chancery did not discuss the standard that must be met to dissolve a solvent limited liability company or limited partnership, the court relied upon two cases that applied the same stringent test traditionally applied to requests to dissolve a solvent corporation on equitable grounds.17 That is, the court will order equitable dissolution only where there is “gross mismanagement, positive misconduct by corporate officers, breach of trust, or extreme circumstances showing imminent danger of great loss to the corporation which, otherwise, cannot be prevented.”18

B. THE INTERNAL AFFAIRS DOCTRINE AND DISSOLUTION

With respect to foreign corporations, in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, state courts, including in Delaware, took the view that an entity could be dissolved only by the courts of the state of its formation.19 Dissolution was considered one of the so-called “visitorial powers.” Visitorial powers referred generally to “the power to inspect or make decisions about an entity’s operations,”20 and they were enjoyed only by the incorporating state:

Although it is the duty of the state to provide for the collection of debts from foreign corporations, due to its citizens, and to protect its citizens from fraud, by all the means in its power, whether against domestic or foreign wrongdoers, this does not authorize the courts to regulate the internal affairs of foreign corporations. The courts possess no visitorial power over them.21

Visitorial powers included, inter alia, the power to dissolve a corporation, to appoint a receiver, to compel or restrain the corporation from declaring a dividend, or to compel a division of its assets.22

This concept of visitorial powers developed coextensively with and informed the now widely accepted internal affairs doctrine. The doctrine similarly restricted judicial intervention in the affairs of foreign corporations under the rationale that the internal affairs of a corporation were best regulated by the laws of the corporation’s state of incorporation. Courts “consistently noted the special role of the incorporating state, the state under whose laws the corporation was created and on which its existence depended.”23 They also “recognized the territorial limits of their own authority,” and “wished to avoid adopting decisions that would require enforcement in other states.”24 Consistent with the idea that shareholders were entitled to equal rights under the law, the internal affairs doctrine prevented different outcomes from similar litigations in different jurisdictions, thereby making litigation more predictable for investors.25

During the twentieth century, courts conflated these two separate concepts, one that defines and limits the power of a state to interfere with the sovereignty of another state’s corporate charter, and the other which for policy reasons supports a choice-of-laws analysis in favor of the state of incorporation. In 1894, the Minnesota Supreme Court commented: “courts will not exercise visitorial powers over foreign corporations, or interfere with the management of their internal affairs.”26 This amalgam of legal theory led to varied approaches and differing precedent, and it caused some courts to lose sight of the common law and statutory and policy reasons supporting the state of incorporation’s exclusive jurisdiction over the dissolution of corporations formed under its laws. Eventually, the modern view of the internal affairs doctrine as solely a discretionary choice-of-law rule would lead to the impermissible conclusion that a state’s power to dissolve a foreign corporation was similarly discretionary.

To be clear, some courts generally accepted that the internal affairs doctrine limited their ability to dissolve foreign corporations.27 For instance, in Wilkins v. Thorne,28 the plaintiff sought, among other things, an order from a Maryland court dissolving officially a corporation formed under the laws of North Carolina.29 In reversing the trial court and ordering the case be dismissed, the Maryland Court of Appeals stated that “it would be a strange anomaly in our system of jurisprudence if the courts of one State could be vested with the power to dissolve a corporation created by another, and assume control over its property for the purpose of distributing it among those claiming to be its stockholders.” Similarly, in Mitchell v. Hancock,30 a Texas court noted that it knew “of no authority for the courts of this state to dissolve a foreign corporation on any ground.” The court then cited a statute requiring a request for judicial dissolution to be brought in the county or state in which it was formed and noted that “[t]his announcement of the law seems well established by the authorities.”31

But at the same time, the strict view that the internal affairs doctrine prohibited a court from at all regulating a foreign corporation began to erode. Courts developed certain exceptions to the internal affairs doctrine under which they allowed some regulation of foreign corporations, but still stopped short of condoning dissolution by a foreign court.

In Babcock v. Farwell,32 one of two relevant decisions released by the Illinois Supreme Court on the same day in 1910, the plaintiff challenged certain contracts between the corporation, organized under the laws of Great Britain, and its directors.33 The matter was dismissed, and on appeal, the defendants argued that the court should not take jurisdiction of the action, citing the general rule against interference with the internal management of a foreign corporation.34 The Illinois Supreme Court, however, noted that this doctrine had limitations, and except in cases involving judicial dissolution, the question was not one of jurisdiction but rather discretion in exercising jurisdiction.35 The court noted that “[t]he rule rests more on grounds of policy and expediency than on jurisdictional grounds; more on want of power to enforce a decree than on jurisdiction to make it.”36 At the same time, however, the court also stated that there was no exercise of discretion under certain circumstances:

Where the wrongs complained of are merely against the sovereignty by which the corporation was created or the law of its existence, or are such as require for their redress the exercise of the visitorial powers of the sovereign, or where full jurisdiction of the corporation and of its stockholders is necessary to such redress, the courts will decline jurisdiction. Examples of such cases are suits to dissolve a corporation; to appoint a receiver . . . .37

The court concluded that under the facts of the case, i.e., a contract dispute, it was appropriate to take jurisdiction of the case.38

The companion case released the same day, Edwards v. Schillinger,39 reached a similar conclusion. In Edwards, the plaintiff challenged declaration of a dividend by a Missouri corporation and sought to hold the stockholders liable for unpaid subscription amounts.40 Here, the defendants made the same core argument as in Babcock, that the courts of Illinois had no jurisdiction over a Missouri corporation, as well as a broad range of additional arguments against Illinois taking jurisdiction.41 Given the holding in Babcock, it is not surprising that the Illinois Supreme Court rejected these arguments. The court again discussed the distinction between matters that fell within the exercise-of-discretion rule and cases for which there was no jurisdiction.42 The Illinois Supreme Court plainly stated that Illinois courts had no power to grant a request for judicial dissolution. The Supreme Court held:

The courts of one state have no power to dissolve a foreign corporation and wind up its affairs; but [the foreign corporation] will retain its legal existence until dissolved by a proceeding in the state which created it; but even in that case assets which are a trust fund for shareholders and creditors will be administered by the domestic courts where they are found.43

These two rulings demonstrate a key point. While there may be instances in which a court can or may exercise jurisdiction in its discretion, there are certain types of cases in which there is no discretion involved—those in which the court has no power to grant the relief sought. In cases involving visitorial powers, such as seeking dissolution of a foreign entity, the court has no power to enter the relief sought, so there is no question of jurisdiction.

At the same time, however, other courts had and have appropriated similar theories to justify expanding their jurisdiction. These courts ignore the distinction between visitorial powers and discretionary action and view the internal affairs doctrine as a choice-of-law question, rather than one of inherent power. In Starr v. Bankers’ Union of the World,44 the trial court appointed the plaintiff as the receiver of the Order of the Iron Chain, a fraternal organization formed under the laws of Minnesota and operated in Minnesota which, among other things, paid death benefits to survivors of its members.45 The Order had financial problems and it sought to consolidate with the Bankers’ Union of the World, a Nebraska corporation operating in Nebraska.46 After negotiating, the Order and the Bankers’ Union entered into a contract pursuant to which the books, records, and assets of the Order would be transferred to the Bankers’ Union to be spent consistently with the regulations of the Order.47 A member of the Bankers’ Union became the Supreme Chancellor of the Order and collected money pursuant to notices of assessment from the Order.48

After failing to receive payments due from the Order, a beneficiary of the death benefits filed suit and the trial court appointed him as receiver of the Order.49 The receiver commenced an action against the Bankers’ Union and its officers for conversion of the funds received from the Order pursuant to the contract and collected from its members in response to the assessment.50 The defendants admitted the existence of the contract between the Order and the Bankers’ Union, but argued that the trial court lacked the power to appoint a receiver for a foreign corporation.51

The Nebraska Supreme Court disagreed. The court based its holding on the same argument as in Babcock and Edwards, but here noted that “[t]he power to appoint a receiver of the assets of a foreign corporation is constantly exercised.”52 The court held that courts did not normally appoint a receiver for a foreign corporation because usually the court could not obtain control of all of the books, records, and assets of a foreign corporation so “as to do full justice between all the parties interested.”53 The court went to state, however, that:

[T]he operation of this rule ceases when the reason for it no longer exists, and whatever might be the objection to appointing a receiver for the property of a foreign corporation found in this state, where such property is only part of its assets, and where the books and records and officers of such corporation are beyond the process of the court, they do not apply in this case. Here all the assets, books, and records were brought into this jurisdiction. Here the defendants assumed to exercise the power and authority of the foreign corporation. No assets, no books, no person assuming to act as its officer remained in the state of its creation. Clearly the courts of this state in which all that remained of the Order of the Iron Chain had been brought by these defendants would be better able to take jurisdiction of an action by its beneficiaries and members than would the courts from the state from which it was abducted. There nothing remained for the jurisdiction of that state to act upon, no funds, no records, and no officers, but those who had abdicated their authority and ceased to act for the order.54

This reasoning seems entirely consistent with the “exception” noted in Babcock and Edwards—that a court without jurisdiction to exercise visitorial powers over a foreign corporation can still take jurisdiction over assets in the forum state. But the Nebraska Supreme Court then took the argument one step further holding that:

None of the ordinary reasons why the courts of this state should not take jurisdiction of these assets remained, but whether the suit in which the receiver was appointed is considered as one to subject the assets of the foreign corporation found in this state to the payment of its debts, or whether it be considered as a suit to administer and wind up the affairs of such corporation, every reason exists why the courts of this state should take jurisdiction.55

Thus, in one fell swoop, the Nebraska Supreme Court expanded its own power from simply taking control of assets in the forum state to “administering and winding up the affairs” of a foreign corporation with all of its assets in the forum state. Still, there is no language in the opinion indicating that the Nebraska Supreme Court granted the receiver the power to administer and wind up.

Other courts, including Pennsylvania’s Supreme Court, relied on Starr’s reasoning to justify appointing a receiver for the purpose of dissolving and winding up a foreign corporation. In Cunliffe v. Consumers’ Ass’n of America,56 the plaintiffs sought the appointment of a receiver for the defendant, Consumers’ Association of America (“CAA”), for the purpose of liquidating CAA’s assets and winding up its affairs.57 CAA was a Delaware corporation but conducted all of its business in Pennsylvania, and all of its stockholders resided in Pennsylvania except for one who had moved to Delaware only recently.58 Echoing the generally accepted view that a court has the inherent equitable authority to dissolve a domestic entity in cases of fraud or gross mismanagement, the Pennsylvania trial court found that the corporation was used as a “cloak to cover fraudulent conduct on the part of the officers.”59 Thus, the trial court ordered that receivers should be appointed to liquidate CAA’s assets and wind up its affairs.60

The officer-defendants argued that a Pennsylvania court did not have jurisdiction to appoint a receiver of a Delaware corporation for this purpose.61 The Pennsylvania Supreme Court disagreed. Quoting a federal decision that cited Babcock, the court held that the question was “not strictly one of discretion, but rather of discretion in the exercise of jurisdiction.”62 Then, after discussing Starr at length, the Pennsylvania Supreme Court held that:

[I]n the case at bar, under the facts disclosed, we have come to the emergent situation, where our courts, to protect our own citizens, and to preserve property within our jurisdiction for those of them whose money has gone into it, must lay hands on a fraudulent enterprise, and not permit it to hide behind the screen of corporate organization by another state and inveigle further victims. It would be strange to say that the courts of Pennsylvania have no jurisdiction to appoint a receiver for a corporation where all of the assets, all of the business, all of the officers and directors, and all of the books and records of the corporation are in this state, merely because the promoters of the corporation for some purpose went to another state to have the company incorporated.63

In Starr and Cunliffe, the courts relied exclusively on the theory that courts could take jurisdiction of disputes involving foreign corporations as an exercise of discretion provided that all parties were before the forum court. In each case, however, the courts failed to appreciate the important distinction drawn by the Illinois Supreme Court in Babcock and Edwards that there is no discretionary jurisdiction where a plaintiff requests that the forum court exercise visitorial powers over a foreign corporation.64

In Rogers v. Guaranty Trust Co.,65 the United States Supreme Court contributed to the evolution of the internal affairs doctrine from a doctrine grounded in visitorial powers to a discretionary basis for a court to refuse to consider a case. In Rogers, the plaintiff, a stockholder of the American Tobacco Company, a New Jersey corporation, filed actions in New York state court challenging the sale of stock by the company.66 The defendants removed the cases to federal court in New York where they were consolidated.67 The district court dismissed the actions in the exercise of the court’s discretion since the claims alleged in the complaint raised complex questions under New Jersey law “peculiarly a matter for determination in the first instance by the New Jersey courts.”68 The Second Circuit affirmed the dismissal for the reasons given by the district court.69

The Supreme Court affirmed the dismissal as well. The Supreme Court started its analysis by articulating its understanding of the internal affairs doctrine:

[A] court—state or federal—sitting in one State will as a general rule decline to interfere with or control by injunction or otherwise the management of the internal affairs of a corporation organized under the laws of another state but will leave controversies as to such matters to the courts of the state of the domicile.70

The Supreme Court explained that the rule meant that a court has discretion to refuse a case under the appropriate circumstances:

Obviously, no definite rule of general application can be formulated by which it may be determined under what circumstances a court will assume jurisdiction of stockholders’ suits relating to the conduct of internal affairs of foreign corporations. But it safely may be said that jurisdiction will be declined whenever considerations of convenience, efficiency, and justice point to the courts of the state of the domicile as appropriate tribunals for the determination of the particular case.71

Thus, the general concept of the internal affairs doctrine continued its evolution into a discretionary doctrine.

Other courts built on the concept of the internal affairs doctrine as a discretionary matter as articulated in Rogers. For instance, in Hogeland v. Tec-Crafts, Inc.,72 the Pennsylvania Court of Common Pleas, relying on Cunliffe and the Second Circuit’s opinion in Rogers,73 held that whether the court could hear a claim for dissolution of a Delaware corporation was a matter of discretion, not jurisdiction.74 Under this theory, courts began to view the question within the lens of a forum non conveniens analysis, rather than for review of their power to render the relief sought. Similarly, in State ex. rel. Weede v. Iowa Southern Utilities Co., the Supreme Court of Iowa supported its decision under Iowa corporation law to reverse the trial court’s grant of a motion to dismiss the plaintiff ’s claim against a Delaware corporation by citing a number of cases in which courts had agreed to hear matters that would arguably interfere with the internal affairs of foreign corporations.75 The courts in Hogeland and Weede relied on Cunliffe as well as other cases in which courts merely agreed to take jurisdiction of cases involving breaches of fiduciary duties or other relief less drastic than termination of corporation existence.76

C. CONTEMPORARY APPLICATION

Although the issue of dissolution of foreign entities arose fairly often in the early to mid-1900s, there is very little case law after that until the early 2000s. The courts that have considered the issue can be divided into two camps. In the first camp are courts that merely paid lip service to the issue, if they gave it any treatment at all, and concluded that the court had the power to dissolve a foreign corporation. Two decisions of the First Department in New York followed this approach. In In re Dissolution of Hospital Diagnostic Equipment Corp.,77 the Appellate Division affirmed the trial court’s exercise of discretion to dismiss the petitioner’s claim to dissolve a Delaware corporation.78 Yet, in dicta, the Appellate Division stated that it had “considered the litigants’ remaining arguments, including the Attorney General’s that the courts of New York lack[ed] subject matter jurisdiction to dissolve a foreign corporation, and [found] them to be without merit.”79 In Holdrum Investments N.V. v. Edelman,80 the New York Supreme Court concluded without meaningful discussion that it was bound by the dicta in Hospital Diagnostics and held that it had the ability to dissolve a foreign entity.81

Other states’ courts have similarly glossed over the distinction between discretion and jurisdiction. In ARC LifeMed, Inc. v. AMC-Tennessee, Inc.,82 the Tennessee Court of Appeals merely affirmed the trial court’s decision to dissolve the entity without any meaningful discussion regarding the basis for which the Delaware limited liability company was dissolved or whether there was any challenge to the court’s jurisdiction.83 Moreover, the dissolution at issue was ordered pursuant to a Tennessee statute, not the Delaware LLC Act.84

In the other camp are courts that have expressly considered the issue at any length. Those courts uniformly have held that they had no power to order dissolution of a foreign entity. Here, the Second and Third Departments in New York depart from Hospital Diagnostics and Holdrum and that line of First Department cases. In 2007, the Third Department held in Rimawi v. Atkins85 that “unlike the derivative claim involving the internal affairs of a foreign corporation, the plaintiffs’ claim for dissolution and an ancillary accounting [was] one over which the New York courts lack subject matter jurisdiction.”86 Two years later, in MHS Venture Management Corp. v. Utilisave, LLC87 the Second Department, citing Rimawi, held that “[a] claim for dissolution of a foreign limited liability company is one over which the New York courts lack subject matter jurisdiction.”88

This second group of New York decisions was consistent with other state court decisions that have considered the issue at length. All such cases have concluded uniformly that courts of one state lack the power or authority to dissolve an entity formed under the laws of another state. West Virginia’s highest court, the Supreme Court of Appeals, addressed the issue directly in Young v. JCR Petroleum, Inc.89 In Young, the Supreme Court of Appeals heard a certified question from a West Virginia circuit court asking whether a West Virginia court could dissolve an Ohio corporation. After concluding that there was no statutory power granted to West Virginia courts to dissolve a foreign corporation, the supreme court concluded that the Full Faith and Credit Clause of the United States Constitution required each state to respect the sovereign acts of the other states, and the creation and dissolution of a corporation was one such act.90 To support this argument, the West Virginia court quoted Am. Jur. 2d,91 which stated:

Since a corporation is a creature of the state by which it is chartered, the right to dissolve the corporation without its consent belongs exclusively to the state. The existence of a corporation cannot be terminated except by some act of the sovereign power by which it was created. Accordingly, the courts of one state do not have the power to dissolve a corporation created by the laws of another state.92

With the advent of alternative entities, when faced with requests to dissolve limited partnerships and limited liability companies, state courts adopted similar rationales. In 2010, the Circuit Court of Virginia cited Young in its opinion granting a motion to dismiss a claim for dissolution of a foreign limited partnership. In Valone v. Valone,93 the plaintiff sought an order dissolving a limited partnership formed in Georgia.94 The defendants argued that Virginia courts had no subject matter jurisdiction to dissolve a foreign entity.95 The Valone court first discussed the Virginia Supreme Court’s opinion in Taylor v. Mutual Reserve Fund Life Ass’n,96 in which the court held that a Virginia court could not “interfere with the internal management of a foreign corporation.”97 Rather, “[s]uch questions are to be settled by the tribunals of the state which created the corporation.”98 In Valone, the circuit court held that although the question before the Virginia Supreme Court in Taylor did not address whether a Virginia court could dissolve a foreign entity, the holding was “broad enough to address such a request”:

Courts other than those of the State creating it, and in which it has its habitat, have no visitorial powers over such corporation, have no authority to remove its officers, or to punish them for misconduct committed in the State which created it, nor to enforce a forfeiture of its charter.99

Although Taylor only had been followed in one prior Virginia decision, that decision stood for the same principles:

The existence of a corporation cannot be involuntarily dissolved except by the act of a sovereign power by which it was created. Accordingly, the courts of one state do not have the power to dissolve a corporation created by the laws of another state.100

The circuit court then noted that numerous decisions, including Young, had reached the same conclusion.101 The Virginia court found that no difference between a limited partnership and a corporation could justify departing from Taylor. Thus, the court declined to apply a contrary rule to a claim for dissolution of a foreign limited partnership as had been applied to claims for dissolution of a foreign corporation.

The Superior Court of Vermont reached the same conclusion in Casella Waste Systems, Inc. v. GR Technology, Inc.,102 but for a slightly different reason. There, the parties’ limited liability company agreement required that a decree of dissolution be entered “‘pursuant to’ the Delaware LLC Act.”103 The defendant moved to dismiss on the grounds that only the Court of Chancery could enter a decree of dissolution “pursuant to” the LLC Act.104 The plaintiff argued that the language of section 18-802 of the LLC Act merely allocated power among Delaware’s various courts.105 The Vermont court rejected the plaintiff ’s argument and held that it was without jurisdiction to hear a dissolution claim pursuant to section 18-802 because it was not authorized to do so by section 18-802:

In this case, dissolution under § 18-802 is a purely statutory remedy, and the power to dissolve limited liability companies is conferred entirely by the enabling statute, rather than by any source of authority deriving from the common law, or by traditional equitable relief. In other words, jurisdiction under § 18-802 is conferred completely by the Delaware LLC Act, and not by any other source. The presumption of general jurisdiction does not allow this court to exercise jurisdiction over a statutory cause of action where the enabling statute does not grant it authority to do so.106

Finally, as discussed in the introduction, the court in Intertrust GCN, LP v. Interstate General Media, LLC took a position very similar to the court in Casella, holding that the plain language of section 18-802 of the LLC Act “implies that exclusive subject matter jurisdiction lies with the Delaware Court of Chancery.”107 The statutory authority to dissolve alternative entities is discussed more fully below.

II. THE DIFFERENCE WITH DISSOLUTION

As discussed above, the courts that find they have jurisdiction to dissolve a foreign entity tend to view the issue in the context of the internal affairs doctrine, which would make the decision whether to resolve a claim for judicial dissolution of a foreign entity discretionary, not mandatory. To reach that conclusion, these courts must necessarily presume a claim for judicial dissolution is like any other claim—one that can adjudicated by the court provided that it has jurisdiction over the parties, subject to the ordinary choice-of-law rules, like a tort or breach of contract claim. But a claim for judicial dissolution is no ordinary claim.

As explained in In re Carlisle Etcetera, LLC, the sovereign has an interest in the formation and dissolution of an entity created under its laws:

Of particular relevance to dissolution, the purely contractarian view discounts core attributes of the LLC that only the sovereign can authorize, such as its separate legal existence, potentially perpetual life and limited liability for its members. To my mind, when a sovereign makes available an entity with attributes that contracting parties cannot grant themselves by agreement, the entity is not purely contractual. Because the entity has taken advantage of benefits that the sovereign has provided, the sovereign retains an interest in that entity. That interest in turn calls for preserving the ability of the sovereign’s courts to oversee and, if necessary, dissolve the entity. Put more directly, an LLC agreement is not an exclusively private contract among its members precisely because the LLC has powers that only the State of Delaware can confer. . . . Just as LLCs are not purely private entities, dissolution is not a purely private affair. It involves third party claims, which have priority in the dissolution process. Because an LLC takes advantage of the benefits that the State of Delaware provides, and because dissolution is not an exclusively private matter, the State of Delaware retains an interest in having the Court of Chancery available, when equity demands, to hear a petition to dissolve an LLC.108

Similarly, the West Virginia Supreme Court of Appeals held in Young that the creation and dissolution of entities are the types of “public acts” that require Full Faith and Credit from sister states.109 The Full Faith and Credit Clause requires that other states respect the continuing interest that a state has in entities formed under its laws.

A claim for judicial dissolution brought outside of the state of incorporation, however, seeks to undo that interest and the privileges and rights granted by the state of formation that entitle the entity to continue to operate in the state of its formation, regardless of its ability to operate in any other state. For instance, most states today maintain a regulatory system that permits its citizens, corporate and corporal, to engage in economic activities sanctioned by the state, often times by license. Thus, a citizen of State A may obtain a license from State A to sell alcohol,110 deadly weapons,111 or operate a security business.112 To engage in the same economic activity in State B, the citizen of State A usually must obtain the same licenses or permission from State B. But if the citizen of State A has his license revoked by State B, the citizen of State A may continue to do business in State A.113

Likewise, most states today require a foreign corporation to obtain some form of permission to do business in a state other than the one of its formation. While there may be good and sound reasons why a court of State B may wish to have the power to preclude what it perceives to be a rogue entity formed under the laws of State A from operating within the borders of State B, an order of judicial dissolution does far more than that. Judicial dissolution terminates the existence of the entity entirely, precluding the entity from operating within any state, including its state of formation. Just as we would not expect a court of State B to be able to revoke a license granted by State A, thereby terminating the economic activity of the citizen beyond the borders of State B, we also should not expect a court of State B to terminate the ability of an entity formed under the laws of State A to continue to do business in State A.

Moreover, for an order of judicial dissolution to be effective, an official act must be performed in the state of formation. In Delaware, if a corporation is dissolved by order of the Court of Chancery, the Register in Chancery must file the judgment with the Secretary of State.114 Limited liability companies and limited partnerships require a different procedure, but under the relevant statutes, upon dissolution and completion of the winding up, they will continue to exist until an individual files a certificate of cancellation.115 This unique aspect of judicial dissolution is far more than “want of power [of a foreign court] to enforce a decree rather than jurisdiction to make it”116 but rather the unique requirement of an act in another sovereign state to ensure its effectiveness.

As discussed above, courts originally recognized the fundamental difference between an ordinary claim arising from the governance of an entity and a claim seeking its termination. Courts would not dissolve charters granted by express act of the legislature. As the process for forming corporations evolved into general chartering provided by statute, the reluctance of the judicial branch to interfere with a charter waned but formation and dissolution remained distinct acts of the sovereign. As explained in In re Carlisle Etcetera, LLC, even under contemporary formation schemes, an entity has powers that only the state can provide.117

This concept is implemented in two ways in the statutes that address dissolution. First, the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) addressing dissolution do not materially enhance the inherent equitable authority of the Court of Chancery to dissolve a corporation through statutory authorization. Only one provision of the current version of the DGCL expressly empowers the Court of Chancery to dissolve a Delaware corporation, 8 Del. C. § 273, but that statute is limited only to corporations equally owned by two stockholders conducting a joint venture.118 Courts have interpreted section 291 of the DGCL to permit a court to dissolve a corporation, but that statute requires (i) the entity to be insolvent, (ii) “special circumstances of great exigency,” and (iii) a benefit to creditors by the appointment of a receiver.119 Finally, section 226 empowers the Court of Chancery to appoint a custodian in cases of stockholder or director deadlock or abandonment of the business.120 In cases of stockholder or director deadlock, the custodian has all of the powers of a receiver under section 291, except that she is to continue the business unless otherwise ordered by the court.121 A custodian appointed under section 226 due to the abandonment of the business, however, is empowered by the statute to dissolve the business.122

Second, the language used by the Delaware General Assembly in sections 226, 273, and 291 empowers only the Court of Chancery to exercise these powers; it does not simply allocate jurisdiction to the Court of Chancery to hear these statutory claims. In general, there are three “types” of language used in the DGCL to allocate certain types of claims to the Court of Chancery: “exclusive jurisdiction” language, conferring jurisdiction language, and empowering language. The “exclusive jurisdiction” language does exactly what it says: it provides in clear language that the Court of Chancery shall have exclusive jurisdiction to hear and decide cases brought pursuant to the relevant statutory provision. The “conferring jurisdiction” provisions give specific authorization to the Court of Chancery to decide those cases when it otherwise would have no power to decide them because they fall outside of the court’s traditional equitable jurisdiction. The empowering statutes, like sections 226, 273 and 291, do one of two things, and sometimes both: empower the Court of Chancery to take certain actions or create a substantive right that a stockholder, member, or limited partner can enforce. Because the General Assembly used different language for each of these types of statutory provisions, we can presume that the General Assembly meant the provisions to mean different things.123 A closer examination of the different statutes reveals that the General Assembly used the empowering language when it was conferring its vistorial powers on the court to address claims relating to the unique powers granted by the state itself.

A. EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION STATUTES

Although many lawyers simply assume that the Court of Chancery has exclusive jurisdiction over many causes of action, in fact the number of “exclusive jurisdiction” provisions is low. Only sections 145, 203, and 220 of the DGCL contain “exclusive jurisdiction” language.124 The provision conferring exclusive jurisdiction in the Court of Chancery in section 145 was adopted to alter the prior practice in which advancement cases not only could be brought, but often had to be brought, in the Delaware Superior Court.125 Simply authorizing the Court of Chancery to hear those cases would not have necessarily changed the practice, because such cases could still have been brought in the Delaware Superior Court. To ensure that the practice changed, the General Assembly had to ensure that all advancement cases were brought in the Court of Chancery. To accomplish this goal, the General Assembly used the following language:

The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine all actions for advancement of expenses or indemnification brought under this section or under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders, or disinterested directors, or otherwise. The Court of Chancery may summarily determine a corporation’s obligation to advance expenses (including attorneys’ fees).126

Sections 203 and 220 contain similar language.

B. CONFERRING JURISDICTION STATUTES

The next category of provision simply grants the Court of Chancery jurisdiction—on a non-exclusive basis—where there otherwise would be none. The General Assembly uses two forms of language to achieve this result: “may” and “shall.” Section 111 of the DGCL is a classic example of the “may” type of provision. In section 111, the language confers jurisdiction by stating that many claims that would not otherwise be within the Court of Chancery’s jurisdiction, such as a claim to determine the validity of a provision of a certificate of incorporation or a company’s bylaws, or to interpret an agreement or certificate of merger, “may” be brought in the Court of Chancery.127 Prior to adoption of this section, the Court of Chancery would have had no subject matter jurisdiction to issue a declaratory judgment regarding the validity or interpretation of any of these documents without an additional equitable basis for jurisdiction.128 Section 284 provides an example of the “shall” type of provision. There, the statute begins with the words “[t]he Court of Chancery shall have jurisdiction” and then describes the type of cause of action.129

C. THE EMPOWERING STATUTES

Finally, the largest of the three categories is the empowering provisions. An empowering provision is one that creates a substantive right (for a company, director, or stockholder) or confers authority on the Court of Chancery to take certain action. The categories are not mutually exclusive: an empowering statute can also be an exclusive jurisdiction statute, or the statute may empower both a stockholder and the court. An example of an empowering provision is section 220 of the DGCL, which creates a statutory right of a stockholder to obtain books and records of a company provided the stockholder meets the statutory prerequisite.130 That right exists independent of where the claim should be brought.

In addition to sections 226, 273, and 291, the other provisions that empower the Court of Chancery to take some action, as opposed to creating a substantive right, all share one trait: they permit the Court of Chancery to exercise the visitorial powers reserved for the state of incorporation. Under section 205, the Court of Chancery may validate a corporate act, such as the issuance of shares or approval of a corporate transaction, that did not receive approval as required by the DGCL.131 In sections 211 and 215, the Court of Chancery may order a stockholder vote for the election of directors to be held.132 In sections 223, 225, 226, and 227, the court can enter orders determining who the directors of a corporation are, break deadlocks among the stockholders or directors, displace the board by appointing a custodian, and determine who has the right to vote in an election of directors.133 In sections 278 and 279, the Court of Chancery has the authority to appoint receivers for dissolved corporations or even extend the very existence of the corporation past its statutory life.134 These powers permit the Court of Chancery to interfere with the management and, indeed, very existence of the corporation itself.

D. EMPOWERING STATUTES AND DISSOLUTION

So, under common law, the right to dissolve equitably a corporation should be reserved for the state of incorporation because only that state can exercise visitorial powers over the entity. Similarly, the statutes that do permit judicial dissolution fall into a category of statutes that do not merely allocate jurisdiction among the Delaware courts, but permit the Court of Chancery to exercise the visitorial powers reserved for the sovereign. Thus, even if a person seeks to bring a statutory claim for dissolution, the power being exercised pursuant to the statute is a visitorial power that should be exercised only by the state of formation.

That theory has been applied in recent cases seeking dissolution of alternative entities. The dissolution sections of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act and the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “LLC Act”) empower a particular person—member, manager, or partner—to make an application to the Court of Chancery.135 The Court of Chancery is then empowered, in its discretion, to dissolve the entity if it meets the statutory prerequisite; i.e., that it is no longer reasonably practicable to carry on the business of the entity in conformity with its agreement.136 The courts in Casella and Intertrust both reached the conclusion that this statutory language reserved for the Court of Chancery the right to dissolve a Delaware limited liability company.

The Court of Chancery, however, has issued opinions recently disclaiming the notion that foreign courts cannot adjudicate claims allocated to the Court of Chancery. In IMO Daniel Kloiber Dynasty Trust,137 the Court of Chancery held that statutes that confer exclusive jurisdiction to a Delaware court do not make “a claim against the world that no court outside of Delaware can exercise jurisdiction over that type of case.”138 The court explained that “as a matter of power within our federal republic,” the State of Delaware could not “arrogate that authority to itself.”139 The court reasoned that Delaware could not preclude a sister state from hearing a claim under its laws because doing so

would not be giving constitutional respect to the judicial proceedings of the sister state. In the converse scenario, the United States Supreme Court has interpreted the Full Faith [and] Credit Clause as requiring that state courts not only respect the laws of their sister states but also entertain claims under their laws.140

It is not, however, inconsistent with these principles to find that only the state of formation can dissolve an entity, or, more pointedly, that only the Court of Chancery can dissolve a Delaware entity.

As an initial matter, the only way to give Full Faith and Credit to the state’s laws respecting dissolution is to read and interpret them as written, with due deference to the General Assembly’s choice of language. All of the dissolution statutes in the State of Delaware expressly confer power (as opposed to merely allocating jurisdiction) only to the Court of Chancery to judicially dissolve an entity formed under Delaware law. As the courts in Intertrust and Casella noted, the statutory language used in the LLC Act dissolution provision meant that only the Court of Chancery had the power to grant the relief of judicial dissolution.141 The provisions in the DGCL, which use the same type of empowering language as the LLC Act, should yield the same result.

Second, dissolution statutes should be narrowly construed. As the Casella court noted, the power to dissolve a limited liability company “is conferred entirely by the enabling statute, rather than by any source of authority deriving from the common law or traditional equitable relief.”142 As well under Delaware law, this statutory grant of authority is a narrow one to be used sparingly, and not to be enlarged beyond the specific reach authorized by the General Assembly.143 To read Delaware’s dissolution statutes to permit the courts of another state to grant relief the General Assembly specifically authorized only the Court of Chancery to confer would read the statute beyond the reach of its plain language.

To say that only courts of the state of formation have the ability to exercise visitorial powers, such as dissolution, does not do harm to a sister state’s right to protect its own citizens from harm or to affect assets or entities within its own borders. Foreign courts may appoint a receiver for property owned by a foreign corporation within the forum state’s borders or issue an injunction preventing the corporation or its agents from conducting business in the state. The forum state’s court may even enter orders that have the effect of causing the dissolution of the entity under the terms of its agreement,144 or leave the entity with no assets. But what the forum state cannot and should not do is enter a decree of dissolution dissolving the entity judicially.

This is not a distinction without a difference. While a court may effectively strip a foreign entity of its assets and deprive it of the ability to conduct business in the forum state, whether that entity continues to exist, and under the terms and conditions it exists, should, and indeed must, be determined solely by the state of formation. Otherwise, the judicial branch of the foreign state would be making a determination that the legislature vested exclusively with the state of formation. Entities exist because of the powers bestowed on them by state statute, such that only the state that brings them into existence can take them back out.

III. CONCLUSION

Though the concept of judicial dissolution as a visitorial power exercisable solely by the state of incorporation may appear as something of an ancient legal theory, it is no less important today, when entities are formed pursuant to state statutes. At the same time, it is understandable how courts conflated visitorial powers with the internal affairs doctrine, resulting in the unfortunate conclusion that a court’s ability to exercise visitorial powers over a foreign entity was discretionary. One cannot necessarily blame a court, like the one in Hogeland, for taking jurisdiction over a foreign entity in order to protect the citizens of its state from a fraud perpetrated by use of a foreign corporation. Yet, a court can protect its citizens without dissolving the foreign entity; the Hogeland court did not need to take the final step and terminate the existence of the entity itself. Dissolution, if necessary, should be left to the state of formation. And while it may have been the case long ago that obtaining relief in the state of formation would work a hardship on the injured parties, the modern legal, communication, and transportation systems eliminate much, if not all, of the hardship of filing a petition for relief in another state, even a faraway one.

But even placing aside the elimination of practical impediments, the act of dissolution is essentially different than other statutory claims. Dissolution severs the tie between the parties and the state of formation. It terminates the special powers given to the entity that only the state of formation can give. It also ends the life of the entity in not just the forum state, but in any other state. Foreign courts must appreciate that even without the power to dissolve a foreign entity, they remain fully empowered to protect their citizens from fraud and any other wrongdoing perpetrated by a foreign entity. To do so without dissolving the foreign entity would be to respect all states involved.

_____________

* Peter B. Ladig is the Vice Chair of the Corporate and Commercial Litigation Group and Kyle Evans Gay is an associate at Morris James LLP. Morris James LLP represented one of the members of Interstate General Media LLC in the litigation discussed herein. The opinions expressed in this article are the authors’ and do not represent the view of Morris James LLP or its clients. The authors are grateful for the invaluable comments from Vice Chancellor J. Travis Laster of the Delaware Court of Chancery.

1. Intertrust GCN, LP v. Interstate Gen. Media, LLC, Jan. Term 2014, No. 99, slip op. at 5 (Pa. Ct. Com. Pl. Feb. 11, 2014).

2. Id. at 5.

3. E.g., Holdrum Invs. N.V. v. Edelman, No. 650950/2011, 2013 WL 435449 (N.Y. Jan. 31, 2013); In re Dissolution of Hosp. Diagnostic Equip. Corp., 613 N.Y.S.2d 884 (App. Div. 1994).

4. Intertrust GCN, LP v. Interstate Gen. Media, LLC, 87 A.3d 807, 808 (Pa. 2014). Chief Justice Castille’s view is not surprising, as Pennsylvania courts have long taken the position that they could dissolve a foreign entity when all of the relevant parties are Pennsylvania residents. See Cunliffe v. Consumers’ Ass’n of Am., 124 A. 501 (Pa. 1924); Hogeland v. Tec-Crafts, Inc., 39 Del. Co. 10 (Pa. Ct. Com. Pl. 1951).

5. City of Providence v. First Citizens BancShares, Inc., 99 A.3d 229, 236 (Del. Ch. 2014); IMO Daniel Kloiber Dynasty Trust, 98 A.3d 924, 939 (Del. Ch. 2014); see Intertrust, 87 A.3d at 809 (Castille, C.J., dissenting) (“In my view, . . . the [LLC Act] provision does not purport to vest exclusive jurisdiction in the Delaware courts as against any other proper forum, . . . but instead simply confers upon the Delaware Court of Chancery discretionary authority to decree dissolution of an LLC in appropriate circumstances.”).

6. For instance, no one would argue that you can go to State A to form an entity pursuant to the laws of State B. How then should State A be able to terminate an entity formed pursuant to the laws of State B?

7. This article focuses only on the ability of state courts, rather than federal courts, to dissolve a foreign entity for two reasons. First, it is well-settled that no state may deprive a federal court of jurisdiction granted by Congress. See Truck Components Inc. v. Beatrice Co., 143 F.3d 1057, 1061 (7th Cir. 1998). In light of this principle, a discussion of the ability of federal courts to dissolve a foreign entity (i.e., an entity formed outside the state in which the federal court sits) would merit its own article. Second, given that the bulk of dissolution cases tend to involve situations in which the partners and the company are citizens of the same state for jurisdictional purposes, obtaining jurisdiction in a federal court would be difficult if not impossible, so a discussion of the ability of state courts to grant this relief would seem to have more applicability.

8. See, e.g., Herbert Hovenkamp, The Classical Corporation in American Legal Thought, 76 GEO. L.J. 1593, 1595 (1988).

9. Id.

10. 40 A.2d 447 (Del. Ch. 1944).

11. Id. at 452.

12. Id.

13. 163 A.2d 288 (Del. 1960). Courts of other states use similar language in articulating the limited instances in which a court will dissolve involuntarily an operating entity. See, e.g., Edison v. Fleckenstein Pump Co., 228 N.W. 705, 705 (Mich. 1930) (“There is no doubt that in certain exceptional cases, such as relieving from fraud, or breach of trust, a court of equity may in its inherent power wind up the affairs of a corporation as incident to adequate relief. But in the absence of all such exceptional circumstances, the equity court, in its inherent power, may not dissolve a corporation, wind up its affairs, and for that purpose alone, sequester corporate property.” (citations omitted)); see also Levant v. Kowal, 86 N.W.2d 336, 341 (Mich. 1957) (“This jurisdiction, from an early time, has squarely aligned itself with those jurisdictions holding that a court of equity has inherent power to decree the dissolution of a corporation when a case for equitable relief is made out upon traditional equitable principles.”); Penn v. Pemberton & Penn, Inc., 53 S.E.2d 823, 825 (Va. 1949) (“This statute, in part, is declaratory of the general rule that a court of equity has inherent power, on the request of minority stockholders, to dissolve a solvent corporation when it appears that the directors or a majority of the stockholders have been guilty of fraud or gross mismanagement, or where the principal purpose for which the corporation was formed has become impossible of attainment.”).

14. Hall, 163 A.2d at 293 (citations omitted).

15. Cf. VTB Bank v. Navitron Projects Corp., C.A. No. 8514-VCN, 2014 WL 1691250, at *5 (Del. Ch. Apr. 28, 2014) (“This Court has the inherent equitable power to appoint a receiver for a Delaware limited liability company even where this remedy is not expressly available by statute or under the operative company agreement.” (citing Ross Holdings & Mgmt. Co. v. Advance Realty Grp., LLC, C.A. No. 4113-VCN, 2010 WL 3448227, at *6 (Del. Ch. Sept. 2, 2010))).

16. C.A. No. 10280-VCL, 2015 WL 1947027 (Del. Ch. Apr. 30, 2015).

17. Id. at *7 (citing Weir v. JMACK, Inc., C.A. No. 3263-CC, 2008 WL 4379592, at *2 (Del. Ch. Sept. 23, 2008) (dismissing request for equitable dissolution of a solvent corporation because allegations of regulatory misconduct were insufficient to result in the extreme circumstances showing the possibility of imminent loss to the corporation); Ross Holdings & Mgmt. Co., 2010 WL 3448227, at *6 (recognizing the Court of Chancery’s inherent equitable power to appoint a receiver for an insolvent entity was limited to situations involving fraud or mismanagement causing real danger of imminent loss)).

18. Weir, 2008 WL 4379592, at *2 (quoting Carlson v. Hallinan, 925 A.2d 506, 543 (Del. Ch. 2006)).

19. See, e.g., Swift v. State ex rel. Richardson, 6 A. 856, 864 (Del. 1886) (“The superior court, and even the state of Delaware itself, cannot forfeit the charter of a foreign corporation.”).

20. A visitorial power is “the power to inspect or make decisions about an entity’s operation.” BLACK’S LAW DICTIONARY 1289 (9th ed. 2009).

21. Howell v. Chicago & N.W. Ry. Co., 51 Barb. 378, 379 (N.Y. Sup. Ct. 1868); see also N. State Copper & Gold Mining Co. v. Field, 20 A. 1039, 1040 (Md. 1885) (“Our courts possess no visitorial power over [foreign corporations], and can enforce no forfeiture of charter for violation of law, or removal of officers for misconduct, nor can they exercise authority over the corporate functions, . . . arising out of, and depending upon, the law of its creation. These powers belong only to the state which created the corporation.”).

22. See Babcock v. Farwell, 91 N.E. 683, 690 (Ill. 1910).

23. Frederick Tung, Before Competition: Origins of the Internal Affairs Doctrine, 32 J. CORP. L. 33, 66 (2006) (citing Howell, 51 Barb. at 378).

24. Id. at 67.

25. Id. at 39.

26. Guilford v. W. Union Tel. Co., 61 N.W. 324, 339–40 (Minn. 1894).

27. See, e.g., Rogers v. Guar. Trust Co. of New York, 288 U.S. 123, 130 (1933) (“It has long been settled doctrine that a court—state or federal—sitting in one State will as a general rule decline to interfere with . . . the management of the internal affairs of a corporation organized under the laws of another state but will leave controversies as to such matters to the courts of the state of domicile.”).

28. 60 Md. 253, 258 (Ct. App. 1883).

29. Id. at 257.

30. 196 S.W. 694 (Tex. Civ. App. 1917).

31. Id. at 698 (citing Republican Mountain Silver Mines v. Brown, 58 F. 644 (8th Cir. 1893); State v. Curtis, 35 Conn. 374 (1868); Swift v. State ex rel. Richardson, 6 A. 856 (Del. 1886); Hietkamp v. Am. Pigment Co., 158 Ill. App. 587 (1910); Miller v. Hawkeye Gold Dredging Co., 137 N.W. 507 (Iowa 1912); Tex. & Pac. Ry. Co. v. Gay, 26 S.W. 599 (Tex. 1894), aff ’d, 167 U.S. 745 (1897)).

32. 91 N.E. 683 (Ill. 1910).

33. Id. at 684.

34. Id. at 690.

35. Id.

36. Id.

37. Id. (emphasis added).

38. The court in Babcock affirmed the dismissal on the grounds that the plaintiff was barred from seeking relief because the plaintiff ratified the challenged transactions. Id. at 693.

39. 91 N.E. 1048, 1051 (Ill. 1910).

40. Id. at 1049−50.

41. Id. at 1050.

42. Id. at 1051.

43. Id.

44. 116 N.W. 61 (Neb. 1908).

45. Id.

46. Id. at 62.

47. Id. at 61.

48. Id.

49. Id.

50. Id. at 62.

51. Id.

52. Id. at 63 (emphasis added).

53. Id.

54. Id.

55. Id. (emphasis added).

56. 124 A. 501 (Pa. 1924).

57. Id. at 502.

58. Id. at 501.

59. Id.

60. Id.

61. Id. at 504.

62. Id. at 502 (quoting Chi. Title & Trust Co. v. Newman 187 F. 573, 576 (7th Cir. 1911)).

63. Id. at 504.

64. See N. State Copper & Gold Mining Co. v. Field, 20 A. 1039, 1040 (Md. 1885); Howell v. Chicago & N.W. Ry. Co., 51 Barb. 378, 379 (N.Y. Sup. Ct. 1868).

65. 288 U.S. 123 (1933).

66. Id. at 124.

67. Id.

68. Id. at 128.

69. Id. at 129. For some reason, the Second Circuit also decided the merits of the plaintiff ’s claims. The Supreme Court reversed that determination.

70. Id. at 130.

71. Id. at 131; see also Koster v. (Am.) Lumbermens Mut. Cas. Co., 330 U.S. 518 (1947) (relying, in part, on Rogers to affirm dismissal on forum non conveniens grounds a derivative action brought in New York on behalf of Illinois mutual society where all witnesses and directors were in Illinois).

72. 39 Del. Co. 10 (Pa. Ct. Com. Pl. 1952).

73. Rogers v. Guar. Trust Co. of New York, 60 F.2d 114 (2d Cir. 1932).

74. Hogeland, 39 Del. Co. at 13; see also Tanzer v. Warner Co., 9 Pa. D. & C. 3d 534, 540 (Pa. Ct. Com. Pl. 1978) (citing Cunliffe for proposition that an action to appoint a receiver to wind up a foreign corporation is an exception to the rule against interfering in the internal affairs of a corporation), aff ’d, 263 Pa. Super. 600 (1978).

75. State ex rel. Weede v. Iowa S. Utilities Co., 2 N.W.2d 372, 392–93 (Iowa 1942), modified on denial of hearing by 4 N.W.2d 869 (Iowa 1942).

76. E.g., Conerty v. Butler Cnty. Oil Refining Co., 152 A. 672 (Pa. 1930) (holding that Pennsylvania court had jurisdiction to order production of books and records of Arizona corporation); Wettengel v. Robinson, 136 A. 673, 675 (Pa. 1927) (holding that Pennsylvania court could hear claims brought against former directors of dissolved West Virginia corporation); see also Weede, 2 N.W.2d at 392−93 (listing cases in which courts find jurisdiction to hear claims involving breach of fiduciary duty, rescission, and other claims). To be clear, these decisions appear to be motivated a bit by parochialism and are not reflective of the modern economy. As an example, in Weede, the court referred to the defendant corporation there—originally formed in Maine, then reincorporated in Delaware, but always doing business in Iowa, as a “tramp or migratory corporation.” Id. at 385. Many of the other decisions of this time period imply or expressly state some level of offense and skepticism at entrepreneurs who would choose to incorporate in one state but do business in another.

77. 613 N.Y.S.2d 884 (App. Div. 1994).

78. Id. at 884.

79. Id.

80. No. 650950/2011, 2013 WL 435449 (N.Y. Sup. Ct. Jan. 31, 2013).

81. Id. at *3.

82. 183 S.W.3d 1 (Tenn. Ct. App. 2005).

83. Id. at 29.

84. Id.

85. 42 A.D.3d 799 (N.Y. App. Div. 2007).

86. Id. at 801.

87. 63 A.D.3d 840 (N.Y. App. Div. 2009).

88. Id. at 841; see also Bonavita v. Savenergy Holdings, Inc., No. 603891-13, slip op. at 12, 16 (N.Y. Sup. Ct. Dec. 8, 2014); In re Warde-McCann v. Commex, Ltd., 135 A.D.2d 541, 542 (N.Y. App. Div. 1987).

89. 423 S.E.2d 889 (W. Va. 1992).

90. Id. at 892.

91. The Young opinion incorrectly cites to 19 Am. Jur. 2d Corporations § 2734 (1986). The quoted text is found at 19 Am. Jur. 2d Corporations § 2349 (1986).

92. Young, 423 S.E.2d at 892 (quoting 19 Am. Jur. 2d Corporations § 2734 (1986)); accord Spurlock v. Santa Fe Pac. R.R. Co., 694 P.2d 299, 312 (Ariz. Ct. App. 1984) (“[N]o court can declare a forfeiture of a franchise or a dissolution of a corporation except the courts of the jurisdiction which created it.” (internal quotations omitted)).

93. No. CL08-5249, 2010 WL 7373698 (Va. Cir. Ct. Jan. 20, 2010).

94. Id. at *1.

95. Id. at *2.

96. 33 S.E. 385 (Va. 1899).

97. Id. at 388.

98. Id.

99. Valone, 2010 WL 7373698, at *2 (quoting Taylor, 33 S.E. at 388).

100. Id. at *2 (quoting Lucker v. Rel Tech Grp., Inc., 24 Va. Cir. 197, 200 (1991)). Not surprisingly, it is well settled in Delaware that Delaware courts cannot dissolve a foreign entity. Swift v. State ex rel. Richardson, 6 A. 856, 864 (Del. 1886) (“The superior court, and even the state of Delaware itself, cannot forfeit the charter of a foreign corporation.”).

101. Id. at *2−3 (citing Mills v. Anderson, 214 N.W. 221, 223 (Mich. 1927) (“It is text book law that the courts of one state cannot dissolve a corporation created by another state.”)); Rimawi v. Atkins, 42 A.D.3d 799, 801 (N.Y. App. Div. 2007) (“[W]e conclude that plaintiffs’ cause of action seeking dissolution [of a Delaware limited liability company] must also be dismissed. A limited liability company is a hybrid entity and is, in all respects pertinent here, most like a corporation . . . . Thus, . . . plaintiffs’ claim for dissolution and an ancillary accounting is one over which the New York courts lack subject matter jurisdiction.”); State of Texas v. Dyer, 200 S.W.2d 813, 815–16 (Tex. 1947) (“Since a corporation is a creature of the state by which it is chartered, the right to dissolve the corporation without its consent belongs exclusively to the state. . . . One state has no power to dissolve a corporation created by the laws of another state.”).

102. No. 409-6-07, 2009 WL 6551408 (Vt. Super. Ct. 2009).

103. Id. at *2.

104. Id. at *1.

105. Id. at *5.

106. Id. (citations omitted).

107. Intertrust GCN, LP v. Interstate Gen. Media, LLC, Jan. Term 2014, No. 99, slip op. at 5 (Pa. Ct. Com. Pl. Feb. 11, 2014).

108. C.A. No. 10280-VCL, 2015 WL 1947027, at *5 (Del. Ch. Apr. 30, 2015).

109. Young v. JCR Petroleum, Inc., 423 S.E.2d 889, 892 (W. Va. 1992).

110. E.g., DEL. CODE ANN. tit. 4, § 501(a) (2011).

111. E.g., DEL. CODE ANN. tit. 24, § 901 (2011).

112. E.g., id. § 1202(a).

113. Even if revocation of a license in State B has collateral effect in State A due to reciprocity provisions or agreements, State A must still act independently to take any action affecting the license it issued.

114. DEL. CODE ANN. tit. 8, § 285 (2011).

115. DEL. CODE ANN. tit. 6, § 17-203 (2013); id. § 18-203.

116. Cunliffe v. Consumers’ Ass’n of Am., 124 A. 501, 502 (Pa. 1924).

117. C.A. No. 10280-VCL, 2015 WL 1947027, at *5 (Del. Ch. Apr. 30, 2015).

118. DEL. CODE ANN. tit. 8, § 273(b) (2011).

119. In re Townsend Acres, Inc., C.A. No. 561, 1977 WL 2571, at *1 (Del. Ch. May 3, 1977). The express language of section 291 does not mention dissolution and appointment of a receiver does not necessarily require dissolution of the entity. In re Int’l Reinsurance Corp., 48 A.2d 529, 539 (Del. Ch. 1946).

120. DEL. CODE ANN. tit. 8, § 226(a) (2011).

121. In theory the Court of Chancery could order dissolution under the deadlock provisions of section 226, but to date no court has done so.

122. Id. § 226(a)(3), (b).

123. See Ins. Comm’r of State of Delaware v. Sun Life Assurance Co. of Canada (US), 31 A.3d 15, 22 (Del. 2011) (citing 2A NORMAN J. SINGER & J.O. SHAMBIE SINGER, SUTHERLAND STATUTES AND STATUTORY CONSTRUCTION § 46:6 (7th ed. 2010) (“The use of different terms within similar statutes generally implies that different meanings were intended.”)).

124. DEL. CODE ANN. tit. 8, § 145(k) (2011) (“The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine all actions for advancement of expenses or indemnification brought under this section or under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.”); id. § 203(e) (“The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine all matters with respect to this section.”); id. § 220(c) (“The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether or not the person seeking inspection is entitled to the inspection sought.”).

125. See IMO Daniel Kloiber Dynasty Trust, 98 A.3d 924, 939 (Del. Ch. 2014) (noting that until 1994, “suits seeking advancement and indemnification were heard in the Superior Court because they involved monetary, rather than equitable relief ” but the General Assembly reassigned those matters to the Court of Chancery through adoption of 8 Del. C. § 145(k)).

126. DEL. CODE ANN. tit. 8, § 145(k).

127. DEL. CODE ANN. tit. 8, § 111(a) (2011) (“may be brought in the Court of Chancery”).

128. See Darby Emerging Mkts. Fund, L.P. v. Ryan, Consol. C.A. No. 8381-VCP, 2013 WL 6401131, at *6−7 (Del. Ch. Nov. 27, 2013) (noting that the synopsis of the legislative bill proposing section 111 states that “[t]his amendment expands the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery with respect to a variety of matters pertaining to Delaware corporations”).

129. DEL. CODE ANN. tit. 8, § 284(a) (2011) (“The Court of Chancery shall have jurisdiction to revoke or forfeit the charter of any corporation for abuse, misuse or nonuse of its corporate powers, privileges or franchises.”).

130. Id. § 220.

131. DEL. CODE ANN. tit. 8, § 205(a) (2011) (“upon application . . . the Court of Chancery may”).

132. Id. § 211(c) (“If there be a failure to hold the annual meeting or to take action by written consent to elect directors in lieu of an annual meeting for a period of 30 days after the date designated for the annual meeting, or if no date has been designated, for a period of 13 months after the latest to occur of the organization of the corporation, its last annual meeting or the last action by written consent to elect directors in lieu of an annual meeting, the Court of Chancery may summarily order a meeting to be held upon the application of any stockholder or director.”); id. § 215(d) (“If the election of the governing body of any nonstock corporation shall not be held on the day designated by the bylaws, the governing body shall cause the election to be held as soon thereafter as convenient. The failure to hold such an election shall not work any forfeiture or dissolution of the corporation, but the Court of Chancery may summarily order such an election to be held upon the application of any member of the corporation.”).

133. Id. § 223(c) (“If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10 percent of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by § 211 or § 215 of this title as far as applicable.”); id. § 225(a) (“Upon application of any stockholder or director, or any officer whose title to office is contested, the Court of Chancery may hear and determine the validity of any election, appointment, removal or resignation of any director or officer of any corporation, and the right of any person to hold or continue to hold such office, and, in case any such office is claimed by more than 1 person, may determine the person entitled thereto.”); id. § 226(a) (“The Court of Chancery, upon application of any stockholder, may appoint 1 or more persons to be custodians, and, if the corporation is insolvent, to be receivers, of and for any corporation when . . . .”); id. § 227(a) (“The Court of Chancery, in any proceeding instituted under § 211, § 215 or § 225 of this title may determine the right and power of persons claiming to own stock to vote at any meeting of the stockholders.”).

134. Id. § 278 (“All corporations, whether they expire by their own limitation or are otherwise dissolved, shall nevertheless be continued, for the term of 3 years from such expiration or dissolution or for such longer period as the Court of Chancery shall in its discretion direct.”); id. § 279 (“When any corporation organized under this chapter shall be dissolved in any manner whatever, the Court of Chancery, on application of any creditor, stockholder or director of the corporation, or any other person who shows good cause therefor, at any time, may either appoint 1 or more of the directors of the corporation to be trustees, or appoint 1 or more persons to be receivers, of and for the corporation, to take charge of the corporation’s property and to collect the debts and property due and belonging to the corporation, with power to prosecute and defend, in the name of the corporation, or otherwise, all such suits as may be necessary or proper for the purposes aforesaid, and to appoint an agent or agents under them, and to do all other acts which might be done by the corporation, if in being, that may be necessary for the final settlement of the unfinished business of the corporation.”).

135. DEL. CODE ANN. tit. 6, § 17-802 (2013) (“On application by or for a partner the Court of Chancery may decree dissolution of a limited partnership whenever it is not reasonably practicable to carry on the business in conformity with the partnership agreement.”); id. § 18-802 (“On application by or for a member or manager the Court of Chancery may decree dissolution of a limited liability company whenever it is not reasonably practicable to carry on the business in conformity with a limited liability company agreement.”).

136. See supra note 135.

137. 98 A.3d 924 (Del. Ch. 2014).

138. Id. at 939.

139. Id.

140. Id. at 939–40.

141. Intertrust GCN, LP v. Interstate Gen. Media, LLC, Jan. Term 2014, No. 99, slip op. at 5 (Pa. Ct. Com. Pl. Feb. 11, 2014).

142. Casella Waste Sys., Inc. v. GR Tech., Inc., No. 409-6-07, 2009 WL 6551408, at *4 (Vt. Super. Ct. 2009).

143. See In re Arrow Invs. Advisors, LLC, No. 4091, 2009 WL 1101682, at *2 (Del. Ch. Apr. 23, 2009) (“Given its extreme nature, judicial dissolution is a limited remedy that this court grants sparingly.”); In re Seneca Invs., LLC, 970 A.2d 259, 263–64 (Del. Ch. 2008) (declining to dissolve limited liability company based on alleged failure to comply with operating agreement because “[t]he role of this Court in ordering dissolution under § 18-802 is limited, and the Court of Chancery will not attempt to police violations of operating agreements by dissolving LLCs”); Active Asset Recovery, Inc. v. Real Estate Asset Recovery Servs., Inc., No. 15478, 1999 WL 743479, at *6 (Del. Ch. Sept. 10, 1999) (“As a general matter, this court’s power to dissolve a partnership . . . is a limited one and should be exercised with corresponding care.” (internal quotation omitted)); Cincinnati Bell Cellular Sys. Co. v. Ameritech Mobile Phone Serv. of Cincinnati, Inc., No. 13389, 1996 WL 506906, at *11 (Del. Ch. Sept. 3, 1996) (“The Court of Chancery’s power to order dissolution and sale, in my opinion, is a narrow and limited power. The Court should not enlarge the dissolution power beyond the reach intended by the Legislature when it enacted § 17-802.”), aff ’d, 692 A.2d 411 (Del. 1997) (TABLE).

144. See, e.g., Citrin Holdings LLC v. Cullen 130 LLC, C.A. No. 2791-VCN, 2008 WL 241615 (Del. Ch. Jan. 17, 2008) (staying a Delaware proceeding in favor of a prior-filed action in Texas because the Texas court was capable of determining whether the actions of the plaintiff in the Delaware action caused dissolution under the terms of the limited liability agreement).

 

Consequential Damages Redux: An Updated Study of the Ubiquitous and Problematic “Excluded Losses” Provision in Private Company Acquisition Agreements

An “excluded losses” provision is standard fare as an exception to the scope of indemnification otherwise available for the seller’s breach of representations and warranties in private company acquisition agreements. Sellers’ counsel defend these provisions on the basis of their being “market” and necessary to protect sellers from unreasonable and extraordinary post-closing indemnification claims by buyers. Buyers’ counsel accept such provisions either without much thought or on the basis that the deal dynamics are such that they have little choice but to accept these provisions, notwithstanding serious questions about whether such provisions effectively eviscerate the very benefits of the indemnification (with the negotiated caps and deductibles) otherwise bargained for by buyers. For buyers’ counsel who have given little thought to (or who need better responses to the insistent sellers’ counsel regarding) the potential impact of the exclusion from indemnifiable losses of “consequential” or “special” damages, “diminution in value,” “incidental” damages, “multiples of earnings,” “lost profits,” and the like, this article is intended to update and supplement (from a practitioner’s perspective) the legal scholarship on these various types of damages in the specific context of the indemnification provisions of private company acquisition agreements.

I. INTRODUCTION

While “[i]t may seem like threshing old straw” to again be writing about the consequential damages waiver and its supposed equivalents, the extensive and continued use of excluded losses provisions is so ubiquitous in the mergers and acquisitions (M&A) deal world that this author has determined that a little re-threshing of this old straw may well be justified if even a few remaining grains of insight can yet be derived.1 In the process of threshing anew this old straw, it is hoped there will be a renewed focus by both buyers and sellers on the consequences of these provisions, as well as a change in practice regarding the entire concept of excluded losses, in the context of the indemnification provisions of private company acquisition agreements.

In 2008, The Business Lawyer published an article,2 which for the first time examined the use of excluded losses provisions in the context of private company acquisition agreements and which concluded that the term “consequential damages” was “shockingly ambiguous,”3 had no “clearly established meaning,”4 was “misunderstood and fraught with uncertain application in the merger and acquisition context,”5 and should “be stricken from the deal lexicon.”6 The article also suggested that many of the other terms often found in excluded losses provisions were potentially horrifying waivers of the basic measures of compensatory, contract-based damages in the specific context of the breach of a bargainedfor representation and warranty in a private company acquisition agreement.7 The overall conclusion of the article was that there was simply no justification for an excluded losses provision to preclude recovery for the vast majority of the enumerated types of damages.8 Yet, as predicted in the article,9 these provisions continue to find their way into many private company acquisition agreements.10 And when disputes arise regarding such provisions, a court is required to determine their meaning, even though the resulting “laundry list of precluded damages might have been put in the . . . [a]greement by lawyers who themselves were unclear on what those terms actually mean.”11

Since the publication of The Business Lawyer article in 2008, practitioners and academics in the United States and many other common law jurisdictions have continued to note the problematic and uncertain meaning of consequential damages waivers in a variety of contexts.12 Furthermore, a number of new cases have been decided since 2008 that illustrate the continued dangers of consequential damages waivers for both parties to an agreement. Few of these articles, practice notes, or cases, however, deal with the specific context of an M&A transaction. And the appropriate measure of damages for breach of a contract to deliver goods, or to repair a computer system or pipeline, may not be the appropriate measure of damages for a breach of representations and warranties made in connection with the acquisition of a business and vice versa. Indeed, loss exclusion clauses developed to limit liability in the construction and carriage industries may not be appropriate or even applicable in the M&A context. Context matters.13 Accordingly, this article is intended to update and supplement the 2008 The Business Lawyer article by (1) further defining many of the terms that continue to be used in the excluded losses provisions of private company acquisition agreements, (2) studying the current market regarding the prevalence of various types of excluded loss provisions, (3) reasserting that in the context of an indemnification provision for breaches of representations and warranties regarding a purchased business, with a bargained-for deductible and cap, the vast majority of the exclusions set forth in the standard loss exclusion provision are simply inappropriate, and (4) proposing some alternative approaches to addressing limitations on recoverable losses in the private company acquisition context.

II. UNPACKING AN EXCLUDED LOSSES PROVISION

An example of an aggressive definition of “Losses” (in the sense of what it purports to exclude), which is often served up in the seller bid forms provided in the data room in connection with an auction of a private company, reads as follows:

“Losses” means losses, damages, liabilities, Actions, judgments, interest, awards, fines, costs or expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and the cost of enforcing any right to indemnification hereunder and the cost of pursuing any insurance providers; provided, however, that “Losses” shall not include special, consequential, multiple of earnings, indirect, punitive damages or other similar damages, including declines in value, lost opportunities, lost profits, business interruptions or lost reputation, except, in the case of punitive damages, to the extent actually awarded to a Governmental Authority or other third party.14

It does not take much of an astute reader to realize quickly that this provision threatens to effectively gut the entire benefit of the indemnification provision with respect to any losses arising from a breach of the bargained-for representations and warranties. Most deal lawyers make the more obvious fixes—i.e.,(1) eliminate the potential exclusion of “declines in value,” or its cousin “diminution in value,” because one of the more obvious bases upon which any recovery for a breach of the representations and warranties respecting the purchased business would be calculated is the difference between the value of the business as represented and the value of the business as a result of the representations having been untrue;15 (2) eliminate the potential exclusion of “business interruptions” because losses resulting from an interruption in the ongoing operation of the purchased business as a result of an inaccurate representation and warranty is part of the basic benefit of the bargain in buying a going concern;16 and (3) make sure that none of the enumerated damages (not just punitive damages) are excluded from the scope of indemnification to the extent those damages are actually recovered from the purchased company or the buyer by a third party as a result of the inaccuracy of any representation or warranty of the seller.17

A fairly typical resulting clause is the following provision borrowed from the agreement governing New Source Energy Partners L.P.’s 2014 acquisition of equity interests in Erick Flowback Services LLC and Rod’s Production Services, L.L.C.:

In no event shall any party be liable under this Article IX for incidental, consequential, punitive, indirect or exemplary damages or any damages measured by lost profits or a multiple of earnings; provided, however, that this Section 9.06(h) shall not limit a party’s right to recover under this Article IX for any such damages to the extent such party is required to pay such damages to a third party in connection with a matter for which such party is otherwise entitled to indemnification under this Article IX.18

This agreement also specifically included, in the definition of the “[d]amages” that were otherwise recoverable absent the excluded losses provision noted above, the phrase “diminution of value.”19 While this approach is certainly preferable to the standard fare served up by sellers in their initial drafts, it still contains a laundry list of exclusions that seem to defy logic. For example, are not the profits earned by a business the appropriate means of valuing that business?20 Is not a multiple of earnings the typical means of pricing a business acquisition?21 Accordingly, how would the normal market-based damages for breach of a representation and warranty regarding a purchased business actually be measured if the agreement excludes “any damages measured by lost profits or a multiple of earnings”?22

A more appropriate starting point for negotiating an excluded losses provision is the definition of “Losses” in Samsonite, LLC’s 2014 purchase of the assets of Gregory Mountain Products, LLC:

“Losses” means any damages, losses, charges, Liabilities, claims, demands, actions, suits, judgments, settlements, awards, interest, penalties, fees, costs, Liens, Taxes and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements); provided that “Lossesshall not include (i) exemplary or punitive damages or (ii) any damages or Losses that were not the reasonably foreseeable result of such breach without regard to any special circumstances of the non-breaching party.23

This provision, while far from perfect from a buyer’s perspective, at least avoids the use of a laundry list of misunderstood damages limitation terms and attempts to conform the indemnification obligations in the agreement to the general theory of compensatory, contract-based damages. In other words, the only losses that appear to be intended for exclusion by this provision are those losses that contract law has long held are not recoverable for breach of contract in any event (i.e., remote losses that are not foreseeable as the probable result of the breach).24

But why is it necessary to expressly exclude types of losses for purposes of an indemnification provision that the common law would not include as recoverable damages for breach of contract? The answer is because indemnification for losses and damages available for breach of contract are not necessarily the same thing.25 Understanding contract-based damages and how they interface with an indemnification framework, therefore, is critical to understanding what, if any, limitations on indemnifiable losses are actually appropriate in a private company acquisition agreement setting.

III. A BASIC PRIMER ON CONTRACT-BASED DAMAGES

In most contracts, the extent of the compensation that will be payable in the event of a breach of the bargained-for exchange between the parties is seldom dealt with explicitly.26 As a result, courts are forced to apply default rules that supposedly “reflect how the parties would likely have allocated the risks had they expressly so provided”27 but that in fact act as “a gap-filling device which provides a method by which the courts can allocate risks which the contracting parties have failed to allocate.”28 Thus, even though contract law is based on the principle that the parties are masters of their own contractual bargain, and it is the express terms of the resulting written agreement that will govern the resolution of any dispute, an award of damages for breach of contract is typically based on judge-made rules, developed by the common law, to reasonably compensate the non-breaching party for the breaching party’s failure to perform the contract as promised.

In contract law, as opposed to tort law, “‘[t]he purpose[] of awarding contract damages is to compensate the injured party and not to punish the breaching party.’”29 But what has the common law determined is the non-breaching party’s injury in the event a contract has been breached by the other party? The answer is that the injury can be viewed from one of two perspectives: either the nonbreaching party is now (1) “worse off than if the contract had been performed”;30 or (2) “worse off than if the contact had not been made.”31 Damages awarded based on the first perspective are designed to protect what is referred to as the expectation interest, while damages awarded based on the second perspective are designed to protect what is referred to as the reliance interest.32 Thus:

Under the expectation conception, compensation is the amount required to put the victim in a state just as good as if the breaching party had performed the contract. Under the reliance conception, compensation is the amount required to put the victim in a state just as good as if he had not made the contract with the breaching party.33

The expectation measure of damages has also been referred to as the “benefit of the bargain” measure of damages,34 while the reliance measure of damages has been referred to as the “out-of-pocket” measure of damages.35 In awarding market-measured damages in the context of the breach of a representation and warranty in the acquisition of a business, the distinction between these two means of assessing general damages is that the benefit of the bargain method measures the difference between “the value as represented and the value actually received,”36 while the out-of-pocket method measures “the difference between the value the buyer has paid and the value of what he has received.”37 For all practical purposes, the difference between these two approaches in a post-closing damages claim would only matter if the price paid by the buyer exceeds or is less than the value of the business as represented.38 It would be rare in most business acquisitions subjected to a market process that the price paid for the business would not be equal to its market value as represented because, by virtue of the market dynamics, the “contract price is a fair representation of the market price of the business as warranted.”39

While there have been advocates of the reliance interest as the interest most worthy of protection by the courts,40 and therefore the most appropriate method of calculating contract-based damages, it is generally the expectancy interest that gets the most attention and is the basis for most awards of damages arising from a breach of contract.41 But notwithstanding the expectancy interest’s mandate to award to the injured, non-breaching party “the amount required to put the injured party where he would have been if the contract had been performed,”42 contract-based damages rules have always been concerned with making sure that liability was limited by a rule of reasonableness.43 In other words, full expectancy or reliance-based damages awards have never been the norm. Instead, the rule of reasonableness limits damages awards to those that would compensate the non-breaching party for the types of losses that were foreseeable by the breaching party as the probable result of a breach at the time the contract was made; it also denies damages awards that would compensate the non-breaching party for the types of losses that were deemed too remote to have been fairly contemplated by the parties at the time the contract was made.44

The concept of limiting damages awards to those that compensate only for losses that were of a type (although not necessarily of an amount) that were foreseeable as a probable result of the breach finds its purported origin in an English case decided more than 160 years ago: Hadley v. Baxendale.45 Hadley continues to be “cited with approval” throughout the United States,46 and its basic facts are known by most lawyers practicing in common law countries: A mill owner needed a new crankshaft because the mill’s existing shaft was broken. The mill owner hired a carrier firm to transport the broken shaft to a facility that would use the broken shaft as a model from which to build a replacement shaft. The carrier firm apparently agreed to transport the shaft the next day but then delayed the shipment for five days. In the meantime, the mill owner, who was without a replacement shaft to operate his mill, was left with an idle mill and the consequent loss of the profits he would have made had the mill been in operation. Accordingly, the mill owner sought to be placed in the position he would have been in had the carrier fulfilled the contract and delivered the broken crankshaft the next day rather than waiting five days (i.e., by obtaining damages from the carrier equal to that portion of the mill owner’s lost profits that were attributable to the five-day delay).47 In denying the mill owner recovery for his claimed lost profits, the court adopted a two-prong rule that remains “a fixed star in the jurisprudential firmament”48—i.e., contract-based damages are limited to those damages that are foreseeable either because (1) they result normally and naturally from the breach “according to the usual course of things,”49 or (2) they result from special circumstances that were communicated to or known by the breaching party in such a manner that they “may reasonably be supposed to have been in contemplation of both parties, at the time they made the contract, as the probable result of the breach of it.”50 It is this second prong of the Hadley contract damages limitation rule that is traditionally associated with the concept of consequential or special damages, while it is the first prong that is associated with general or direct damages.51 But as will be seen, defining “consequential damages” according to the degree of foreseeability, as opposed to the degree of causality, does not necessarily reflect what the parties entering into a contract actually intend by the term, nor does it ensure the approach a court will take in interpreting a provision purporting to exclude such damages.52

Because the foreseeability standard only restricts the type of damages, not necessarily the amount,53 the foreseeability standard is subject to practical, contextbased constraints as well. Indeed, the Restatement (Second) of Contracts includes a controversial provision that expressly permits a court to limit damages even in the face of clearly foreseeable losses whenever “justice so requires in order to avoid disproportionate compensation.”54 Using a particularly compelling example, the fact that a customer hails a taxi and specifically informs the driver that, unless they arrive by a set time, the customer will lose a contract worth millions of dollars, even if followed by the driver’s specific promise to deliver the customer to the designated address at the designated time for the posted fare, plus tip, does not mean that the taxi driver or the driver’s company is liable for the customer’s resulting losses when the driver, for whatever reason, fails to fulfill the promise.55 Commentators suggest that U.S. courts have tended to deny “recovery even for (foreseeable) consequential loss where the damages ‘are so large as to be out of proportion to the consideration agreed’ unless plaintiff proves that defendant ‘at the time of the contract tacitly consented to be bound to more than ordinary damages in the case of default on his part.’”56 Furthermore, a 2008 English case demonstrates that, even in the birthplace of Hadley v. Baxendale, some judges are inclined to consider the contextual business expectations of the parties rather than just the foreseeability of the types of damages in determining the limitations on the extent of a damages award for a breach of contract.57 Thus, despite the apparent rejection of the tacit-agreement test as a further restriction on Hadley’s foreseeability standard,58 some commentators argue that the foreseeability standard is manipulated by courts on both sides of the Atlantic to effectively determine the appropriate limits of damages that ought to be payable based on the bargain that the parties made.59 As a result, it has been suggested that a more appropriate approach to limiting damages to reasonable levels (and one more consistent with the various outcomes of the cases applying foreseeability criteria) is to take each contract on its own merits, and in its own context, to determine what the object of the promised performance was and the extent to which the non-breaching party has been deprived of the value of that promised performance.60

One of the best summaries of the foreseeability standard, derived from Hadley and recognized and applied in the various common law jurisdictions around the world, is the following from a 2013 decision of the Court of Appeal of Singapore:

The rules as to remoteness of damage serve to impose a horizon on the extent of the contract breaker’s liability. Losses that are within this notional boundary are in principle recoverable while those beyond it are not. But although this horizon is not illusory, equally it is not a rigid or empirically precise boundary. Rather, like the horizon of human experience, its range depends on the circumstances. For this purpose, the relevant circumstances include those in which the contract was entered into and what both parties knew or must be taken to have known about the venture they were about to undertake. According to these circumstances, the horizon may sometimes extend further than at other times.61

This statement effectively sums up more than 160 years of the common law’s struggle with the Hadley foreseeability standard and the concept of reasonableness in awarding damages for breach of contract. Each agreement must be approached on its own terms to determine “a reasonable horizon . . . for the scope of . . . liability” because “[p]arties to similar contracts often have differing expectations.”62 And, as will be demonstrated in this article, the expectations of a buyer of a business, with a negotiated set of representations and warranties, subject to a bargained-for cap and deductible on its available claims for damages, are much different than a party entering into a construction contract with a contractor.

But to complete the review of the common law’s concern with not imposing unreasonable damages upon a defaulting party, we must also note a few of the additional constraints imposed on contract-based damages awards besides the concept of foreseeability. First, the non-breaching party in a breach of contract claim must prove such party’s damages with reasonable certainty.63 Because “[d]amages that are contingent, speculative, and uncertain cannot be established with reasonable certainty,” such purported damages cannot be recovered in a breach of contract action notwithstanding any failure to exclude such damages in the contract.64 Second, contract-based damages awards are subject to the principle that a breaching party is not liable for damages that the non-breaching party could have reasonably avoided (i.e., the concept of mitigation).65 Finally, the concern with excess damages awards is so firmly entrenched in the common law that parties who agree to a specified amount of damages for a breach are subject to having such an agreed-upon damages provision declared void as a penalty, unless such an agreed-upon amount of damages was a reasonable estimate of the actual amount of contract-based damages that would have otherwise been awarded.66

With this basic understanding of the theories underlying contract-based damages awards, we now turn to the more difficult task of attempting to define the various terms used in an excluded losses provision to preclude certain damages types. Appreciating the meaning of each of these terms is critical because, whether or not these terms are fully understood by the parties to the contract, an excluded losses provision “is generally enforced against a counterparty to a contract, even if the effect is to exclude all damages resulting from a breach of the affected agreement.”67

IV. AN UPDATE ON THE MEANING OF “CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES

In 1984, an Atlantic City casino entered into a contract with a construction manager respecting the casino’s renovation.68 The construction manager was to be paid a $600,000 fee for its construction management services. In breach of the agreement, completion of construction was delayed by several months. As a result, the casino was unable to open on time and lost profits, ultimately determined by an arbitration panel to be in the amount of $14,500,000. There was no consequential damages waiver in the contract at issue in this case. Although the court considering this award on appeal was troubled by its size, after applying the traditional foreseeability analysis of Hadley, the court determined that it had no basis to overturn the arbitrator’s award because the importance of completing the project on time and the consequences of not doing so were clearly known to the construction manager at the time that the contract was made.69 The award in this case was considered so out of proportion to the fee paid and the risk supposed to be assumed that the construction industry adopted a new form agreement that contained a mutual waiver of consequential damages that specifically noted that any losses of income or profit were considered consequential damages.70

While this author has been unable to determine the true origin of the pervasive use of consequential damages waivers in private company acquisition agreements, it is cases like this from other contexts that were surely responsible. And it is this author’s contention that, by importing these provisions from the construction industry (with a different set of issues and worries), the appropriate types of damages that should be available for breaches of representations and warranties in the private company acquisition deal context (subject to the applicable caps and deductibles) have been compromised. Indeed, a contractor’s concerns over potential liability for an owner’s loss of profits arising from the contractor’s failure to timely complete construction, under a contract providing for a fixed fee, do not translate into the context of a purchase of a business, where the liability arises from the breach of bargained-for representations and warranties intended to ensure the ongoing ability to generate profits from that purchased business.

A. CONTINUED CONFUSION CONCERNING WHAT DOES AND DOES NOT CONSTITUTE “CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES

As noted in the 2008 The Business Lawyer article, the term “consequential damages” is inherently ambiguous when used in an excluded losses provision.71 Indeed, “consequential” is an adjective that has been defined in one dictionary to simply mean “following, especially as an (immediate or eventual) effect.”72 Still another meaning attributed to the term “consequential” is “important.”73 As a result, “[t]he word ‘consequential’ is not very illuminating, as all damage is in a sense consequential.”74 Nevertheless, this article will attempt to frame the distinction between consequential and direct or general damages as those damages types have been commonly understood by most common law courts.

Some courts define “consequential damages” by referring to the distinction between damages based on the “present value of the promised performance” that was breached (i.e., general or direct damages) and the benefits that performance would have produced or the losses that the failure of that performance produced (i.e., consequential damages).75 Under this formulation, consequential damages are essentially all losses other than the difference between the represented value of the products, services, or assets purchased or contracted for and the value of such products, services, or assets as actually delivered or provided.76

A more common understanding of the term “consequential,” and the meaning attributed by many lawyers to the term, is “of the nature of a secondary result; indirect.”77 This is also the meaning that is given to the term “consequential damages” by some courts without any reference to the second prong of the Hadley rule. Thus, some courts define “consequential damages” as “such damages that do not flow directly and immediately from the injurious act, but that result indirectly from the act.”78 In other words, some courts have equated consequential damages with the concept of indirect damages.79 Equating consequential damages with indirect damages may result from the fact that normal, natural, ordinary, and general damages are referred to most commonly as direct damages, when contrasting them with consequential damages.80

But despite these other understandings, consequential or special damages have been understood by a majority of courts as being damages that arise from the second prong of the Hadley damages limitation rule (i.e., from the non-breaching party’s special circumstances that were known or knowable to the breaching party at the time of contracting but which would not normally be expected to arise as a result of a breach of the particular type of contract being made).81 As a result, consequential or special damages have an enhanced foreseeability requirement because they are viewed as damages beyond the normal expectations of the parties. Because the determination of damages as direct/ general or consequential/special under Hadley is based on foreseeability criteria, not causality differentiations,82 consequential or special damages can include losses directly caused by the breach, and that are the “probable result of the breach when the contract was made,” but that are nevertheless beyond the ordinary course of events normally expected from a breach of this type of contract.83 Commentators have proposed a definition of the “special circumstances” giving rise to this enhanced foreseeability requirement as follows:

The term “special circumstances” refers to the information known by the buyer that differentiates the buyer’s vulnerability to economic loss on account of breach from that of other buyers and is of such significance that disclosure might have reasonably induced the seller to take additional protective measures in response.84

This proposed definition is consistent with the holding of Hadley, which denied the mill owner’s damages in the form of lost profits caused by the late delivery of the mill’s broken shaft because the mill’s owner had apparently failed to specifically communicate to the carrier the fact that the mill had no spare shaft with which to operate.85 According to one commentator, the “function of the communication of the circumstances is to allow the defendant to insist on a variation of the terms of the contract as regards the damage issue.”86 After all, if there are special circumstances and they have not been communicated, the waiver of damages arising from those special circumstances is completely unnecessary because they are unrecoverable remote damages.87 Indeed, it is only where the special circumstances have been communicated to the breaching party at the time the contract was made that damages arising from those special circumstances are deemed recoverable consequential damages under the second prong of Hadley. Applying these rules, even in the absence of an excluded losses provision that uses the term “consequential damages,” could result in the denial of damages that one may well view as direct but that nonetheless involve uncommunicated special circumstances. Therefore, a waiver of consequential damages always involves a waiver of damages arising from circumstances that were in fact fully foreseeable (as a result of the communication of those special circumstances that would not otherwise have been deemed foreseeable in an ordinary situation).88

So, when the term “consequential damages” is used in an excluded losses provision, what does it really mean?89 Does it mean all damages other than market-measured damages? Or does it mean indirect damages? Or does it instead mean communicated special circumstances? Regardless of the chosen approach to interpreting its meaning generally, how is that meaning going to apply in the specific context of the breach of a bargained-for representation and warranty involving a purchased business? Given the uncertainty of the term’s meaning, the risk of getting this wrong is not only on the buyer but also on the seller.

Cases from a variety of common law jurisdictions would appear to support the view that the term “consequential loss,” when used in an excluded losses provision, is not necessarily as far reaching as sellers may hope or buyers may fear. For example, one commentator has provided a convenient listing of losses that many would have supposed were consequential losses that would have been excluded by a consequential loss waiver, but which English and Australian courts have found were nonetheless direct or general losses in the context of the specific contract breached, as follows:

  • increased production costs and loss of profits caused by defective power station equipment;
  • wasted overheads and loss of profit caused by the destruction of a methanol plant;
  • the costs of removing and storing defective mini-bar chiller units and cabinets, and the loss of profits associated with their use caused by the defective mini-bar systems;
  • loss of sales, loss of opportunity to increase margins, loss of opportunity to make staff cost savings, and wasted management time caused by the breach of contract to supply computer hardware and associated services;
  • increased project costs and reduced cost benefit . . . caused by the breach of a contract to supply and develop computer software; and
  • loss of revenue caused by the failure to supply a gas energy flow at the contracted amount for the contract period.90

Add to this list the more recent 2011 English case of McCain Foods GB Ltd v. Eco-Tec (Europe) Ltd,91 in which the court held that a clause excluding liability for “indirect, special, incidental and consequential damages” did not exclude liability for the lost revenue that would have been generated by a properly working system, nor the cost of purchasing electricity that would have been produced if the system had worked properly, nor the cost of additional manpower to address the issues arising from the breach. This was because each of these losses, together with the cost of replacing the defective system itself, arose naturally from the fact that the system did not perform as contracted and thus were direct losses, not consequential losses.

Shifting gears to the buyer’s perspective, consider the 2012 Australian case of Alstom Ltd v. Yokogawa Australia Pty Ltd & Anor (No 7).92 In Altsrom, the court determined that restricting the scope of a waiver of consequential losses to only those losses falling within the second prong of the Hadley damages limitation rule was “unduly restrictive” and “failed to do justice to the language used” in the specific contract being considered.93 Instead, the court was prepared to allow the term “consequential” to have its normal dictionary meaning. Referring to the Shorter Oxford English Dictionary, the court noted that the term “consequential” could be understood to simply mean “following as an effect.” Given the context of the specific contract being considered, and the remedies otherwise specifically provided for certain types of contract breaches,94 the court interpreted the clause to exclude “all damages suffered as a consequence of a breach of contract.”95

Since the 2008 Australian case of Environmental Systems Pty Ltd v. Peerless Holdings Pty Ltd,96 the Australian courts appear to have rejected the English approach of limiting the term “consequential loss” to only the second prong of the Hadley damages limitation rule in the context of a loss exclusion provision.97 In Environmental Systems, the court was willing to treat even damages coming within the first prong of the Hadley rule as being consequential98 by equating consequential loss with anything beyond the “normal loss,” which the court noted would almost always exclude lost profits.99 In 2013, however, another Australian court, in Regional Power Corporation v. Pacific Hydro Group Two Pty Ltd [No 2],100 seemingly rejected both the Environmental Systems and Hadley approaches to determining the meaning of “consequential loss”:

To reject the rigid construction approach towards the term “consequential loss” predicated upon a conceptual inappropriateness of invoking the Hadley v. Baxendale dichotomy as to remoteness of loss, only then to replace that approach by a rigid touchstone of the “normal measure of damages” and which always automatically eliminates profits lost and expenses incurred, would pose equivalent conceptual difficulties. Accordingly, I doubt whether the observations in Environmental Systems were intended to carry any general applicability towards establishing a rigid new construction principle for limitation clauses going much beyond the presenting circumstances of that case.101

Accordingly, examining the contract as a whole to determine its intended purpose rather than following artificial rules that “fettered toward assessing the character of an economic loss by rather vague criteria of whether or not the loss arose ‘in the ordinary course of things’ . . . [or from] the equally porous concept of a normal measure of damage,” the court found that the damages in question—the cost of providing replacement power when a hydroelectric plant ceased operating in breach of a contract—were direct damages that went to the very purpose for which the contract had been made, not consequential losses.102 Interestingly, the court reached its decision by referring to an earlier unreported decision in which the court approached the issue from the same vantage point and found that the excluded consequential loss was “confined to that loss which [the non-breaching party] might incur as a result of using or being unable to use its plant or capital investment for a purpose extraneous to that directly contemplated by the transaction documents.”103

Similarly, American courts do not appear to follow a bright-line rule that certain types of losses are always consequential and certain other types of losses are always direct or general. A sampling of holdings across the United States regarding the types of damages that are and are not excluded by a waiver of consequential damages is illustrative:

  • damages for a construction company’s losses attributable to idle equipment and unused materials were general damages not consequential damages, as such damages followed naturally from the breach of the construction contract;104
  • late fees incurred by a buyer of component parts for failing to timely complete a project under a separate contract with a third party, that were the direct result of the seller’s failure to timely deliver the purchased parts, were consequential damages precluded by the purchase agreement’s excluded loss provision;105
  • loss of fees on unused hospital rooms arising out of the breach of a contract to install elevators to service those newly constructed hospital rooms were consequential damages precluded by the waiver provision of the elevator installation agreement;106
  • lost income caused by receivables allegedly becoming uncollectable, due to an inability to timely submit invoices as a result of the breach of a contract to install and implement a billing program, were consequential damages precluded by the parties’ contract because such loss of income was “attributable to special circumstances”;107
  • costs incurred by issuing banks to cover fraudulent charges as a result of a credit card processor’s breach of contract that resulted in a computer system being compromised by hackers were consequential damages that were not recoverable due to the contract’s exclusion of such damages;108
  • back charges for which a subcontractor became liable under a separate agreement with the prime contractor as a result of the default of a supplier in providing defective parts were direct damages, not consequential damages, under the supply agreement, even though they arose out of the separate subcontract between the prime contractor and the subcontractor;109 and
  • additional interest costs incurred by an owner due to the contractor’s delay in completion of a project, together with lost interest revenues that could have been earned on the owner’s capital invested in the project if a permanent loan would have closed upon timely completion of the project, were direct damages, but increased costs of permanent financing due to increased interest rates at the time of the actual closing of the permanent loan were consequential damages.110

The only conclusion that can be drawn from all of these cases from the various common law jurisdictions is that “[d]amages that might be considered ‘consequential’ in one contract might be direct damages in another.”111 Note, moreover, that none of these cases address the specific context of a purchase of a business.

B. LOST PROFITS THAT ARE AND ARE NOT CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES

Damages based on the “loss of profits are often thought of as consequential losses.”112 While some cases do tend to generally classify all lost profits as consequential damages,113 “[i]f the language of the contract indicates that the parties contemplated lost profits as the probable result of the breach, then those lost profits are more properly seen as part of the contract itself, and thus a form of direct damages.”114 Stated differently, lost profits are considered general or direct damages when a review of the contract indicates that “the non-breaching party bargained for such profits and they are ‘the direct and immediate fruits of the contract,’” whereas lost profits are considered consequential damages when they are the result of a “collateral business arrangement.”115 But deriving profits from a collateral business arrangement may well be the primary purpose of the contract between the parties and, therefore, the loss of profits from that collateral business arrangement could be “the direct and immediate fruits of the contract.”

The 2014 New York case of Biotronik A.G. v. Conor Medsystems Ireland Ltd.116 is illustrative of this distinction. In Biotronik, the defendant, a manufacturer of a specialized medical device, entered into an exclusive distributorship agreement with the plaintiff. Under the terms of the distributorship agreement, the plaintiff was required to pay the defendant a transfer price for the resales of the device that was based upon the actual net sales price received by the plaintiff, meaning that the very essence of the deal was for the plaintiff to realize the spread between the transfer price and the sales price to third parties as its profit. When, in breach of this distributorship agreement, the defendant ceased manufacturing the device and recalled the entire product (to favor another product of its new owner), the plaintiff sued for lost profits. The distributorship agreement had an excluded losses provision that precluded “any indirect, special, consequential, incidental or punitive damages.”117 It did not, however, specifically exclude lost profits. Hence, the issue was whether the lost profits caused by the breach of the distribution agreement that clearly arose from independent resale agreements between the non-breaching party and third-party purchasers were consequential damages or general damages that were the natural result of the breach of the distribution agreement.

Concluding that there was no bright-line rule that declares that “lost profits can never be general damages simply because they involve a third party transaction,” the Biotronik court found that the lost profits in this case were, in fact, general or direct damages because “the very essence of the contract” was that the non-breaching party would resell the breaching party’s device and the pricing formula payable to the breaching party by the non-breaching party contemplated such resales.118 Accordingly, the court concluded that “the agreement reflects an arrangement significantly different from a situation where the buyer’s resale to a third party is independent of the underlying agreement.”119 The fact, however, that there was a significant dissent in this case is further evidence of the danger of using terms like “consequential damages” in an excluded losses provision because there is no certainty as to how a particular court will interpret this term in the context of a specific agreement.

C. THE TERM “CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES” REMAINS MUTABLE

Not much has changed since 2008 in terms of the mutability of the term “consequential damages”—it can mean different things in different agreements, depending on the specific context of the agreement in which it is used. Whether the courts construing the term are in the United States or in any of the other commonwealth nations that inherited their common law from England, there is simply no clearly established, immutable meaning for the term “consequential damages.” The truth is that “[d]espite the vast number of cases purporting to define ‘consequential damages’ by repeating the same time honored but general definitions and distinctions between consequential and direct damages, the meaning remains elusive.”120 The losses excluded by the inclusion of the term “consequential damages” in an excluded losses provision are simply not easily known or categorized by the seller or the buyer in a private company acquisition agreement. As a result, many practitioners learn about whether a particular loss is consequential or general in much the same manner “as road bugs learn about Mack trucks”121 (i.e., after it is too late to do anything about it).

V. UPDATING THE DEFINITION OF OTHER COMMON DAMAGES LIMITATION TERMS

“Consequential damages” may be the most common term used in an excluded losses provision, but it is far from the most problematic. The 2008 The Business Lawyer article briefly dealt with many of the other terms commonly employed in excluded losses provisions, and in most cases this author did not feel a need to re-thresh all of that old straw.122 Nevertheless, the following terms merit a new review in light of some new cases reconfirming or slightly altering the view originally expressed in the article.

A. “DIRECT DAMAGES

The cases tend to treat the term “direct damages” as synonymous with the term “general damages.”123 Furthermore, the term “direct damages” is sometimes used as an attempted means of limiting indemnifiable losses so that consequential damages are effectively excluded. In other words, some transactional lawyers like to avoid the fight over consequential damages waivers by limiting indemnifiable losses only to claims for direct damages. But are direct damages in this context the same as in the common law distinction between the first and second prong of Hadley’s damages limitation regime? Are direct damages the same as general damages, which are limited to those damages that constitute the normal, natural, and usual result of a breach, and therefore necessarily exclude any damages that arise from the non-breaching party’s special circumstances, even if they have been communicated to the breaching party at the time of contracting? Or are direct damages in this context simply an indication of causal connection (i.e., direct means the absence of any intervening causes other than the breach itself )? If the former meaning is intended, then consequential damages have, in fact, been excluded, but if the latter meaning is intended, then consequential damages would still be included in direct damages because most consequential damages are, in fact, the direct result of the breach. What makes them consequential, according to most courts, is not that they are indirect but that they are not the normal result of a breach in the usual situation absent the special circumstance of this specific non-breaching party. A good example of where the use of the term “direct damages” may have effectively re-included otherwise excluded consequential damages is the following provision borrowed from the stock purchase agreement governing Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s acquisition of the stock of Aptuit Holdings, Inc.:

Notwithstanding any provision herein, neither Seller nor Purchaser shall in any event be liable to the other party or its Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents or representatives on account of any indemnity obligation set forth in Section 10.01 or Section 10.02 for any indirect, consequential, special, incidental or punitive damages (including lost profits, loss of use, damage to goodwill or loss of business); provided, in each case, that such limitation shall not limit recovery (x) for any direct damages, (y) for diminution in the value of any asset of the Business, as of immediately prior to Closing (before giving effect to the Acquisition but after giving effect to the Restructuring), to the extent relating to, arising out of or resulting from the item giving rise to the applicable indemnity obligation or (z) to the extent arising from payments made to a claimant in a Third Party Claim.124

If the term “direct damages” in this provision is simply a causal distinction rather than a reference to the first prong of the Hadley damages limitation regime, the waiver of consequential damages has effectively been neutered by allowing the recovery of consequential damages that are the direct result of the breach giving rise to the indemnity obligation. Given that many lawyers believe consequential damages are synonymous with indirect damages rather than with special damages, then perhaps the intention is only to exclude indirect damages, not consequential (i.e., special) damages that directly result from the breach.125

B. “DIMINUTION IN VALUE

“Diminution in value,” as a measure of damages arising from a breach of a representation and warranty in a private company acquisition agreement, is best understood as damages based on the difference between the value of the business if the representations and warranties had been accurate, and the value of the business as a result of one or more representations and warranties proving to have been inaccurate.126 This is similar to the standard measure of damages in a securities fraud case (i.e., “the difference between the price of the stock and its actual value if the truth were known”).127 It is also used as the basic measure of out-of-pocket damages in a Delaware breach of fiduciary duty case.128 But harking back to the discussion of basic contract damages rules,129 all damages recoveries are subject to the rule that they should not do more than provide the benefit of the promised performance. In other words, “[a] remedy for a breach should seek [only] to give the non-breaching party the benefit of its bargain by putting that party in the position it would have been but for the breach.”130 Thus, if the breach of contract (i.e., the inaccurate representation and warranty) is capable of being remedied by expending sums to correct the breach, and such expenditure is less than the diminution in value as a result of the breach, then diminution in value damages are generally not available. Indeed, it is only when the amount required to remedy defective performance (or to correct the harm resulting from a representation and warranty having been inaccurate when made) is “(i) ‘disproportionate to the probable loss in value,’ (ii) constitute[s] ‘economic waste,’ or (iii) bestow[s] a windfall on the plaintiff,”131 that diminution in value damages is considered an appropriate substitute for an award of damages based on the promised performance.132 Would a waiver of diminution in value damages cause a court to award damages to remedy an inaccurate representation and warranty that were disproportionate to the loss of value because the waiver rendered the option of awarding a lesser sum equal to the diminution in value unavailable? Indeed, in some cases a seller may well be better off limiting damages to only diminution in value.

C. “MULTIPLES OF EARNINGS

“Multiples of earnings” are a basic means of valuing a business.133 Buyers price a business based on its ability to generate cash flow and make profits from that cash flow. And many of the representations and warranties carefully bargained for in a private company acquisition agreement are specifically designed to ensure that the earnings against which the agreed multiple has been applied in determining the price are and will continue to be available to the business post-closing. If the price paid was based on the previous twelve months’ earnings (or go-forward projections), and the buyer specifically bargains for a representation that the seller has not received notice that any material supplier or customer will terminate the current supply agreement or reduce its current level of purchases, and that representation proves inaccurate, then the buyer’s damages are not simply the amount of cash flow or margin loss from that customer or supplier that cannot be replaced but the multiple on that cash flow or margin loss that was used as the basis for pricing the company. Indeed, to the extent that the lost earnings are not replaceable or are only replaceable with cash flow that generates lower margins, then that multiple is the basis for determining the diminution in value. Thus, diminution in value and multiples of earnings go hand in hand.134

D. “LOST PROFITS

As previously discussed in the context of consequential damages and multiples of earnings damages, profits that were presumed to be part of the go-forward business are “the direct and immediate fruits” of a private company acquisition agreement and should be available as a means of determining the appropriate damages award where a breached representation and warranty results in actual loss of those profits. Profits lost from new arrangements made by the buyer that could not have reasonably been anticipated by the seller when the representations and warranties were made, or which were clearly extraneous to the purchased business itself, should be deemed unrecoverable remote damages under the general contract damages regime, even in the absence of an express waiver. But that distinction is simply the basis for determining whether lost profits are part of a waiver of consequential or special damages. When the excluded losses provision expressly excludes lost profits as a separate category of excluded damages and not simply as an example of otherwise excluded consequential damages, it is much more difficult to determine exactly what effect the exclusion has on the normal measures of direct damages.135

Some have argued that an independent waiver of lost profits also constitutes a waiver of diminution in value or market-measured damages for breach of a representation and warranty because the determination of market value depends on a determination of profitability.136 In The Business Lawyer article from 2008, it was suggested that such a result was a real possibility.137 The better-reasoned view, however, is that the mere exclusion of lost profits in an excluded losses provision does not mean that diminution in value damages have been indirectly excluded. An independent waiver of lost profits is more rationally viewed as a waiver of anticipated profits that could be earned in the future based on the buyer’s efforts to consolidate or change the purchased business in some manner different than the manner in which the business is currently operated,138 rather than a waiver of the basic profitability equation that was used to price the business in connection with the sale.139 Indeed, the few courts that have considered this distinction since 2008 appear to agree that an independent exclusion of lost profits does not constitute an indirect waiver of the normal market-measured damages methodology in connection with a breach of a representation and warranty.140 That is still no reason, however, to blindly permit the waiver of all lost profits in the excluded losses provision of a private company acquisition agreement.

VI. OVERLAYING THE CONCEPT OF INDEMNIFICATION FOR LOSSES ON THE CONTRACT DAMAGES REGIME

Thus far we have been discussing damages awards for breach of contract, not indemnification for losses arising from a breach of contract. Is there a difference? The answer was far from clear in 2008 when the original The Business Lawyer article was published, and it remains unclear today. But it bears repeating that there is, in fact, a very clear distinction (whether or not there is an ultimate difference) between a claim for indemnification and a claim for damages for breach of a representation and warranty in an acquisition agreement.

A claim for damages arising from a breach of a contractual representation and warranty is limited by the default rules of reasonableness and foreseeability that were developed to cover the fact that the contracting parties typically fail to specifically delineate the amount that a breaching party would pay in the event of such a breach. On the other hand, a claim for indemnification is based on a separate contractual undertaking by a party to specifically make good all defined losses that arise as a result of a specified triggering event: either a third-party claim or a breach of the contract itself without an attendant third-party claim.141 While there are cases that suggest that a claim for indemnification for breach of contract should be subject to the same default contract rules as a claim for damages arising from a breach of contract,142 an indemnification for “all losses,” with the typically expansive litany of costs, expenses, and liabilities that can be the subject of such indemnification, could certainly give rise to the argument that the indemnification provision specifically overrides the common law’s limits on damages otherwise available for breach of contract.143 Indeed, in England and Australia, practitioners appear to assume that an indemnity eliminates the Hadley remoteness limits and the duty to mitigate.144 Although some practitioners in the United States appear to assume that the contract damages limitation regime applies equally to claims for breach of contract and indemnification,145 it has been noted that:

Courts have not definitively determined whether Hadley’s foreseeability rule would apply to an indemnity claim based on breach of the agreement. Therefore, if appropriate, parties should include reasonably foreseeable language in the indemnity provision to ensure that the common law rule of reasonableness applies.146

This author believes that much of this confusion is caused by the use of the term “indemnification” itself. In the specific context of a U.S.-style private company acquisition agreement, “[t]he term ‘indemnification’ is used . . . as a contractual term of art to describe [a] contractual remedy . . . for breaches of representations and warranties.”147 It is not the same as “the common law right known as ‘indemnity,’” which requires the existence of a third-party claim.148 As a result, this author subscribes to the view, which finds support in one English case,149 that indemnification for breach of the contractual representations and warranties set forth in a private company acquisition agreement remains subject to the same common law damages limitation regime as the underlying breach of contract claim itself, unless such a breach results in an actual third-party claim.150 But this is only a view, and drafting to avoid uncertain outcomes should always be the transactional lawyer’s goal.

Because an indemnification provision typically provides an indemnity not only for direct claims arising from losses to the buyer as a result of one or more of the representations and warranties proving inaccurate, but also from third-party claims that are asserted against the buyer and arise as a result of one or more of the representations and warranties having been untrue, it is likely that this is the reason that the scope of indemnifiable losses became so expansive in the first instance. To cover every possible liability for which a buyer could become subject as a result of a third-party claim, the definition of “losses” outstripped the contract damages limitation regime’s rule of reasonableness with respect to direct claims. Instead of addressing this issue head-on by bifurcating losses subject to indemnification for direct claims (which is really not indemnification at all but a contractual mechanism to pay damages for losses caused by a breach of contract) from losses subject to indemnification for third-party claims, draftspersons created the excluded losses provision, which typically only excludes the laundry list of damages from indemnification for direct claims, not third-party claims, anyway. If the original idea behind the excluded losses provision was to limit indemnifiable losses for direct claims to something closer to the contract-based damages regime that would have been available in the absence of an indemnification provision that is stated to be the sole remedy for a breach of the bargained-for representations and warranties in a private company acquisition agreement, this is a goal with which this author wholeheartedly agrees. But trying to accomplish that goal with a laundry list of excluded losses has potentially made the cure worse than the disease. There has to be a better way.151

VII. REJECTING MARKET IN FAVOR OF A RATIONAL APPROACH TO EXCLUDED LOSSES IN THE ACTUAL CONTEXT OF THE PURCHASE OF A BUSINESS

An excluded losses provision that contains a laundry list of problematic terms, which has the potential of depriving the buyer of the benefit of the bargain or providing the seller a false sense of security, appears to continue to enjoy market dominance.152 But there are signs of a change since 2008. While the majority of agreements continue to contain some form of the broad excluded losses provision previously noted,153 a significant percentage of agreements contain no excluded losses provision at all,154 and many that do contain an excluded losses provision evidence a real effort to address the laundry list of excluded losses with an approach that seeks to ensure that indemnification for direct claims is limited so that indemnifiable losses would be consistent with the common law damages limitation rules that would otherwise apply for breach of contract in the absence of indemnification. The most common formulation is as follows:

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this agreement, neither the Buyer nor any Seller nor their respective Affiliates shall be liable hereunder to any Indemnified Party for any (i) punitive or exemplary damages or (ii) lost profits or consequential, special or indirect damages except, in the case of this clause (ii), to the extent such lost profits or damages are (x) not based on any special circumstances of the party entitled to indemnification and (y) the natural, probable and reasonably foreseeable result of the event that gave rise thereto or the matter for which indemnification is sought hereunder, regardless of the form of action through which such damages are sought, except in each case of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), to the extent any such lost profits or damages are included in any action by a third party against such Indemnified Party for which it is entitled to indemnification under this agreement.155

Note that this provision avoids the use of “diminution in value,” “multiples of earnings,” or any similar terms that could potentially affect the basic market measure of damages for direct claims. Note further that recovery of lost profits or consequential, special, or indirect damages for direct claims are limited to those damages that are the natural, probable, and reasonably foreseeable result of the breach but are unlimited to the extent that they arise from third-party claims. This author is certainly not endorsing this language as a cure-all for the problems addressed by this article, but it is an appropriate starting place for real negotiations about understood concepts—losses incurred in connection with claims made by third parties should not be subject to any exclusions, but losses incurred in connection with direct claims should not permit recoveries by virtue of the fact of indemnification that would not be permitted for breach of contract in the absence of indemnification.156

Of course, this provision also appears to exclude damages based on special circumstances giving rise to those losses, even if those losses were otherwise the natural, probable, and reasonably foreseeable result of the breach. Consequential damages require the existence of special circumstances, to be sure, but if the special circumstances are not communicated, then the damages are not consequential but remote.157 A waiver of any damages that depend on special circumstances means that only losses that come within the first prong of the Hadley rule would be recoverable, even though the losses that depend on special circumstances may have otherwise been foreseeable under the enhanced foreseeability standard required under the second prong of the Hadley rule. This may or may not be appropriate or what was intended (depending on the deal dynamics and facts).

An example of a provision that avoids this problem (even while employing all of the traditional offensive language from a broad excluded losses provision) is the following:

[E]xcept with respect to those actually awarded and paid on account of a Third Party Claim, no Party shall be liable for (i) punitive or exemplary damages or (ii) incidental, consequential, special or indirect damages, lost profits or lost business, loss of enterprise value, diminution in value of any business, damage to reputation or loss to goodwill, whether based on contract, tort, strict liability, other Law or otherwise and whether or not arising from any other Party’s sole, joint or concurrent negligence, strict liability or other fault except, in the case of clause (ii), to the extent such Damages are reasonably foreseeable in connection with the event that gave rise thereto or the matter for which indemnification is sought hereunder.158

And the following definition of “Excluded Losses” is offered, not as a one-size-fits-all form but as a potential starting place for the development of a private company, context-specific provision that recognizes some of the concerns that created the proliferation of the broad laundry-list approach to excluded losses provisions, without throwing the baby out with the bathwater:

“Excluded Damages” means (i) punitive or exemplary damages, (ii) any loss of profits arising out of or resulting from an anticipated, expected, projected or actual increase in profits after the Closing as compared to the Company’s historical profits prior to the Closing, and (iii) Losses that are not, as of the date of this Agreement, the probable and reasonably foreseeable result of (A) an inaccuracy or breach by the Company or a Seller of any of its or their representations or warranties under this Agreement or (B) the other matters giving rise to a claim for indemnification, except in each case to the extent any such Losses or damages are required to be paid to a third party pursuant to a Third-Party Claim.

An even better approach, which is found in an increasing number of agreements, is to reject the traditional excluded losses provision in favor of a provision that recognizes the distinction between direct claims and third-party claims for indemnification, and treats a direct claim as subject to well-established rules governing recoverable damages for breach of contract so that indemnification for direct claims is limited to only those losses “that are otherwise recoverable in a claim for breach of contract under applicable law.”159 Doing so could potentially prevent an overly expansive indemnification provision from being declared void as a penalty because it seeks to set forth an agreed amount of damages for breach of contract that is not a reasonable estimate of the damages that would otherwise be recoverable at common law.160

VIII. CONCLUSION

Mitu Gulati and Robert Scott have recently devoted an entire book to examining the persistent use of a specific contractual provision notwithstanding the fact that the lawyers drafting that provision apparently cannot articulate what the provision is intended to accomplish.161 Despite the conventional wisdom that highly skilled transactional lawyers will adapt and change market terms when they cease to make sense or they have been interpreted by courts in a manner inconsistent with their intended meaning,162 Gulati and Scott suggest that the force of “what is market” can contribute to the continued use of outdated and ambiguous provisions just because they are considered market and irrespective of whether they are understood by the draftspersons.

Good transactional lawyers should “study past disputes in order to draft contractual provisions that will avoid similar disputes in the future.”163 But Gulati and Scott believe that there is little “evidence of transactional lawyers engaged in the dynamic process of regularly reading cases and incorporating that learning into novel innovations in subsequent contracts.”164 While this author does not believe that this is a fair criticism of all transactional lawyers, there does appear to be a basic fear among many transactional lawyers of making any changes to a contractual provision that has become part of the marketplace, even where that provision’s applicability or meaning in the context of a particular type of transaction cannot be explained.165 Although Gulati and Scott were studying this phenomenon in the context of the pari passu clause of sovereign debt instruments, the excluded losses provision of most private company acquisition agreements could just as easily have been the subject of their study.166 Is this “herd mentality”167 really worthy of the sophisticated transactional bar? Shouldn’t contractual provisions adapt to the changing circumstance of a particular deal and in response to court decisions interpreting those provisions?168 Contract draftspersons’ jobs are to protect their clients’ best interests by “predicting” how a court will interpret the provisions that they draft and by shaping those provisions as best as possible so that they will be faithfully interpreted by a court consistent with that prediction.169 To do that job effectively, contract drafting must be responsive to the reported decisions of the courts that could ultimately be required to interpret that contract.170

The continued use of a loss exclusion provision containing a laundry list of terms that have been inconsistently interpreted by the courts may be defensible on the basis that it has enjoyed market acceptance, but like the undefined fraud carve-out discussed in another recent The Business Lawyer article,171 it is hoped that this market acceptance will be increasingly rejected in favor of more thoughtful and workable provisions. After all, following the example of how “road bugs learn about Mack trucks”172 is a bad idea; we should instead all follow our mothers’ time-honored advice not to follow the crowd into doing something we know is fraught with danger simply based on the fact that everyone else is doing it. This advice is equally applicable to the seller with the leverage to insist upon a broad excluded losses provision, thinking it may exclude more than it actually does, as it is to a buyer accepting such a provision and believing or hoping that it excludes less than it actually does.

_____________

*. Glenn D. West is a Dallas-based partner with Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP. The views expressed in this article are those of the author only, and are not necessarily shared or endorsed by Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP or its partners. The author wishes to express appreciation to Dallas-based colleague, Michael R. Andrews, and summer associate, Veronica Bonhamgregory, for their research and cite-checking assistance in connection with making this article ready for publication, and to Silicon Valley-based colleague, Craig W. Adas, for his helpful editorial comments. The author also wishes to thank Professor J. W. Carter and Joel I. Greenberg for their willingness to review and provide suggestions on an earlier draft of this article.

1. See Fowler V. Harper & Mary Coate McNeely, A Re-Examination of the Basis for Liability for Emotional Distress, 1938 WIS. L. REV. 426, 426.

2. Glenn D. West & Sara G. Duran, Reassessing the “Consequences” of Consequential Damage Waivers in Acquisition Agreements, 63 BUS. LAW. 777 (2008).

3. Id. at 780.

4. Id. at 781.

5. Id. at 807.

6. Id.

7. Id. at 779–80, 805–06.

8. Id. at 805–07.

9. Id. at 807 n.105.

10. See SUBCOMM. ON MKT. TRENDS OF THE BUS. LAW SECTION MERGERS & ACQUISITIONS COMM., 2013 PRIVATE TARGET MERGERS & ACQUISITIONS DEAL POINTS STUDY 89 (2013); Daniel Avery & Kevin Lin, Trends in M&A Provisions: Exclusion of Consequential Damages, 17 MERGERS & ACQUISITIONS L. REP. (BNA) 414 (2014), available at http://goo.gl/FtvYr2.

11. Pharm. Prod. Dev., Inc. v. TVM Life Sci. Ventures VI, L.P., Civ. A. No. 5688-VCS, 2011 WL 549163, at *7 (Del. Ch. Feb. 16, 2011).

12. See, e.g., Phillip Spencer Ashley, Bob Palmer & Judith Aldersey-Williams, An International Issue: “Loss of Profits” and “Consequential Loss,” 15 BUS. L. INT’L 261 (2014); J.W. Carter, Exclusion of Liability for Consequential Loss, 25 J. CONT. L. 118 (2009) (Austl.); Megan A. Ceder & Travis J. Distaso, Consequential Damages Waivers: How to Consequentially and Incidentally (Including Indirectly) Waive Your Remedy, 6 HLRe 1 (2015), available at http://goo.gl/4Op552; Joshua Glazov, Direct vs. Consequential Damages: Use the Road Sign Test to Tell the Difference, AM. B. ASSN (Apr. 2013), http://goo.gl/g1U9OJ; Jacques Herbots, Why It Is Ill-Advised to Translate Consequential Damages by Dommage Indirect, 19 EUR. REV. PRIV. L. 931 (2011); Richard Hill, Limiting Exposure to Contractual Claims in Uncertain Times: Excluding Liability for “Consequential Loss” Under Australian and English Law, ASIA PAC. F. NEWS, May 2009, at 24, 24–29; Wifa Eddy Lenusira, Conflicts and Uncertainties in English and Scottish Judicial Interpretation of Consequential Loss and Its Application to the United Kingdom’s Oil and Gas Industry, 34 INTL ENERGY L. REV. 55 (2015); Robert Little & Chris Babcock, Avoiding Unintended Consequences of Damage Waiver Provisions in M&A Agreements, GIBSON DUNN (July 10, 2012), http://goo.gl/om979t; Gregory Odry, Exclusion of Consequential Damages: Write What You Mean, 29 INTL CONSTRUCTION L. REV. 142 (2012); Mary Sabina Peters, Hermeneutics of the Term “Consequential Loss,” 32 INTL ENERGY L. REV. 263 (2013); Michael Polkinghorne, Exclusion Clauses: Navigating the Minefield, WHITE & CASE LLP (Dec. 2012), http://www.whitecase.com/parisenergyseriesno6/; E. Jane Sidnell, Consequential Damages: Are Exclusions of Consequential Damages Inconsequential?, 2010 J. CAN. C. CONSTRUCTION LAW. 109 (Can.); Practice Note, Understanding Damage Waivers: Consequential, Incidental, Lost Profits and More, PRAC. L. CO. (July 8, 2014), http://us.practicallaw.com/3-571-4285.

13. See Pharm. Prod. Dev., Inc., 2011 WL 549163, at *7; see generally J.W. Carter, Context and Literalism in Construction, 31 J. CONT. L. 100 (2014) (Austl.).

14. Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated July 18, 2014, by and among Autocam Corporation, PMC Global Acquisition Corporation, NN, Inc., Newport Global Advisors, L.P., and John C. Kennedy, PRAC. L. CO. art. I (“Losses”), at 10 (July 18, 2014), http://us.practicallaw.com/1-575-9307 (emphasis added).

15. See Gusmao v. GMT Grp., Inc., No. 06 Civ. 5113 (GEL), 2008 WL 2980039, at *11 (S.D.N.Y. Aug. 1, 2008) (“Where a party purchased a company on the basis of inaccurate warranties, the injured party is normally ‘entitled to the benefit of its bargain, measured as the difference between the value of [company] as warranted by [sellers] and its true value at the time of the transaction.’” (quoting Merrill Lynch & Co. v. Allegheny Energy, Inc., 500 F.3d 171, 185 (2d Cir. 2007))). This author uses the term “potential” in referencing the exclusion of diminution in value damages because there are a number of cases that treat precluded damages types that are listed as a subcategory of broader damages types as only excluding the subcategories to the extent that such subcategories of precluded damages are first determined to be included in the broader excluded categories. See, e.g., Westlake Fin. Grp., Inc. v. CDH-Delanor Health Sys., 25 N.E.3d 1166, 117578 (Ill. App. Ct. 2015) (an excluded losses provision that precluded claims for consequential or special damages “such as, but not limited to, loss of revenue or anticipated profits or lost business” only excluded the listed examples to the extent they did in fact first constitute consequential or special damages); see also infra note 135. Accordingly, it could be that all of the damages types that are listed after the phrase “or other similar damages, including” are only excluded to the extent they are first determined to be included in the initial list of precluded damages types—i.e., “special, consequential, multiple of earnings, indirect, punitive damages or other similar damages.” See Polkinghorne, supra note 12, at 5.

16. See West & Duran, supra note 2, at 800–04 (discussing the shutdown of the plant in the Widget Manufacturing Plant hypothetical). The term “potential” is again used in recognition of the placement of this excluded damages type in the proviso. See supra note 15.

17. See West & Duran, supra note 2, at 779 n.6.

18. Contribution Agreement, dated June 26, 2014, by and among New Source Energy Partners L.P. and J. Mark Snodgrass, Brian N. Austin, Rod’s Holdings, LLC, Erick’s Holdings, LLC, PRAC. L. Co. § 9.06(h), at 42 ( June 26, 2014), http://us.practicallaw.com/6-574-3427 (bolding and capitalization omitted).

19. Id. exh. A-4 (“‘Damages’ means all debts, liabilities, obligations, losses, including diminution of value, damages (including, without limitation, prejudgment interest), penalties, fines, reasonable legal fees, disbursements and costs of investigations, deficiencies, levies, duties and imposts.” (emphasis added)).

20. See Kenneth M. Kolaski & Mark Kuga, Measuring Commercial Damages via Lost Profits or Loss of Business Value: Are These Measures Redundant or Distinguishable?, 18 J.L. & COM. 1, 1 (1998) (“the value of a business is ultimately determined by the profits that can be earned by the business”); see also J.W. Carter, Wayne Courtney & G.J. Tolhurst, Issues of Principle in Assessing Contract Damages, 31 J. CONT. L. 171, 190 (2014) (Austl.) (“In the negotiation of the price at which the vendor will be willing to sell the business, the judgment of the purchaser is about the earning power of the business. Where there is a sale of a business as a going concern, the usual basis for working out the price is therefore projected earnings.”).

21. See, e.g., Cobalt Operating, LLC v. James Crystal Enter., LLC, Civ. A. No. 714-VCS, 2007 WL 2142926, at *26 (Del. Ch. July 20, 2007; judgment entered Aug. 15, 2007), aff’d, 945 A.2d 594 (Del. 2008); see also ASWATH DAMODARAN, INVESTMENT VALUATION: TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES FOR DETERMINING THE VALUE OF ANY ASSET 453 (3d ed. 2012).

22. See Leach Farms, Inc. v. Ryder Integrated Logistics, Inc., No. 14-C-0001, 2014 WL 4267455, at *3 (E.D. Wis. Aug. 28, 2014) (noting the difficulty in determining the market value of goods for the purposes of a damages calculation if an exclusion of lost profits provision literally required market value to be determined such that it “does not include any element that could be described as profit”). It should also be noted that the use of the term “incidental damages” is an equally problematic exclusion given that such damages could potentially include the expenses incurred by a non-breaching party in attempting to mitigate the injury caused by the breach. See West & Duran, supra note 2, at 789.

23. Asset Purchase Agreement dated June 18, 2014, by and among Samsonite LLC, as Buyer, Black Diamond, Inc., as Parent, and Gregory Mountain Products, LLC, as Seller, PRAC. L. CO. app. A (“Losses”), at A-6 ( June 18, 2014), http://us.practicallaw.com/7-573-9967 (emphasis added). It should be noted, however, that this provision fails to exclude third-party claims from the proviso. See infra note 155.

24. It is worth noting, however, that the phrase “without regard to any special circumstances of the non-breaching party” is a bit unclear. It is obviously a reference to the second prong of the Hadley v. Baxendale contract damages limitation construct. See infra notes 81–88 and accompanying text. But does that phrase mean that foreseeability is to be determined as if there were no special circumstances (i.e., as long as the resulting damages were reasonably foreseeable there is no requirement for the non-breaching party to prove that its special circumstances and the resulting damages from a breach occasioned thereby were specifically “contemplated” by both the parties at the time of contracting), or does it mean that any damages resulting from special circumstances are actually excluded from foreseeable losses? Similarly, this provision uses the phrase “reasonably foreseeable result” as the operative limitation on losses, which may be viewed as encompassing greater losses than the common law’s apparent standard of “reasonably foreseeable as a probable result of the breach.” See Melvin Aron Eisenberg, The Principle of Hadley v. Baxendale, 80 CALIF. L. REV. 563, 567 (1992). Finally, this provision also fails to specify when the losses must have been foreseeable. This author suggests better provisions to accomplish the apparently intended limitation later in this article. See infra Part VII.

25. See infra Part VI.

26. See Globe Refining Co. v. Landa Cotton Oil Co., 190 U.S. 540, 543 (1903) (“It is true that, as people when contracting contemplate performance, not breach, they commonly say little or nothing as to what shall happen in the latter event, and the common rules have been worked out by common sense, which has established what the parties probably would have said if they had spoken about the matter.”); see also Francis Dawson, Reflections on Certain Aspects of the Law of Damages for Breach of Contract, 9 J. CONT. L. 125, 125 (1995) (Austl.). In the M&A context, of course, the indemnification provisions (with the negotiated deductible and cap) do reflect an effort to specifically provide for the extent of compensation that will be payable in the event of a breach. But the existence of an excluded losses provision containing misunderstood terms may well cast doubt on how clearly that has been accomplished.

27. Thomas A. Diamond & Howard Foss, Consequential Damages for Commercial Loss: An Alternative to Hadley v. Baxendale, 63 FORDHAM L. REV. 665, 690 (1994).

28. Andrew Robertson, The Basis of the Remoteness Rule in Contract, 28 LEGAL STUD. 172, 196 (2008).

29. Jill Wieber Lens, Honest Confusion: The Purpose of Compensatory Damages in Tort and Fraudulent Misrepresentation, 59 KAN. L. REV. 231, 233 (2011) (quoting RESTATEMENT (SECOND) OF CONTRACTS § 355 cmt. a (1981)).

30. Robert Cooter & Melvin Aron Eisenberg, Damages for Breach of Contract, 73 CALIF. L. REV. 1432, 1435 (1985).

31. Id.

32. Id.

33. Id. at 1436.

34. See, e.g., Daimler-Chrysler Motors Co. v. Manuel, 362 S.W.3d 160, 180 (Tex. App. 2012) (“the ‘benefit of the bargain’ measure . . . utilizes an expectancy theory”); see also Hoffman v. L & M Arts, No. 3:10-cv-0953-D, 2013 WL 4511473, at *6 (N.D. Tex. Aug. 26, 2013).

35. See Hart v. Moore, 952 S.W.2d 90, 97 (Tex. App. 1997) (determining that out-of-pocket damages and reliance damages are the same type of damages and that an award of both would be a prohibited double recovery); Kenneth M. Lodge & Thomas J. Cunningham, Reducing Excessive and Unjustified Awards in Lender Liability Cases, 98 DICK. L. REV. 25, 29 (1993) (“Some jurisdictions refer to what is called an ‘out-of-pocket’ measure of damages, based purely upon the extent of the borrower’s reliance.”).

36. Henry S. Miller Co. v. Bynum, 836 S.W.2d 160, 163 (Tex. 1992); U.S. Rest. Props. Operating L.P. v. Motel Enters., Inc., 104 S.W.3d 284, 291 (Tex. App. 2003) (“Typically, the ‘benefit of the bargain’ measure, based on an expectancy theory, is the difference between the value represented and the value received.”); see also Carrier Corp. v. Performance Props. Corp., CIV. A. No. 3:93-CV-0814-P, 1997 WL 527313, at *2 (N.D. Tex. Aug. 19, 1997) (“benefit of the bargain measure of damages refers to the difference between the value represented and the value received”).

37. Arthur Andersen & Co. v. Perry Equip. Corp., 945 S.W.2d 812, 817 (Tex. 1997); see also Geis v. Colina Del Rio, LP, 362 S.W.3d 100, 112 (Tex. App. 2011) (“Out-of-pocket damages measure the difference between the value the buyer has paid and the value of what he has received.”).

38. For example, if the business was worth $100 if all the representations and warranties had been true and the business is only worth $50 as a result of the inaccuracy of one of more of the representations and warranties, then even if the buyer only paid $50 for the business, the damages calculation under the “benefit of the bargain” methodology would result in an award of $50 in damages, but no award under the “out-of-pocket” methodology. Similarly, if the business was worth $100 if all the representations and warranties had been true and the business is worth $50 as a result of the inaccuracy of one of more of the representations and warranties, and the buyer paid $150 for the business, the damage calculation under the “benefit of the bargain” methodology would result in an award of $50 in damages, but an award of $100 under the “out-of-pocket” methodology. If the amount the buyer paid for the business equals its value as represented there would be no difference in the outcome under either approach. See Lens, supra note 29, at 248.

39. See Carter, Courtney & Tolhurst, supra note 20, at 190; see also Merlin Partners LP v. AutoInfo, Inc., Civ. A. No. 8509-VCN, at *45 (Del. Ch. Apr. 30, 2015) (“Where, as here, the market prices a company as the result of a competitive and fair auction, the use of alternative valuation techniques is necessarily a second-best method to derive value.”). But the market-measured approach to determining damages is not necessarily the only means of assessing damages that were incurred under either the out-of-pocket or benefit of the bargain methodologies. See Gusmao v. GMT Grp., Inc., No. 06 Civ. 5113 (GEL), 2008 WL 2980039, at *11 (S.D.N.Y. Aug. 1, 2008) (“An injured party is also entitled to consequential damages in compensation ‘for additional losses (other than the value of the promised performance) that are incurred as a result of the . . . breach,’ . . . and that ‘were within the contemplation of the parties when the contract was made.’”); West & Duran, supra note 2, at 790 (noting that while it is often assumed that direct (or general) damages are limited to the market-measured approach, direct (or general) damages are not so limited—the only limit being that the damages must of a type that would ordinarily be expected to result from a breach of the contract at the time the contract was entered into by the parties).

40. See generally L.L. Fuller & William R. Perdue, Jr., The Reliance Interest in Contract Damages: 1, 46 YALE L.J. 52 (1936); L.L. Fuller & William R. Perdue, Jr., The Reliance Interest in Contract Damages: 2, 46 YALE L.J. 373 (1937); see also Victor P. Goldberg, Essay, Protecting Reliance, 114 COLUM. L. REV. 1033 (2014).

41. See Diamond & Foss, supra note 27, at 678 n.59.

42. Cooter & Eisenberg, supra note 30, at 1434. This mandate can be traced to the early English case of Robinson v. Harman, (1848) 1 Exch. 850, 855 (Eng.) (“where a party sustains a loss by reason of a breach of contract, he is, so far as money can do it, to be placed in the same situation with respect to damages, as if the contract had been performed”); see also Adam Kramer, An Agreement-Centered Approach to Remoteness and Contract Damages, in COMPARATIVE REMEDIES FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT 251, 257 (Nili Cohen & Ewan McKendrick eds., 2005).

43. West & Duran, supra note 2, at 783–84; see also David McLauchlan, Remoteness Re-invented?, 9 OXFORD U. COMMONWEALTH L.J. 109, 130 (2009) (“the essential question in remoteness cases has always been whether allowing the plaintiff ’s claim would represent a fair and reasonable allocation of the risks of the transaction as between the parties”).

44. See West & Duran, supra note 2, at 782–85.

45. Hadley v. Baxendale, 9 Exch. 341, 156 Eng. Rep. 145 (1854). This author uses the term “purported” because despite the constant veneration of Hadley v. Baxendale as the original source of the contract damages limitation rule based upon foreseeability, it has been noted that the famous French scholar, Robert Pothier, was the actual originator of the idea and there is evidence of this concept in American cases (that refer to Pothier or civil law in general) that predate Hadley. See Franco Ferrari, Comparative Ruminations on the Foreseeability of Damages in Contract Law, 53 LA. L. REV. 1257, 1265 (1993); see also Wayne Barnes, The Boundaries of Contract in a Global Economy: Hadley v. Baxendale and Other Common Law Borrowings from the Civil Law, 11 TEX. WESLEYAN L. REV. 627 (2005); Robert M. Lloyd & Nicholas J. Chase, Recovery of Damages for Lost Profits: The Historical Development 2 (2015) (unpublished manuscript available at http://works.bepress.com/robert_lloyd/5).

46. See, e.g., Sunnyland Farms, Inc. v. Cent. New Mexico Elec. Coop., Inc., 301 P.3d 387, 392–95 (N.M. 2013); Basic Capital Mgmt., Inc. v. Dynex Commercial, Inc., 348 S.W.3d 894, 901–02 (Tex. 2011); see also Ashley, Palmer & Aldersey-Williams, supra note 12, at 262 (“As far back as 1894, the United States Supreme Court accepted Hadley v. Baxendale as a leading case on both sides of the Atlantic. Hadley v Baxendale has been cited with approval by the highest court in 43 states and it has since been referred to by academic commentators as recognised in American jurisprudence as the definitive source of determining when consequential damages may be recoverable for breach of contract.” (internal quotations and citations omitted)); Howard Hunter, Has the Achilleas Sunk?, 31 J. CONT. L. 120, 120 n.4 (2014) (Austl.) (“Despite the occasional article about American exceptionalism and independence, the common law courts in the United States remain deeply committed to many of the core principles of the English common law of contracts. With just a cursory survey, one can read careful discussions of the Hadley precedent from states as different as Maryland, Oklahoma and New Mexico.”).

47. West & Duran, supra note 2, at 784–85; see generally Eisenberg, supra note 24.

48. Diamond & Foss, supra note 27, at 665 (quoting GRANT GILMORE, THE DEATH OF CONTRACT 83 (1974)).

49. Hadley, 9 Exch. at 355, 156 Eng. Rep. at 151.

50. Id.; see also West & Duran, supra note 2, at 785.

51. West & Duran, supra note 2, at 790–91.

52. See Carter, supra note 12, at 123–25; see also infra Part IV.

53. See Andrew Tettenborn, Hadley v. Baxendale Foreseeability: A Principle Beyond Its Sell-by Date?, 23 J. CONT. L. 1, 2 n.5 (2007) (Austl.) (“As Lord Hope put it, ‘there is no arbitrary limit that can be set to the amount of the damages once the test of remoteness according to one or the other of the rules in Hadley v. Baxendale has been satisfied.’” (internal citations omitted)); see also Roy Ryden Anderson, Incidental and Consequential Damages, 7 J.L. & COM. 327, 364 (1987); but see ALLAN FARNSWORTH, FARNSWORTH ON CONTRACTS § 12.14 (3d ed. 2004) (“The magnitude of the loss need not have been foreseeable, and a party is not disadvantaged by its failure to disclose the profits that it expected to make from the contract. However, the mere circumstance that some loss was foreseeable may not suffice to impose liability for a particular type of loss that was so unusual as not to be foreseeable.”). The Victoria Laundry case is a good example of the extent or magnitude of loss being limited by the court’s reclassification of a type of loss (profits from a particularly lucrative contract not being a foreseeable type of loss, but normal profits being a foreseeable type of loss, even though they both were types of profits derived from the business). See West & Duran, supra note 2, at 792 n.74; Paul C.K. Wee, Contractual Interpretation and Remoteness, 2010 LLOYDS MARITIME & COM. L.Q. 150, 170–71 (Eng.).

54. RESTATEMENT (SECOND) OF CONTRACTS § 351(3) (1981). Practitioners should not take much comfort from this provision as it has not received significant recognition and there have been suggestions that its applicability is limited to unique circumstances that would not include a written agreement among sophisticated parties. See, e.g., Pereni Corp. v. Greate Bay Hotel & Casino, Inc., 610 A.2d 364, 381 (N.J. 1992), abrogated on other grounds by Tretina Printing, Inc. v. Fitzpatrick & Assocs., Inc., 640 A.2d 788 (N.J. 1994).

55. See Kramer, supra note 42, at 269–70; Lord Hoffman, The Achilleas: Custom and Practice or Foreseeability?, 14 EDINBURGH L. REV. 47, 53 (2010). It has been suggested that the common sense result in the taxi driver and similar examples can be explained based on the proposition that “since the ‘primary function of the rule of remoteness . . . is to prevent unfair surprise to the defendant, to ensure a fair allocation of the risks of the transaction and to avoid any overly chilling effects on useful activities by the threat of unlimited liability,’ a substantial disproportion between the foreseeability of loss suffered by the promisee and the consideration received by the promisor may make it entirely unreasonable to infer that the latter was assuming responsibility for the loss.” McLauchlan, supra note 43, at 130 (internal citations omitted).

56. Joseph M. Lookofsky, Consequential Damages in CISG Context, 19 PACE INTL L. REV. 63, 69 (2007); see also Eric C. Schneider, Consequential Damages in the International Sale of Goods: Analysis of Two Decisions, 16 U. PA. J. INTL BUS. L. 615, 632 (1995) (“The ‘tacit agreement’ test has been rejected by most states and the U.C.C., but its underlying justification—that the obligor should not be responsible for damages beyond the risk assumed at the time of contracting—continues to affect decision making in the United States.”); see generally M.N. Kniffin, Newly Identified Contract Unconscionability: Unconscionability of Remedy, 63 NOTRE DAME L. REV. 247 (1988).

57. Transfield Shipping Inc. v. Mercator Shipping Inc., [2008] UKHL 48, at paras. 22–26 (Hoffman L.) (Eng.); see also Lord Hoffman, supra note 55; Max Harris, Fairness and Remoteness of Damages in Contract Law: A Lexical Ordering Approach, 28 J. CONT. L. 1 (2011) (Austl.); but see Hunter, supra note 46 (suggesting that this decision did not change the basic Hadley rule but simply applied the established principles to the specific facts).

58. See HOWARD O. HUNTER, MODERN LAW OF CONTRACTS § 14.11 (2014). The “tacit-agreement test” was a test that added to the Hadley requirement that the special circumstances of the non-breaching party must have been communicated to the breaching party at the time of contracting an additional requirement that the breaching party “must also expressly or impliedly manifest intent to assume responsibility for the foreseeable consequential damages.” See Phillip M. Brick, Jr., Agree to Disagree: The Inequity of Arkansas’s Tacit Agreement Test as Seen in Deck House, Inc. v. Link, 62 ARK. L. REV. 361, 366 (2009). England and the vast majority of states (Arkansas being a notable exception) have now rejected the tacit-agreement test. Id. at 367. New York is also on the list of states that may still adhere to the tacit-agreement test. See Larry T. Garvin, Globe Refining Co. v. Landa Cotton Oil Co. and the Dark Side of Reputation, 12 NEV. L. REV. 659, 686 (2012); Clayton P. Gillette, Tacit Agreement and Relationship-Specific Investment, 88 N.Y.U. L. REV. 128, 139–44 (2013).

59. See, e.g., Richard A. Epstein, Beyond Foreseeability: Consequential Damages in the Law of Contract, 18 J. LEGAL STUD. 105 (1989); Harris, supra note 57, at 18; Kniffin, supra note 56, at 268–75; Kramer, supra note 42, at 251–86; Robertson, supra note 28; see also McLauchlan, supra note 43, at 139 (“it may then be fair to say that in practice the common law of remoteness in contract covertly imposes limits on the recoverability of damages of the kind overtly recognized in 351(3) of the Restatement (Second) of Contracts”); see generally Larry T. Garvin, Disproportionality and the Law of Consequential Damages: Default Theory and Cognitive Reality, 59 OHIO ST. L.J. 339 (1998).

60. See Tettenborn, supra note 53; cf. Wee, supra note 53 (expressing concern with this approach).

61. Out of the Box Pte Ltd v. Wanin Industries Pte Ltd, [2013] SGCA 15, at para. 13 (Sing.).

62. Hunter, supra note 46, at 130.

63. Banker Steel Co. v. Hercules Bolt Co., Civ. A. No. 6:10CV00005, 2011 WL 175224, at *9 (W.D. Va. May 6, 2011). Indeed, the reasonable certainty requirement has been described as “[f]ar more important in modern law . . . [than] the Hadley rule.” Lloyd & Chase, supra note 45, at 2.

64. See Banker Steel, 2011 WL 175224, at *9.

65. See generally Charles J. Goetz & Robert E. Scott, The Mitigation Principle: Toward a General Theory of Contractual Obligation, 69 VA. L. REV. 967 (1983); Note, Why There Should Be a Duty to Mitigate Liquidated Damages Clauses, 38 HOFSTRA L. REV. 285 (2009).

66. See, e.g., FPL Energy, LLC v. TXU Portfolio Mgmt. Co., 426 S.W.3d 59, 72 (Tex. 2014) (“When the liquidated damages provisions operate with no rational relationship to actual damages, thus rendering the provisions unreasonable in light of actual damages, they are unenforceable.”); see also Robert A. Hillman, The Limits of Behavioral Decision Theory in Legal Analysis: The Case of Liquidated Damages, 85 CORNELL L. REV. 717, 725–27 (2000).

67. West & Duran, supra note 2, at 781.

68. Perini Corp. v. Greate Bay Hotel & Casino, Inc., 610 A.2d 364 (N.J. 1992), abrogated on other grounds by Tretina Printing, Inc. v. Fitzpatrick & Assocs., Inc., 640 A.2d 788 (N.J. 1994); see Jason L. Richey & William D. Wickard, Waiving Good-Bye to Consequential Damages: Drafting Effective Waivers in Today’s Marketplace, K & L GATES CONSTRUCTION L. BLOG (Dec. 1, 2007), http://goo.gl/EZA2yU.

69. Perini Corp., 610 A.2d at 373–74.

70. Richey & Wickard, supra note 68.

71. See West & Duran, supra note 2, at 780–82; see also Herbots, supra note 12, at 932 (“The term consequential damages . . . is bluntly ambiguous and contract drafters of waivers in common law jurisdictions would be well advised to avoid it.”); Peters, supra note 12, at 265 (“the term ‘consequential loss’ should be avoided completely and the draftsman should state what liabilities the parties intend to exclude”).

72. SHORTER OXFORD ENGLISH DICTIONARY 492 (5th ed. 2002); see also Carter, supra note 12, at 124–25.

73. SHORTER OXFORD ENGLISH DICTIONARY 492 (5th ed. 2002).

74. Saint Line Ltd v. Richardsons Westgarth & Co, [1940] 2 KB 99, 103 (Eng.), as quoted in Carter, supra note 12, at 125 n.30.

75. See In re CCT Commc’ns, Inc., 464 B.R. 97, 117 (Bankr. S.D.N.Y. 2011).

76. See, e.g., In re Heartland Payment Serv. Sys., Inc. Customer Data Sec. Breach Litig., 834 F. Supp. 2d 566, 580 (S.D. Tex. 2011).

77. MERRIAM-WEBSTERS COLLEGIATE DICTIONARY 245 (11th ed. 2008).

78. See, e.g., Riley v. Stafford, 896 A.2d 701, 703 (R.I. 2006) (internal quotations and citations omitted).

79. CCT Commc’ns, 464 B.R. at 117 (“‘Consequential,’ ‘special’ and ‘indirect’ damages are synonymous terms.”).

80. See Eisenberg, supra note 24, at 565 n.12 (“‘General’ is preferable to ‘direct’ in this context because even consequential damages are usually the direct result of breach.”).

81. Diamond & Foss, supra note 27, at 668.

82. See Carter, supra note 12, at 125–26; Odry, supra note 12, at 147.

83. See Diamond & Foss, supra note 27, at 669.

84. Id. at 693.

85. Kniffin, supra note 56, at 259. But see Dawson, supra note 26, at 131 (discussing the fact that when Hadley was decided businesses operated without the benefit of limited liability and, as a result, the law may not have recognized as fully as now the ability of employees of a business—such as Baxendale’s clerk—to bind that business to extra liability based on what such employees may have been told); Eisenberg, supra note 24, at 570 (discussing the controversy as to what was in fact communicated to the carrier’s clerk by Hadley).

86. Epstein, supra note 59, at 122 (quoting Hadley v. Baxendale, 9 Exch. 341, 355, 156 Eng. Rep. 145, 151 (1854) (“[H]ad the special circumstances been known, the parties might have specifically provided for the breach of contract by special terms as to the damages in that case.”)).

87. See supra note 44 and accompanying text.

88. See, e.g., Rexnord Indus., LLC v. Bigge Power Constructors, 947 F. Supp. 2d 951, 957 (E.D. Wis. 2013) (“Under the rule of Hadley, [the defendant] would be liable for such consequential damages if [the plaintiff] had communicated its special circumstances to [the defendant] at the time of contracting. However, because in this case the parties have agreed to exclude all consequential damages, [the defendant] is not liable for consequential damages even if [the plaintiff] is able to prove that [the defendant] knew about its special circumstances.”); see also Carter, supra note 12, at 126 (“If a loss which would be recoverable under the second limb has been communicated prior to the entry into the contract the basis for holding the promisor-defendant liable is ‘the defendant’s conduct in entering into the contract without disclaiming liability for the enhanced loss which he can foresee gives rise to implication that he undertakes to bear it.’ Since the possibility of the loss has been communicated, the promisor may not be willing to enter into the contract unless the promisee agrees to the exclusion.” (internal citations omitted)).

89. See generally Carter, supra note 12, at 130–32.

90. Anthony Jucha, Developments in the Law Relating to “Consequential Loss” 10−11 (2011) (unpublished manuscript available at http://goo.gl/KTYjGY); see also Sidnell, supra note 12, at 114–19 (containing a similar chart for English and Canadian decisions).

91. [2011] EWHC 66 (Eng.).

92. [2012] SASC 49 (Austl.).

93. Id. at para. 281.

94. The agreement at issue in Alstom was described by the judge as being “poorly drafted.” Astrom, [2012] SASC at para. 92. So that criticism must be taken into account in the court’s ruling. But it appears that the contract had liquidated damages and reimbursement of performance guarantee payments as the exclusive remedy for certain specified breaches of the contract, but those provisions did not otherwise eliminate remedies for other unspecified breaches of the contract. Id. at paras. 238–41. The court nevertheless held that the provision of the agreement containing a consequential damages waiver effectively waived all other damages claims from any breach of the contract not included in the liquidated damages and reimbursement of performance guarantee payments provisions. Id. at para. 290.

95. Id. at para. 281; see also Mal Cooke & Aaron Chiong, Developing Certainty Around ‘Consequential Loss,’ HERBERT SMITH FREEHILLS (Dec. 7, 2012), http://goo.gl/WiMIFY; Peter Mulligan & Carla McDermott, Consequential Loss and Good Faith Under the Microscope, HENRY DAVIS YORK (Aug. 2012), http://goo.gl/UiB7bU.

96. [2008] VSCA 26 (Austl.); see also West & Duran, supra note 2, at 791 n.66.

97. See Michael Bywell & Scott Cummins, Exclusions of Consequential Loss: An Australian Perspective, JOHNSON WINTER & SLATTERY (Aug. 2013), http://goo.gl/0xwJPn; Jenifer Varzaly, Australian Developments in Consequential Loss, 31 COMP. LAW. 31 (2010).

98. See Paul Brown & Warren Davis, Consequential Loss in Commercial Contracts: NSW Court of Appeal in Allianz Agrees with Victorian Court of Appeal in Peerless, GADENS (May 1, 2010), http://goo.gl/DPHNxI.

99. See Peerless Holdings Pty Ltd, [2008] VSCA at para. 87.

100. [2013] WASC 356 (Austl.).

101. Id. at para. 96.

102. Id. at para. 116.

103. Id. at para. 109 (internal quotation omitted).

104. City of Milford v. Coppola Constr. Co., 891 A.2d 31, 40 (Conn. App. Ct. 2006).

105. Marley Cooling Tower Co. v. Caldwell Energy & Envtl., Inc., 280 F. Supp. 2d 651, 658–59 (W.D. Ky. 2003).

106. Otis Elevator Co. v. Standard Constr. Co., 92 F. Supp. 603, 607 (D. Minn. 1950).

107. Creighton Univ. v. Gen. Elec. Co., 636 F. Supp. 2d 940, 943 (D. Neb. 2009).

108. In re Heartland Payment Sys., Inc. Customer Data Sec. Breach Litig., 834 F. Supp. 2d 566, 580 (S.D. Tex. 2011).

109. Banker Steel Co. v. Hercules Bolt Co., No. 6:10CV00005, 2011 WL 1752224, at *8 (W.D. Va. May 6, 2011).

110. Roanoke Hosp. Ass’n v. Doyle & Russell, Inc., 214 S.E.2d 155, 161–62 (Va. 1975).

111. DaimlerChrysler Motors Co. v. Manuel, 362 S.W.3d 160, 180 (Tex. App. 2012); see also Polkinghorne, supra note 12, at 5 (“The first problem with the term ‘indirect and consequential loss’ is a fundamental one: no one agrees on what it means. Not even between common law jurisdictions, not even within common law jurisdictions.”).

112. Regus (UK) Ltd v. Epcot Solutions Ltd, [2008] EWCA Civ. 361, at [28] (Eng.), as cited in Carter, supra note 12, at 129 n.51.

113. West & Duran, supra note 2, at 793 n.77.

114. DaimlerChrysler, 362 S.W.3d at 180.

115. Biotronik A.G. v. Conor Medsystems Ireland, Ltd., 22 N.Y.3d 799, 806 (2014).

116. Id. at 799.

117. Id. at 803.

118. Id. at 808.

119. Id. at 810.

120. DaimlerChrysler Motors Co. v. Manuel, 362 S.W.3d 160, 181 n.20 (Tex. App. 2012).

121. Anderson, supra note 53, at 353.

122. For example, the 2008 The Business Lawyer article contains a current and useful definition of “incidental damages,” not requiring any update. See West & Duran, supra note 2, at 789. This author also continues to recommend the examples of how all of the various damages types work in both the Infectious Infertility Syndrome and the Widget Manufacturing Plant hypotheticals. Id. at 795–804.

123. See, e.g., In re CCT Commc’ns, Inc., 464 B.R. 97, 116 (Bankr. S.D.N.Y. 2011) (“General Damages are synonymous with ‘direct’ damages.”); see also West & Duran, supra note 2, at 789.

124. Stock Purchase Agreement, dated August 19, 2011, between Aptuit, LLC, and Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., PRAC. L. CO. § 10.04, at 65–66 (Aug. 19, 2011), http://us.practicallaw.com/9-508-9021.

125. An interesting formulation using “direct” in a clearly causal connection is the following provision borrowed from the 2013 Asset Purchase Agreement, between GILA River LLC and Tucson Electric Power Company and UNS Electric, Inc.:

. . . no party shall be liable to any other party or any of its contractors, subcontractors, agents or affiliates, for any damages, whether in contract, tort (including negligence), warranty, strict liability or any other legal theory, arising from this agreement or any of the actions or transactions provided for herein, other than damages that are the natural and probable consequence of any breach and flow directly from such breach. Purported damages not flowing directly from the breach, including but not limited to punitive damages, exemplary damages and damages that are speculative, indirect, unforeseen or improbable, are not recoverable (it being understood that lost profits that are the natural and probable consequence of any breach and that flow directly from such breach are not waived hereby). Each party hereby releases the other parties and their contractors, subcontractors, agents and affiliates from any such damages (except to the extent paid to a third party in a Third Party Claim).

Asset Purchase Agreement, dated December 23, 2013, between GILA River LLC and Tucson Electric Power Company and UNS Electric, Inc., PRAC. L. CO. § 12.14, at 79 (Dec. 23, 2013), http://us.practicallaw.com/8-554-3272 (provision was in all caps in original).

126. See cases cited at supra notes 36–39.

127. Polmer v. Medtest Corp., 961 F.2d 620, 628 (7th Cir. 1992); see also Laurence M. Smith, Diminution in Value Indemnification: Is It Worth the Fight?, J. PRIV. EQUITY, Spring 2011, at 100, available at http://goo.gl/oYxZmx.

128. Strassburger v. Earley, 752 A.2d 557, 579 (Del. Ch. 2000) (“where a merger is found to have been effected at an unfairly low price, the shareholders are normally entitled to out-of-pocket (i.e., compensatory) money damages equal to the ‘fair’ or ‘intrinsic’ value of their stock at the time of the merger, less the price per share that they actually received”).

129. See supra Part III.

130. Preferred Inv. Servs., Inc. v. T.H. Bail Bonds, Inc., C.A. No. 5886-VCP, 2013 WL 3934992, at *24 (Del. Ch. July 24, 2013); aff ’d, Preferred Inv. Servs., Inc. v. T.H. Bail Bonds, Inc., 108 A.3d 1225 (Del 2015).

131. Universal Entm’t Grp., L.P. v. Duncan Petroleum Corp., No. CV 4948-VCL, 2013 WL 3353743, at *20 (Del. Ch. July 1, 2013).

132. Id. at *20–21.

133. See DAMODARAN, supra note 21, at 6.

134. See Smith, supra note 127, at 101; see also The Hut Group Ltd v. Oliver Nobahar-Cookson, [2014] EWHC 3482, at paras. 159–74 (QB) (Eng.) (discussing a multiple of EBITDA as the proper means of determining damages based on a breach of warranty regarding a purchased company’s financial statements); Augean plc v. Hutton, [2014] EWHC 2972, at para. 70 (Comm.) (Eng.) (“I accept Augean’s evidence that the Company was valued using a multiple of eight times projected EBITDA for the year ended 31 May 2009. I also accept on the evidence in this particular case that that approach to valuation is an appropriate one, subject always to due allowance where (in particular) any impact on projected EBITDA is likely to be short-term. With that qualification, in the present case the core question is by what amount (if any) was EBITDA over-projected if one takes into account the true costs of compliant operation overall.”).

135. For a discussion of the language nuances in an excluded losses provision that can make lost profits a subcategory of consequential damages or an independent category that will be excluded regardless of whether lost profits are otherwise determined to be consequential or general damages, see Odry, supra note 12, at 148–50, 152–54; Polkinghorne, supra note 12, at 5; Edward P. Smith & Patrick J. Narvaez, Lost Profit Waivers: Beware of Unintended Consequences, CHADBOURNE & PARKE LLP (Apr. 28, 2014), http://goo.gl/kRICT4; West & Duran, supra note 2, at 793 n.77; see also ATP Oil & Gas Corp. v. Bluewater Indus., L.P., No. 12-36187, 2014 WL 4676592, at *5 (Bankr. S.D. Tex. Sept. 18, 2014) (because the agreement specifically defined “consequential damages” as including “lost revenues” in the excluded losses clause, all lost revenues were excluded as a matter of law regardless of their actual characterization); Fujitsu Services Limited v. IBM United Kingdom Limited, [2014] EWHC 752, at paras. 76–82 (TCC) (Eng.) (clearly excluding lost profits as an independent exclusion means exactly that—all lost profits are excluded whether direct or consequential); but see Westlake Fin. Grp., Inc. v. CDH-Delanor Health Sys., 25 N.E.3d 1166, 1175−78 (Ill. App. Ct. 2015) (an excluded losses provision that precluded claims for consequential or special damages “such as, but not limited to, loss of revenue or anticipated profits or lost business” only excluded the listed examples to the extent they did in fact first constitute consequential or special damages); Polypearl Ltd v. E. on Energy Solutions Ltd, [2014] EWHC 3045, at para. 68 (QB) (Eng.) (construction of an excluded losses provision that would require the court to “deem” all lost profits as indirect or consequential loss even if such lost profits would have otherwise constituted direct loss was to be rejected as contrary to “business common sense”).

136. See, e.g., Memorandum of Law in Opposition to Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.’s Motion for Partial Summary Judgment at 21, Powers v. Stanley Black & Decker, Inc., No. 14 Civ. 02052 (PAE) (SN), 2014 WL 5525341 (S.D.N.Y. Oct. 15, 2014) (“Permitting [the buyer] to utilize a ‘lost profits’ calculation to estimate diminution in value would render the bar on lost profits meaningless by awarding ‘lost profits’ in substance if not in name.” (citing West & Duran, supra note 2, at 793)); see also Leach Farms, Inc. v. Ryder Integrated Logistics, Inc., No. 14-C-0001, 2014 WL 4267455, at *3–4 (E.D. Wis. Aug. 28, 2014) (describing the breaching parties’ efforts to argue for an exclusion of lost profits from the calculation of market value); see also Hill, supra note 12, at 28–29.

137. See West & Duran, supra note 2, at 793.

138. See Tettenborn, supra note 53, at 59 (“[I]n many remoteness cases the real objection to the plaintiff ’s claim is that he is in effect seeking to burden the defendant with costs arising out of the way he himself chooses to run his affairs. In such cases it is highly arguable that we should regard losses of this sort as not really caused by the defendant’s breach at all.”).

139. And some transactional lawyers have adopted this approach by specifically including lost profits in indemnifiable losses but limiting those lost profits to only those lost profits that “are the reasonably foreseeable consequences of the relevant misrepresentation or breach, and are proximately caused by such misrepresentation or breach, and in any event measured relative to the businesses of the Company, the Company Subsidiaries and the Unconsolidated Joint Ventures as they exist as of the Closing Date.” Agreement & Plan of Merger, dated June 13, 2014, among Symbion Holdings Corporation, Surgery Center Holdings, LLC, SCH Acquisition Corp., and Crestview Symbion Holdings, LLC, PRAC. L. CO. § 9.02(a), at 79 ( June 13, 2014), http://us.practicallaw.com/5-573-2085.

140. See TCO Metals, LLC v. Dempsey Pipe & Supply, Inc., 592 F.3d 329, 340 (2d Cir. 2010) (“There is a difference between the loss of the inherent economic value of the contractual performance as warranted, . . . and the loss of profits that the buyer anticipated garnering from the transactions that were to follow the contractual performance.”); Glencore Energy UK Ltd v. Cirrus Oil Services Ltd, [2014] 2 Lloyd’s Rep. 1, [2014] 1 All ER (Comm.) 513, [2014] EWHC 87, at para. 98 (Comm.) (Eng.) (“The contract price/market price differential is not a computation of lost profit.”).

141. West & Duran, supra note 2, at 786–88; see also Denise Agnew, Warranties and Indemnitees: What’s the Difference?, IN-HOUSE LAW. (Feb. 5, 2010), http://goo.gl/NLqzrM.

142. West & Duran, supra note 2, at 787.

143. Id.; see also J.W. Carter & W. Courtney, Indemnities Against Breach of Contract as Agreed Damages Clauses, 7 J. BUS. L. 555, 573 (2012) (Austl.) (“The adoption of an ‘indemnity’ may indicate . . . that the promisee is to be protected against all losses flowing from breach, including loss that is unpredictable or improbable.”). And it is important to note that an indemnification for a known specified matter that is not dependent upon there having been a breach of contract is more akin to an indemnification for third-party claims (i.e., not subject to the contract damages limitation regime) than is an indemnification for direct claims (which arguably is).

144. See, e.g., David Gerber & Craig Hine, Contractual Indemnities—Drafting Effective Clauses, CLAYTON UTZ (May 1, 2013), http://goo.gl/Ni8flV; BRUCE HANTON, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNITIES (Mar. 2010), available at https://www.ashurst.com/doc.aspx?id_Resource=4639; Andrew Kelly, Recent Developments in Indemnities, THOMSONS LAW. (June 3, 2011), http://goo.gl/LC2hC4. In England, however, there is at least one reported decision that distinguishes indemnities for direct claims under a contract from indemnities for third-party claims, suggesting that the former remain subject to the general contractual limitation on damages rules:

It would be odd in such circumstances if [a party] were legally liable to indemnify a loss which was not recoverable for breach of contract, and vice versa. . . . [U]nder a clause where the indemnity is triggered by a breach of contract, the indemnity is subject to the same rules of remoteness as are damages, including the rules under Hadley v. Baxendale.

Thus “all consequences” would mean “all consequences within the reasonable contemplation of the parties.” If the law is prepared to select some consequences as relevant and others not, and in contract to do so in accordance with the reasonable contemplation of the parties, then absent clear language to the contrary I do not see why the parties should not be viewed as intending to cover only consequences which are reasonably foreseeable and not consequences which are wholly unforeseeable. . . .

[W]here the indemnity is triggered by a breach of contract, the indemnity as a matter of construction, absent contrary provision of which “all consequences” is not to my mind an example, only covers foreseeable consequences caused by that trigger.

Total Transport Corporation v. Arcadia Petroleum Ltd (The Eurus), [1996] 2 Lloyd’s Rep. 408, 432 (QBD Comm.), aff ’d, [1998] 1 Lloyd’s Rep. 351 (CA Civ), discussed in West & Duran, supra note 2, at 787; see also HANTON, supra note 144. For a thorough examination of the issue, see Carter & Courtney, supra note 143.

145. See David Shine, Mitigation of Indemnified Losses: An Obligation Undefined, M&A LAW., Mar. 2011.

146. Practice Note, Indemnification Clauses in Commercial Contracts, PRAC. L. CO., http://us.practicallaw.com/5-517-4808 (last visited June 16, 2015); see also West & Duran, supra note 2, at 785–88. And it could be that some practitioners in the United States are intentionally using indemnification provisions containing language such as “all losses, directly or indirectly, arising from, in connection with or in any way relating to” in an effort to deliberately avoid the Hadley damages limitation regime.

147. CertainTeed Corp. v. Celotex Corp., C.A. No. 471, 2005 WL 217032, at *3 (Del. Ch. Jan. 24, 2005); see also Chris Babcock & Robert B. Little, When the Contractual Rubber Meets the Statutory Road: Drafting Contractual Survival Provisions in Light of State Statutes of Limitations, GIBSON DUNN (Mar. 20, 2014), http://goo.gl/UPn6eq.

148. CertainTeed Corp., 2005 WL 217032, at *3.

149. Total Transport Corporation, [1996] 2 Lloyd’s Rep. at 432; but see Patrick & Co Ltd v. Russo-British Grain Export Co Ltd, [1927] 2 K.B. 535, 539 (“Where a contract contains a term that the promisor, if he shall not perform some term of the contract, shall pay a sum ascertained by the contract or ascertainable under its terms, and the promisee claims payment accordingly, the promisor is not called on to make compensation for breaking the contract, he is called on to perform it.”), discussed in West & Duran, supra note 2, at 787–88.

150. This author believes that an indemnification provision in the typical private company acquisition agreement (to the extent that it is triggered by a direct claim by the buyer against the seller, without a third party claim having been made) is not, in fact, an independent primary obligation at all; instead, it is simply a procedural mechanism that governs the secondary obligation to pay damages as a result of the breach of the primary obligation regarding the accuracy of the contractual representations and warranties. See CertainTeed, 2005 WL 217032, at *3. The distinction between primary and secondary obligations under common law contract doctrine was borrowed from Lord Diplock. See Photo Production Ltd v. Securicor Transport Ltd, [1980] A.C. 827, 848–50 (HL) (Eng.). But it is important to note that the language of an indemnity provision can be drafted in such a manner as to make clear that it is intended to be an independent primary obligation rather than a remedy for the primary obligation. See, e.g., Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. v. Hometrust Mortg. Co., No. 08-13555 (scc), 2015 WL 2194628, at *14 (Bankr. S.D.N.Y. May 7, 2015).

151. In an English style private company acquisition agreement, in contrast to a U.S. style acquisition agreement, the seller would typically resist granting any indemnities with respect to warranty claims, and only grant indemnification for specific identified risks that could give rise to third-party claims. See Practice Note, Warranties and Indemnities: Acquisition, PRAC. L. CO., http://UK.practicallaw.com/2-107-3754 (last visited June 16, 2015) (“In the United States, it is also customary practice for a buyer to require the seller to give warranties on ‘an indemnity basis.’ This is usually resisted in M&A deals in the UK where the seller is likely to give indemnities in respect of specific identified risks only (in addition to tax and sometimes environment).”).

152. Determining current market practice, however, means reviewing only those private company acquisition agreements that are publicly available, and that is not really a full survey of the market. See Lisa J. Hedrick, Finding the Market in Private-Company M&A, LAW360 (Mar. 3, 2014, 2:38 PM), http://www.law360.com/mergersacquisitions/articles/513619.

153. See supra note 14.

154. Avery & Lin, supra note 10, at 3.

155. Purchase Agreement, by and among GIP II Eagle Holdings Partnership, L.P., GIP II Hawk Holdings Partnership, L.P., GIP Eagle 2 Holding, L.P., and GIP II Hawk 2 Holding, L.P., as Sellers, and The Williams Companies, Inc., as Buyer, PRAC. L. CO. § 8.04(e), at 28 ( July 14, 2014), http://us.practicallaw.com/9-573-1927 (emphasis added).

156. Another approach, which appears to follow a suggestion made in the 2008 The Business Lawyer article, is to define losses excluded from the covered losses for the purposes of indemnification for direct claims in such a way that the only excluded losses are those losses that would not be recoverable under the contract damages regime in any event:

. . . for all purposes of this Agreement, Covered Losses excludes any punitive, exemplary or Consequential Damages (as defined below) except to the extent they (i) are Retained Liabilities, (ii) were incurred as a result of any Third Party Claim, [or] (iii) were probable or reasonably foreseeable and are a direct result of the related or alleged breach. . . . As used herein, “Consequential Damages” are damages that are remote, speculative, indirect or arise solely from the special circumstances of Purchaser that have not been communicated to Seller.

Asset Purchase Agreement, dated May 26, 2014, by and among Motherson Sumi Systems Limited, MSSL (GB) Limited and Stoneridge, Inc., PRAC. L. CO. § 1.01 (“Covered Loss”), at 6 (May 26, 2014), http://us.practicallaw.com/5-583-9265 (emphasis added); see also West & Duran, supra note 2, at 805–06.

157. See supra notes 81–88 and accompanying text.

158. Asset and Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2014, by and between Darden Restaurants, Inc. and RL Acquisition, LLC, PRAC. L. CO. § 9.04(g), at 100 (May 15, 2014), http://us.practicallaw.com/3-570-4366. But again this provision uses the term “reasonably foreseeable” without the added limitation of “probable.” See the discussion at supra note 24.

159. See, e.g., Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 9, 2015, by and among On Assignment, Inc., MSCP V CC Parent, LLC, Lawrence Sert, as Founders’ Representative and MSCP V CC Holdco, LLC, as Seller’s Representative, PRAC. L. CO. § 8.4(c)(ii), at 58 (May 9, 2015), http://us.practicallaw.com/7-613-5706 (“[I]n no event shall an Indemnifying Party have liability to the Indemnified Party for any consequential, special, incidental, punitive or exemplary damages, except if and to the extent any such damages would otherwise be recoverable under applicable Law in an action for breach of contract or any such damages are recovered against an Indemnified Party pursuant to a Third Party Claim.” (emphasis added)); Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 5, 2012, by and among Korn/Ferry International, Unity Sub, Inc., Personnel Decisions International Corporation, Its Stockholders and The Stockholder Representative, PRAC. L. CO. § 8.02(a), at 65 (Dec. 5, 2012), http://us.practicallaw.com/3-523-3385 (excluding in clause (ii) of the excluded losses provision “any indirect, special, remote or consequential damages, lost profits, diminution in value, damages to reputation or loss to goodwill to the extent that any of the foregoing damages or other amounts described in this clause (ii) are not otherwise recoverable under principles of Delaware contract law applicable to a breach of the underlying contractual provisions” (emphasis added)).

160. See Carter & Courtney, supra note 143, at 5−6; see also supra note 66. And it is worth noting that the most reliable means of addressing concerns over excessive exposure to indemnifiable losses is not an excluded losses provision but a cap on liability (with a generous deductible). See generally Sonya Smith & Lawrence Maxwell, The Sky Is Not the Limit: Limitation of Liability Clauses May Be the Solution to Cap Your Contractual Liability, LORMAN ( Jan. 8, 2014), http://goo.gl/eDkilS; Rob Sumroy, Miles McCarthy & Duncan Blaikie, Limitation of Liability: Taking an Inclusive Approach, PRAC. L. CO. 3−4 (Feb. 24, 2010), http://us.practicallaw.com/5-501-3943.

161. MITU GULATI & ROBERT E. SCOTT, THE THREE AND A HALF MINUTE TRANSACTION: BOILERPLATE AND THE LIMITS OF CONTRACT DESIGN (2013).

162. Clifford W. Smith & Jerald B. Warner, On Financial Contracting, 7 J. FIN. ECON. 117, 123 (1979) (“[Boilerplate contract terms] take their current form and have survived because they represent a contractual solution which is efficient from the standpoint of the firm. . . . Harmful heuristics, like harmful mutations, will die out.”), as quoted in GULATI & SCOTT, supra note 161, at 4.

163. GULATI & SCOTT, supra note 161, at 4 (quoting ROBERT E. SCOTT & JODY KRAUS, CONTRACT LAW AND THEORY vii (4th ed. 2007)); see also Glenn D. West & W. Benton Lewis, Jr., Contractually Avoiding Extra-Contractual Liability—Can Your Contractual Deal Ever Really Be the “Entire” Deal?, 64 BUS. LAW. 999, 1004 (2009) (“Good business lawyers understand the effect of case law developments on contract making and enforcement and adjust their negotiating and drafting strategies accordingly to maximize the likelihood that courts will interpret the written agreements they negotiate in a manner that advances their clients’ best interests.”).

164. GULATI & SCOTT, supra note 161, at 4. Perhaps this merits some reconsideration of whether the criticism of the law school caselaw method for ill preparing law students for the actual practice of law should be redirected as a criticism of practicing lawyers who have too soon forgotten the benefits of that caselaw method they learned as law students in enhancing their practice. Indeed, it appears that there is a disturbing “tendency of many transactional lawyers to become document processors rather than contract draftspersons.” See Glenn D. West, That Pesky Little Thing Called Fraud: An Examination of Buyers’ Insistence Upon (and Sellers’ Too Ready Acceptance of ) Undefined “Fraud Carve-Outs” in Acquisition Agreements, 69 BUS. LAW. 1049, 1069 n.112 (2014).

165. GULATI & SCOTT, supra note 161, at 93. This fear can be traced to the belief that these provisions have become part of the marketplace because they were “the result of the experience and prophetic vision of a great many able lawyers” and, therefore, “who would say that any of [these] provisions . . . should be rejected simply because he cannot for the moment think when or how it will become useful.” Paul D. Cravath, Reorganizations of Corporations, in 1 LECTURES DELIVERED BEFORE THE ASSOCIATION OF THE BAR OF THE CITY OF NEW YORK 153, 178 (1917), as quoted in GULATI & SCOTT, supra note 161, at 10.

166. Commenting on the continued use in England of contractual provisions that exclude “consequential loss,” and the caselaw that fails to define that term in a fashion that appears to achieve the actual commercial objectives of the parties contracting, Professor J.W. Carter noted that “it seems remarkable that English contracts continue to employ the terminology. If nothing else, this seems good evidence that commercial people (and many of their lawyers) do not read law reports!” Carter, supra note 12, at 133; see also Sumroy, McCarthy & Blaikie, supra note 160, at 2 (suggesting that lawyers that continue to use so-called “market-standard” forms that “focus on the negative (what is excluded) in their approach to limiting liability,” and which rely on using terms such as “indirect or consequential loss,” “are doing a disservice to their clients . . . [because] they are exposing their clients to the court’s interpretation of the rules on remoteness and the risk of a judgment that may be totally at odds with their client’s rationale for entering into the contract”). Of course, deal attorneys are not always in a position to resist the inclusion of certain provisions, even when they know they create ambiguity. See West, supra note 164, at 1069 n.112.

167. West, supra note 164, at 1069 n.112.

168. Gulati and Scott appear to both believe that Mr. Cravath’s response to this question clearly would have been yes. See Gulati & Scott, supra note 161, at 10.

169. See West & Lewis, supra note 163, at 1004 (citing Oliver Wendell Holmes, Jr., The Path of the Law, 10 HARV. L. REV. 457, 457 (1897).

170. See id.

171. West, supra note 164. Another example is the continued use in bond indentures of a standard “non-recourse” provision even though Delaware courts have repeatedly construed that clause in a manner that does not appear to be consistent with the intention of the draftsperson. See Glenn D. West & Natalie A. Smeltzer, Protecting the Integrity of the Entity Specific Contract: The “No Recourse Against Others” Clause—Missing or Ineffective Boilerplate? 67 BUS. LAW. 39 (2011).

172. Anderson, supra note 53, at 353.

 

The First CFPB Administrative Appeal: RESPA, Kickbacks, and the Danger of De Novo Review

 

As it enters its fourth year of operation, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) continues to flex its muscle in new and sometimes startling ways. The latest advance for the CFPB was unveiled in the decision of Director Richard Cordray (Director) in the case In the Matter of PHH Corp., et al. In that administrative proceeding, the Director heard and decided the appeals, by both the CFPB enforcement division and PHH Corporation, of an adverse decision by an administrative law judge (ALJ) ordering a $6.4 million disgorgement penalty and injunctive relief against PHH. The enforcement action alleged that PHH violated provisions of the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (RESPA) which prohibit kickbacks in the form of compensated referrals of settlement services.

On June 4, 2015, the Director surprised many with his decision, which sided almost uniformly with the CFPB and increased the $6.4 million dollar penalty initially awarded to a whopping $109 million dollars. Many are still struggling to grasp the full implications of the decision.

In his ruling, the Director held that the CFPB was not bound by RESPA’s statute of limitations when proceeding administratively and that the concept of disgorgement under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank) reached gross revenues not delimited by costs or losses incurred through the challenged practices. The Director also made clear that his agency would not be bound by interpretations issued by the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) which historically enforced RESPA. After a brief discussion of the factual background, we will examine the decision’s myriad legal ramifications and what insight it provides for future CFPB enforcement proceedings and administrative appeals.

Factual Background

On January 29, 2014, the CFPB issued a notice of charges alleging that PHH created a kickback scheme, whereby PHH referred mortgage insurance business to mortgage insurers in exchange for mortgage reinsurance contracts which those insurers entered into with PHH’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Atrium Insurance Corporation.

A trial was conducted before a CFPB ALJ. The ALJ found that when a mortgage insurer entered into a reinsurance contract with Atrium, it generally began to receive substantial mortgage insurance business from PHH, and that on the occasions when those reinsurance contracts were terminated, referrals from PHH dropped off precipitously. The ALJ found that this relationship had all the hallmarks of a prohibited kickback under Section 8(a) of RESPA.

One of PHH’s principal defenses was that its practices were in line with a 1997 guidance letter issued by HUD on captive reinsurance and Section 8(c)(2) of RESPA. The ALJ agreed that these authorities provided a defense if PHH established that its reinsurance involved a real transfer of risk and that the price the mortgage insurers paid did not exceed the value of the reinsurance services provided. However, the ALJ determined that there was limited actual risk transfer and a lack of commensurability between price and the value of the services performed, and found that PHH failed to prove a defense under Section 8(c)(2). 

PHH also invoked RESPA’s three-year statute of limitations on “actions” to enforce RESPA as a defense. RESPA provided a three-year statute of limitations on HUD’s “actions” to enforce RESPA and required HUD to bring its enforcement actions in court. Since PHH shuttered its mortgage reinsurance business in 2009, much of its alleged offending conduct was outside of HUD’s reach. However, Dodd-Frank, which created the CFPB and reapportioned HUD’s enforcement authority for RESPA to the CFPB, is written differently. It allows the CFPB to bring enforcement actions as administrative proceedings. Dodd Frank also provided for a three-year statute of limitations period, but it applied only to “actions brought by the Bureau.” 12 U.S.C. 5564(g). The ALJ held that this statute of limitations did not apply to CFPB administrative enforcement actions, by construing the term “actions” to mean court actions, and not administrative proceedings. The semantic distinction between judicial “actions” and administrative “proceedings” finds support in the applicable case law, including BP America Production Co. v. Burton, 549 U.S. 84, 91 (2006). 

To avoid constitutional retroactivity issues, the ALJ held that the CFPB could not retroactively revive claims which had become time-barred in the hands of HUD prior to the creation of the CFPB. He permitted the CFPB to pursue only those claims which accrued within the three-year limitations period before the CFPB was created, making July 21, 2008, the applicable start date for the CFPB’s RESPA look-back period. Critically, the ALJ held that the cause of action under RESPA accrued when the loans closed and the contract for mortgage insurance was impermissibly referred. For those claims which accrued after the CFPB was created, the CFPB would not be subject to any statute of limitations.

PHH initially had some success defending the CFPB’s request for large civil penalties. The ALJ, however, permitted disgorgement, over PHH’s objection, of the premiums received by the reinsurer Atrium for loans which closed within three years of the CFPB’s creation. These amounts were offset against the amount of payments made by Atrium on such reinsurance polices, which came to a net total of $6.4 million dollars in penalties. Both the CFPB and PHH appealed. The Director’s June 4, 2015, decision is the result. 

The Decision: Important Take-Aways

Appealing CFPB Administrative Enforcement Actions Carries Considerable Risk 

While all appeals carry risk, the risk to industry members seems particularly acute in the context of appealing CFPB administrative enforcement actions. The end result in this case says it all – PHH’s initial penalty of $6.4 million was increased to an astounding $109 million dollars as a result of the Director’s decision. Two factors unique to appealing CFPB administrative enforcement actions offer at least a partial explanation for the divergence of the outcomes reached by the ALJ and the Director. 

1. De Novo Review 

In his decision, the Director not only reviewed the ALJ’s findings of law de novo, but also gave no deference to the ALJ’s findings of fact. As a result, the ALJ’s ruling offered little protection on appeal. In this case, both PHH and the CFPB appealed the ALJ’s decision to the Director. Thus, given the standard of review and the nature of cross-appeals, the Director essentially had tabula rosa to rule as he saw fit. 

This standard of review will figure prominently in future appeals of CFPB enforcement actions. It makes the ALJ’s decision largely superfluous on review, as the Director is free to adopt those findings with which he agrees and discard those with which he does not. Thus, an appellant’s chances in an appeal of the ALJ’s decision depend almost entirely on how the issues on appeal comport with the Director’s perspective as a jurist. 

2. The Director’s Perspective of His Role as an Appellate Decision-Maker 

The decision offers some insight into the Director’s personal perspective of his role as an appellate decision-maker. The Director obviously wears two hats: that of the director of the agency regulating the financial services industry and prosecuting enforcement actions, and that of the initial appellate decision-maker on cases administratively prosecuted by the CFPB enforcement team. Judging from the Director’s first decision in his appellate capacity, it seems safe to say his perspective is highly receptive to the advocacy presented by his enforcement team. In the Director’s decision, scarcely a single issue is resolved in PHH’s favor. The Director’s decision is dismissive of regulatory guidance issued by his predecessors at HUD, which guidance federal courts had already adopted. Thus, the expectation going into any appeal before the Director should be tempered by an understanding that the Director may come to the case inclined to resolve most issues in favor of his enforcement team. 

The Director’s decision is now on appeal to the United States Court of Appeal for the District of Columbia Circuit. How the D.C. Circuit rules will certainly be important as it has the potential to either embolden the Director further or temper his future rulings. 

RESPA May Prohibit More Than You Thought

The Director’s decision is also noteworthy for its aggressive legal interpretation of several provisions within RESPA. Many of the Director’s interpretations seem at odds with the way the industry, HUD, and federal courts historically interpreted RESPA.

1. Incentivizing Referrals is Actionable Under RESPA 

The Director found that a “referral is an action directed to a person that affects the selection of a mortgage service paid for by any person.” (Emphasis added.) This interpretation ignores the limitation found in RESPA that requires the person influenced to be “such person” that pays for the settlement service. See 12 C.F.R. § 1024.14(f). Nonetheless, the Director’s holding that “indirect influence” of settlement service providers is actionable, if it stands, is sure to finds its way into future CFPB enforcement actions and civil class actions. In light of this holding, the industry would do well to take a fresh look at all practices in light of the Director’s interpretation. One can imagine the Director making a similar finding with respect to many different types of servicer marketing or co-marketing relationships if the evidence suggests referrals are part of the reason for such relationships. 

2. Section 8(c)(2) is Not the Protection it Used to Be 

Many, including the ALJ, HUD, and numerous federal courts, interpreted Section 8(c)(2) as meaning that payments made at market prices for services actually performed were outside the scope of RESPA’s prohibition on kickbacks. The Director, however, disagreed, stating that, “I interpret Section 8(c)(2) to clarify the application of Section 8(a), not as a substantive exemption to liability.” The future relevance of Section 8(c)(2) is now in doubt. Rather than clarifying Section 8(a), under the Director’s interpretation, Section 8(c)(2) seems to introduce ambiguity. Regardless, the Director expressly rejected PHH’s argument that these provisions were sufficiently ambiguous to support application of the rule of lenity, which requires the resolution of ambiguities in criminal statutes in favor of defendants. Thus, if there is any perceptible connection between referrals and payments of any kind for settlement services, including market rates for services actually performed, there is a risk that a violation of RESPA will be inferred by the CFPB. 

3. Aggressive Disgorgement Penalties May be Available 

What makes the evisceration of Section 8(c)(2) all the more concerning is the sizable disgorgement penalty awarded by the Director. While PHH argued strenuously that disgorgement was unavailable because Congress did not include it in RESPA’s remedial scheme, both the ALJ and the Director construed Dodd-Frank, specifically 15 U.S.C. 5565(a)(2)(D), as authorizing disgorgement. On top of that, the Director’s multiplication of the ALJ’s already sizable $6.4 million dollar penalty into a $109 million dollar award is particularly disconcerting. The size of the disgorgement penalty grew under the Director’s interpretation for two reasons. 

First, the Director found that “PHH violated RESPA every time it accepted a reinsurance payment,” not simply each time an individual loan transaction closed and mortgage insurance business was referred. That finding is contrary to established case law regarding the accrual of causes of action under RESPA including Snow v. First American Title, 332 F.2d 356 (5th Cir. 2003). By expanding the scope of the penalty to include every premium PHH collected from July 21, 2008, onward, including premiums collected on loans which were originated before the CFPB ever existed, the Director dramatically increased the size of the penalty assessed against PHH. 

Second, the Director based the disgorgement amount on gross revenue from premiums ceded, not profits. Thus, even though there is no dispute that Atrium did not realize a profit during certain years at issue, the Director did not offset the size of the disgorgement penalty by any amounts Atrium paid on mortgage reinsurance claims. Instead, the Director used the gross amount of premiums ceded to Atrium to calculate the size of the penalty. The CFPB is sure to request revenue-based calculations, as opposed to profit-based ones, when it seeks disgorgement in future enforcement proceedings.

Enforcement will be Different under the CFPB

One thing is abundantly clear from the Director’s decision – the CFPB has no intention to maintain business as usual. Instead, the CFPB has demonstrated a willingness to radically depart from the way HUD interpreted and enforced RESPA. 

1. No Statute of Limitations to CFPB Administrative Enforcement of RESPA

The Director’s holding on the statute of limitations, if it stands, will completely remake how RESPA is enforced going forward. Previously, RESPA provided a three-year statute of limitations on “actions” brought by HUD to enforce RESPA. HUD was limited to proceeding in court and had no jurisdiction to proceed administratively. Thus, HUD was entirely bound by this three-year statute of limitations for enforcing RESPA. By contrast, Dodd-Frank, which created the CFPB and reapportioned HUD’s RESPA enforcement authority to the CFPB, is written differently. It permits the CFPB to bring enforcement actions either through court actions or administrative proceedings. Dodd Frank also provides a three-year statute of limitations for the CFPB, which is applicable to “actions brought by the Bureau.” See 12 U.S.C. 5564(g). The ALJ held this statute of limitations does not apply to CFPB administrative enforcement proceedings, construing the term “actions” to mean civil actions, and not administrative proceedings. The Director affirmed this portion of the ALJ’s recommended decision.

Only constitutional prohibitions on retroactivity created any limitations whatsoever on the scope of the CFPB’s look-back period. Thus, the Director held that while the CFPB could not revive claims that became time-barred under HUD (and retroactively re-criminalize the conduct), it could pursue all claims which accrued within the three-year limitations period applicable to HUD. Furthermore, the Director determined that there is no limitation for administrative enforcement for those claims which accrued after the CFPB was created. Thus, PHH was held liable for all conduct from July 21, 2008, forward. 

Granted, in this case, the time period for assessing liability was only a few years longer than the limitations period previously applicable to HUD. However, this look-back period will now extend indefinitely. Twenty years from now, the industry will be faced with the intimidating prospect of an approximately 25-year look-back period, and with a virtually unbounded disgorgement penalty to boot. It is difficult to fathom the logic in support of an inconsistent three-year limitations period for judicial enforcement, and none at all for administrative enforcement. If this ruling stands on appeal, a Congressional amendment is needed to address this issue. 

2. HUD Guidance of Limited Precedential Value with CFPB

Another troubling aspect of the opinion was the short shrift the Director gave to previous guidance HUD provided the industry on the issue of captive reinsurance. The Director found that “[t]o the extent that the letter is inconsistent with my textual and structural interpretation of section 8(c)(2), I reject it.” While the Director is certainly not the first regulator to depart from the interpretations of his predecessors, HUD’s 1997 letter of guidance appeared consistent with the text and purpose of RESPA. The issue was by no means black and white, but that was of course why the industry sought HUD’s guidance. PHH and other industry members operating mortgage insurance and reinsurance businesses relied upon this guidance. HUD’s interpretation was accepted by the ALJ and several federal courts. See, e.g., McCarn v. HSBC USA, Inc., 2012 WL 7018363 (E.D. Cal. 2012) (citing the 1997 HUD letter of guidance in evaluating when captive reinsurance arrangements are permissible under RESPA); Kay v. Wells Fargo & Co., 247 F.R.D. 572 (N.D. Cal. 2007) (while not directly citing the 1997 HUD letter of guidance, both parties, as well as the court, agreed that the “substantiality of risk transfer” was a “crucial liability issue”). Nonetheless, the CFPB and the Director have made a radical departure on the issue and penalized PHH mightily for it. It should be anticipated that the CFPB may disregard other HUD guidance letters in future enforcement efforts. 

3. Enforcement Actions are Supplanting Notice and Comment Rule-Making

Traditionally, the government communicated its regulatory priorities and statutory interpretations through a notice and comment rule-making process. This allowed the industry to participate meaningfully in the regulatory process and plan ahead for sea changes in the regulatory environment. While the CFPB also utilizes notice and comment rule-making, it has increasingly resorted to enforcement actions to communicate its priorities and statutory interpretations. Since many of these enforcement actions settle, enforcement has proven a poor medium for such communications. 

Since the enactment of Dodd-Frank, the focus of litigation activity in the consumer financial services area has shifted slowly from courts around the country to the administrative arena in our nation’s capital. The proliferation of enforcement proceedings which are opaque and emerge into public view through consent orders only serves to convey the impression that traditional methods of case law development – hardening concepts through the crucible of the adversary process and the percolation of decisions through the district and circuit courts – is on the wane. Instead, the contours of interpretative rules emerge in the form of consent orders, reflecting broad acquiescence to the CFPB’s legal positions, are often explained for the first time, if at all, in a consent decree. 

One would hope that the process of developing substantive case law through the adversary process might still be available in administrative prosecutions such as the one at issue in this case. However, an observer must wonder whether the risk of a substantial multiplier of an initial award resulting from the litigant’s exercise of its rights to challenge an ALJ award will discourage litigants from making such challenges in the future. As for future court actions, one can predict that the CFPB will continue to gravitate to the friendly environs of its own hearing rooms, rather than less hospitable courts, where its reach is unobstructed by limitations periods and where its own Director, who presumably sets policy for the CPFB’s Enforcement Division, also decides the merits of that policy as the first line of appellate review. 

Conclusion – Stay Tuned

There is much to learn from the Director’s decision and PHH’s experience. And more is sure to come. The Director and the CFPB face other legal challenges. One of particular note is a constitutional challenge to certain aspects of the CFPB’s operation and structure, including the Director’s lone position on top, which recently survived CFPB’s motion to dismiss based on standing and ripeness in State National Bank of Big Spring, et al. v. Jacob J. Lew, et al., Nos. 13-5247, 13-5248, 2015 WL 4489885 (D.C. Cir. July 24, 2015). If that case were successful in establishing that the CFPB is an independent agency which must be headed by a board, and not just a single director, it would cast much doubt on the validity of the Director’s work, including the enforceability of past decisions rendered in his appellate capacity. 

For its part, PHH has already appealed the Director’s decision to the United States Court of Appeal for the District of Columbia Circuit on the grounds that it is “arbitrary, capricious, and an abuse of discretion within the meaning of the Administrative Procedure Act.” PHH has also adopted several of the constitutionality arguments put forward by State National Bank regarding the concentration of power in CFPB and the Director’s position. Already, PHH has won a minor victory in the appeal by securing from the D.C. Circuit a stay on enforcement of the Director’s mammoth disgorgement penalty and injunctive relief. Whichever way it rules, the DC Circuit’s decision will no doubt be interesting reading, as the first ever appeal of a CFPB enforcement action marches towards its conclusion.

Fiscal Sponsorship: What You Should Know and Why You Should Know It

For lawyers who work with nonprofits and exempt organizations or individuals with philanthropic aspirations, “I want to start a nonprofit” may be the single phrase they hear most frequently. However, the most valuable advice an attorney can give to a client seeking counsel on starting a nonprofit might be to not do so. While forming a nonprofit corporation and applying for income tax exemption will be the right choice for some clients, there are often alternatives that may more efficiently and effectively allow a client to achieve his or her charitable goals. Fiscal sponsorship is one such alternative.

Fiscal sponsorship is a contractual relationship that allows a person or organization that is not tax-exempt to advance charitable or otherwise exempt activities with the benefit of the tax-exempt status of a sponsor organization that is exempt from federal income tax under Internal Revenue Code (IRC) Section 501(c)(3). When done correctly, fiscal sponsorship can be a great tool for fulfilling a client’s charitable goals without necessarily requiring the formation a new nonprofit entity, application for tax-exempt status, or compliance with ongoing filing and registration requirements. However, when fiscal sponsorship is done incorrectly, the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) can view it as a mere conduit relationship. This can lead to problems for both the sponsor organization and the sponsored project, as well as for donors. 

Because fiscal sponsorship does not refer to a relationship that is defined by the law, it may take many different forms. Understanding the most common forms of fiscal sponsorship and how they may be properly structured can enable an attorney to provide invaluable advice to clients seeking to start a charitable venture. This article provides an overview of several common forms of fiscal sponsorship and how they may be appropriately designed to benefit your clients.

Comprehensive Fiscal Sponsorship

In what is probably the most common form of fiscal sponsorship, the sponsored project becomes an internal program of the fiscal sponsor. The pros and cons of this form of comprehensive fiscal sponsorship should be explained to and weighed by a client seeking to start a charitable venture. On the potential pros side, because the project becomes an internal program of the fiscal sponsor, it is not a separate legal entity and does not have its own initial or ongoing filing or registration requirements. Similarly, the sponsor will attend to many of the administrative requirements that would otherwise apply to the project if it were a separate entity. However, on the potential cons side, because the project is an internal program of the sponsor, the project’s founder will relinquish to the sponsor’s board of directors legal control over and ultimate oversight responsibility for the project. The funds raised in support of the project will also legally belong to the sponsor and the sponsor will have final discretion and control over the use of such funds. In addition, most fiscal sponsors will charge a percentage (often around 5–15 percent) of funds that are raised to support the project as an administrative sponsorship fee. Critics of fiscal sponsorship may scoff at the sponsorship fees that most sponsors charge. However, proper administration of a fiscal sponsorship relationship can be costly and the cost savings for sponsored project in the form of avoided administrative and startup fees can be significant. When viewed in this light, a reasonable sponsorship fee that serves to cover the sponsor’s expenses in a proper fiscal sponsorship relationship is often appropriate. 

For a project that is seeking comprehensive fiscal sponsorship, the importance of selecting the right fiscal sponsor – and not just the one with the lowest administrative fees – cannot be overemphasized. The sponsor’s board of directors will typically delegate day-to-day management of the project to a program director (often the project’s founder) or to a group of individuals (such as a program advisory committee). However, any individuals paid in connection with operating the project will be employees or independent contractors of the sponsor and any volunteers acting on behalf of the project will be doing so as agents of the sponsor. In light of the sponsor board’s ultimate oversight and control over the project, it is essential to seek and find the right fiscal sponsor for the particular project. The right fiscal sponsor likely has prior experience with successful fiscal sponsorship, is financially and organizationally healthy, has exempt purposes that are aligned with the purposes of the project, and provides a culture fit that will enable the project to be carried out according to your client’s intentions. 

Similarly, the fact that the project becomes an internal program of the sponsor in this form of fiscal sponsorship increases the importance of a written contract setting forth the terms of the relationship. Unfortunately, comprehensive fiscal sponsorship is sometimes entered into rather informally without the benefit of a written agreement. However, counsel to project leaders seeking fiscal sponsorship, or to organizations serving as fiscal sponsors, should insist on one. Because the law does not yet define fiscal sponsorship, the terms of the relationship, including the termination of the relationship, will be determined as set forth in a contract, if there is one. The contract should include language regarding (1) the activities of the project; (2) the creation of a restricted fund to house contributions received to benefit the project; (3) the sponsor’s retention of the ultimate right to determine the use of such funds (referred to as variance power); and (4) the sponsor’s sponsorship policies and fees, as well as any other terms relevant to the particular fiscal sponsorship relationship. 

From the perspective of the project’s leaders, it is also important that the contract contain a termination provision that permits the steering committee or other party to the contract to spin off the project to another Section 501(c)(3) exempt entity at a later time. Such a spinoff typically occurs either to another fiscal sponsor or to a new entity formed by the project’s leaders that has subsequently obtained tax-exempt status. The inclusion of an exit provision can make comprehensive fiscal sponsorship a particularly attractive option for a charitable startup that is risky or uncertain to succeed as it provides for an incubation period at an established sponsor, but with the right to transfer the project to a separate organization if it proves successful. 

Discussion of a written fiscal sponsorship contract, however, raises the question of who the appropriate party to the agreement is. The fiscally sponsored project will not be a separate legal entity once the fiscal sponsorship relationship is formed and, accordingly, should not be the party entering into the contract. Similarly, because some states may impose a minimum tax on corporations formed in the state, regardless of whether they have any income, it may not be advisable to form a separate corporation to enter into the fiscal sponsorship contract. Rather, in most instances, it will be preferable for the founders of the project to form a steering committee for the sole purpose of entering into and enforcing the fiscal sponsorship agreement. Because the individuals who form the steering committee are often the same individuals who the fiscal sponsor will designate as managers of the project, this can be a particularly tricky arrangement to explain to clients. However, this structure provides for a separate group of individuals (even if they are the same individuals involved with management of the fiscally sponsored project) with the legal right to enforce the fiscal sponsorship agreement if necessary. One additional point of caution is worth mentioning: the steering committee may constitute an unincorporated nonprofit association that may be subject to its own filing and registration requirements. The steering committee will also be subject to its own liabilities in connection with its actions. If the steering committee (as opposed to the fiscally sponsored project) is viewed as engaging in activities of its own beyond merely entering into and enforcing the contract, this risk may increase. 

Pre-approved Grant Relationship Fiscal Sponsorship

In another common form of fiscal sponsorship, the sponsor organization preapproves another individual or entity as a grantee, agrees to establish a restricted fund to receive contributions for the purpose of supporting the grantee’s charitable project, and makes grants to the grantee from the restricted fund. As with comprehensive fiscal sponsorship, the sponsor in a preapproved grant relationship fiscal sponsorship must ensure that the funds it receives in support of the project will be used in furtherance of its exempt purposes and in a manner consistent with the rules applicable to organizations exempt under IRC Section 501(c)(3). Accordingly, the sponsor should (1) conduct due diligence of the potential grantee in advance of entering into a fiscal sponsorship relationship, (2) have a written fiscal sponsorship agreement that sets forth the terms of the sponsorship and the purposes of the grants, and (3) require some reporting back regarding the appropriate use of the grant funds.

Preapproved grant relationship fiscal sponsorship may be particularly appropriate where a client desires legal control over the sponsored activities and ownership of the results of such activities. It may also be appropriate where a client requires sponsorship for only a short period of time, such as between when the client submits its federal exemption application and when it receives a favorable determination letter from the IRS. This form of fiscal sponsorship is relatively pervasive in the nonprofit sector and is especially common in the arts, where individual artists may often wish not to give up ownership of the intellectual property they create. However, it is often done incorrectly, particularly when structured without the advice of legal counsel. Sponsors also often step beyond the role of mere grantmaker to provide additional services to their grantees, making the relationship more complex. The risks of entering into an improper preapproved grant relationship fiscal sponsorship are high – the IRS may view the relationship as a conduit for making tax-deductible contributions to a nonexempt entity, collapse the transactions by disregarding the sponsor’s role, and deny donors deductions for such contributions. Obviously, this is likely to anger and alienate those donors, but it could also potentially lead to a lawsuit against the sponsor and a public relations fiasco.

When setting up this, or any other, form of fiscal sponsorship, a written agreement should be used and it should contain any provisions applicable to the particular relationship. Such provisions should include ones covering (1) the purposes for which the grant may be used and the limitations on such uses pursuant to the requirements under Section 501(c)(3); (2) the fact that the sponsored project remains a separate entity and the sponsor has no responsibility or liability for the programmatic work, fundraising, contracts, insurance, or other day-to-day activities of the sponsored project; (3) the sponsor’s ultimate control and discretion over the use of the funds deposited into the restricted fund and its variance power; (4) the sponsor’s sponsorship policies and fees; and (5) provisions for termination of the sponsorship relationship.

In order to ensure that the potential grantee will appropriately use the granted funds, the fiscal sponsor should conduct due diligence regarding the individual or organization in advance of entering into the fiscal sponsorship relationship. The scope of due diligence conducted may depend on many factors, such as whether the sponsor has had a previous relationship with the potential grantee, the nature of the potential grantee’s activities, the anticipated amounts to be granted, and the size of the potential grantee. However, at a minimum, it should likely include: receiving evidence that the entity was duly formed, is validly existing, and is in good standing; a review of the entity’s financial status; an assessment of the entity’s management to ensure its ability to successfully carry out the terms of the grant; and potentially a site visit, if appropriate. Once a fiscal sponsor has made grants pursuant to a preapproved grant relationship, it should also exercise oversight over the use of such funds to ensure proper and appropriate use by the grantee. This is often done by requiring the grantee to submit reports back to the sponsor regarding how the granted funds were used.

Preapproved grant relationship fiscal sponsorship often goes wrong when the fiscal sponsor agrees to provide additional services other than grantmaking to the sponsored grantee, such as administrative services, shared office space, or assistance with filings and registrations. Providing such services can turn the relationship into one that is more than a pure grantor-grantee relationship and can increase the risk of ascending liability from the sponsored project to the fiscal sponsor. In order to avoid this, a fiscal sponsor that wishes to provide services other than grantmaking to sponsored grantees should consider doing so only pursuant to a separate written agreement and possibly in exchange for fair market value for such services.

An advantage of preapproved grant relationship fiscal sponsorship is that it may be used to support certain activities carried out by individuals, foreign organizations, or even for-profit entities, so long as the grants are limited to use for charitable or otherwise exempt activities that are consistent with the exempt purposes of the sponsor organization. Although this model of fiscal sponsorship can serve as a great tool for advancing charitable goals, it often requires the assistance of knowledgeable legal counsel to get it right.

Recent Developments

It is worth mentioning a few recent developments that may have an increasingly significant impact on the field of fiscal sponsorship: the development of the single-member LLC form of fiscal sponsorship and the release of IRS Form 1023-EZ.

Single-Member LLC Fiscal Sponsorship

Because fiscal sponsorship is a contractual, rather than legally-prescribed relationship, it is possible for new models of fiscal sponsorship to be created and implemented, provided they comply with the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and other federal and state laws applicable to organizations exempt under Section 501(c)(3). One such recently developed form of fiscal sponsorship involves the use of a single-member limited liability company (LLC). Extensive discussion of this model of fiscal sponsorship is beyond the scope of this article, but it is worth being aware of as an interesting emerging structure that may potentially be appropriate for some clients.

In a single-member LLC fiscal sponsorship relationship, an LLC is formed under state law with an existing Section 501(c)(3) exempt organization as its sole member and sponsor, thereby making the LLC wholly-owned by the sponsor organization, similar to a comprehensive fiscal sponsorship relationship. A single-member LLC that does not affirmatively elect to be treated as a corporation will be disregarded as a separate entity from its owner for federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, a single-member LLC with a Section 501(c)(3) exempt organization as its sole member will be treated as exempt itself and donors may deduct contributions made to the LLC directly or to the sponsor member according to the applicable rules.

Although the single-member LLC can be treated as part of the sponsor organization for federal income tax purposes, it remains a separate legal entity with its own liabilities which, assuming proper corporate formalities and separation principles are followed, should not ascend to the fiscal sponsor. This may make this model of fiscal sponsorship especially appropriate for activities with a higher risk profile than those of the sponsor or for activities that may not present a perfect cultural fit for the sponsor. However, it is important to note that the LLC will still be treated as an entity separate from its member for purposes of employment tax, certain excise taxes, and matters of state law.

Form 1023-EZ

In 2014, the IRS released the Form 1023-EZ, Streamlined Application for Recognition of Exemption Under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Form 1023-EZ is a three-page electronic application that some small organizations may use to apply for federal tax exemption in lieu of the longer standard Form 1023. The release of the Form 1023-EZ has reduced exemption application processing times significantly – some organizations that have applied for tax exemption using the Form 1023-EZ have reportedly received determination letters in a matter of weeks, as compared to the one year or longer that the IRS had previously told practitioners to expect to wait on applications made using the long Form 1023. Ultimately, the availability of the Form 1023-EZ and the ease with which a small organization may be able to obtain an exemption could decrease the demand for fiscal sponsorship, particularly comprehensive fiscal sponsorship.

Conclusion

Fiscal sponsorship in its many forms, a few of which are discussed in this article, can be a great tool for advancing the charitable intentions of your clients, particularly those for whom it may not be advisable to form a separate nonprofit. Attorneys can provide invaluable assistance to their clients by making them aware of the option of fiscal sponsorship, advising them as to the appropriate fiscal sponsorship structure to best achieve their goals, and helping to properly structure the chosen relationship pursuant to a written fiscal sponsorship agreement.